[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

EP2616441B1 - Pyridine compounds and the uses thereof - Google Patents

Pyridine compounds and the uses thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
EP2616441B1
EP2616441B1 EP11776851.5A EP11776851A EP2616441B1 EP 2616441 B1 EP2616441 B1 EP 2616441B1 EP 11776851 A EP11776851 A EP 11776851A EP 2616441 B1 EP2616441 B1 EP 2616441B1
Authority
EP
European Patent Office
Prior art keywords
alkyl
phenyl
optionally substituted
compound
compounds
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Active
Application number
EP11776851.5A
Other languages
German (de)
French (fr)
Other versions
EP2616441A2 (en
Inventor
Chiyou Ni
Bin Shao
Laykea Tafesse
Jiangchao Yao
Jianming Yu
Xiaoming Zhou
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Purdue Pharma LP
Original Assignee
Purdue Pharma LP
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Purdue Pharma LP filed Critical Purdue Pharma LP
Priority to EP19189601.8A priority Critical patent/EP3590925B1/en
Publication of EP2616441A2 publication Critical patent/EP2616441A2/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of EP2616441B1 publication Critical patent/EP2616441B1/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/78—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D213/81—Amides; Imides
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/4418—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof having a carbocyclic group directly attached to the heterocyclic ring, e.g. cyproheptadine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P23/00—Anaesthetics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/04—Centrally acting analgesics, e.g. opioids
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/06—Antimigraine agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/08—Antiepileptics; Anticonvulsants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/18—Antipsychotics, i.e. neuroleptics; Drugs for mania or schizophrenia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/24—Antidepressants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/06—Antiarrhythmics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/28—Radicals substituted by singly-bound oxygen or sulphur atoms
    • C07D213/30—Oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/44—Radicals substituted by doubly-bound oxygen, sulfur, or nitrogen atoms, or by two such atoms singly-bound to the same carbon atom
    • C07D213/46—Oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/44—Radicals substituted by doubly-bound oxygen, sulfur, or nitrogen atoms, or by two such atoms singly-bound to the same carbon atom
    • C07D213/46—Oxygen atoms
    • C07D213/50—Ketonic radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/54—Radicals substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D213/57—Nitriles
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/54—Radicals substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D213/58—Amidines
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/62—Oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C07D213/63—One oxygen atom
    • C07D213/64—One oxygen atom attached in position 2 or 6
    • C07D213/643—2-Phenoxypyridines; Derivatives thereof
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/62—Oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C07D213/63—One oxygen atom
    • C07D213/65—One oxygen atom attached in position 3 or 5
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/72—Nitrogen atoms
    • C07D213/74—Amino or imino radicals substituted by hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/78—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D213/79—Acids; Esters
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/78—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D213/84—Nitriles
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing three or more hetero rings

Definitions

  • This invention is in the field of medicinal chemistry.
  • the invention relates to novel substituted pyridine compounds and the use of these compounds as blockers of voltage-gated sodium (Na + ) channels.
  • VSCs Voltage-gated sodium channels
  • CNS central nervous system
  • PNS peripheral nervous system
  • sodium channels are primarily responsible for generating the rapid upstroke of the action potential.
  • sodium channels are essential to the initiation and propagation of electrical signals in the nervous system.
  • Proper function of sodium channels is therefore necessary for normal function of the neuron. Consequently, aberrant sodium channel function is thought to underlie a variety of medical disorders (See Hubner et al., Hum. Mol. Genet. 11:2435-2445 (2002 ) for a general review of inherited ion channel disorders) including epilepsy ( Yogeeswari et al, Curr.
  • VGSCs are composed of one ⁇ -subunit, which forms the core of the channel and is responsible for voltage-dependent gating and ion permeation, and several auxiliary ⁇ -subunits (see, e.g., Chahine et al., CNS & Neurological Disorders-Drug Targets 7:144-158 (2008 ) and Kyle and Ilyin, J. Med. Chem. 50:2583-2588 (2007 )).
  • ⁇ -Subunits are large proteins composed of four homologous domains. Each domain contains six ⁇ -helical transmembrane spanning segments. There are currently nine known members of the family of voltage-gated sodium channel ⁇ -subunits.
  • Names for this family include SCNx, SCNAx, and Na v x.x (see Table 1, below).
  • the VGSC family has been phylogenetically divided into two subfamilies Na v l.x (all but SCN6A) and Nav2.x (SCN6A).
  • the Na v l.x subfamily can be functionally subdivided into two groups, those which are sensitive to blocking by tetrodotoxin (TTX-sensitive or TTX-s) and those which are resistant to blocking by tetrodotoxin (TTX-resistant or TTX-r).
  • the SCN5A gene product (Na v 1.5, HI) is almost exclusively expressed in cardiac tissue and has been shown to underlie a variety of cardiac arrhythmias and other conduction disorders ( Liu et al., Am. J. Pharmacogenomics 3:173-179 (2003 )). Consequently, blockers of Na v 1.5 have found clinical utility in treatment of such disorders ( Srivatsa et al., Curr. Cardiol. Rep. 4:401-410 (2002 )).
  • TTX-resistant sodium channels Na v 1.8 (SCN10A, PN3, SNS) and Na v 1.9 (SCN11A, NaN, SNS2) are expressed in the peripheral nervous system and show preferential expression in primary nociceptive neurons.
  • Human genetic variants of these channels have not been associated with any inherited clinical disorder.
  • aberrant expression of Na v 1.8 has been found in the CNS of human multiple sclerosis (MS) patients and also in a rodent model of MS ( Black et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 97:11598-115602 (2000 )).
  • Evidence for involvement in nociception is both associative (preferential expression in nociceptive neurons) and direct (genetic knockout).
  • Na v l.8-null mice exhibited typical nociceptive behavior in response to acute noxious stimulation but had significant deficits in referred pain and hyperalgesia ( Laird et al., J. Neurosci. 22:8352-8356 (2002 )).
  • the Na v 1.7 (PN1, SCN9A) VGSC is sensitive to blocking by tetrodotoxin and is preferentially expressed in peripheral sympathetic and sensory neurons.
  • the SCN9A gene has been cloned from a number of species, including human, rat, and rabbit and shows -90 % amino acid identity between the human and rat genes ( Toledo-Aral et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94:1527-1532 (1997 )).
  • Sodium channel-blocking agents have been reported to be effective in the treatment of various disease states, and have found particular use as local anesthetics, e.g., lidocaine and bupivacaine, and in the treatment of cardiac arrhythmias, e.g., propafenone and amiodarone, and epilepsy, e.g., lamotrigine, phenytoin and carbamazepine (see Clare et al., Drug Discovery Today 5:506-510 (2000 ); Lai et al., Annu. Rev. Pharmacol. Toxicol. 44:371-397 (2004 ); Anger et al., J. Med. Chem. 44:115-137 (2001 ), and Catterall, Trends Pharmacol. Sci. 8:57-65 (1987 )). Each of these agents is believed to act by interfering with the rapid influx of sodium ions.
  • local anesthetics e.g., lidocaine and bupivac
  • sodium channel-blocking agents can be useful in the treatment of pain, including acute, chronic, inflammatory, neuropathic, and other types of pain such as rectal, ocular, and submandibular pain typically associated with paroxysmal extreme pain disorder; see, for example, Kyle and Ilyin., J. Med. Chem. 50:2583-2588 (2007 ); Wood et al., J. Neurobiol.
  • carbamazepine, lidocaine and phenytoin are used to treat neuropathic pain, such as from trigeminal neuralgia, diabetic neuropathy and other forms of nerve damage ( Taylor and Meldrum, Trends Pharmacol. Sci. 16:309-316 (1995 )). Furthermore, based on a number of similarities between chronic pain and tinnitus, ( Moller, Am. J. Otol. 18:577-585 (1997 ); Tonndorf, Hear. Res.
  • tinnitus should be viewed as a form of chronic pain sensation ( Simpson, et al., Tip. 20:12-18 (1999 )). Indeed, lidocaine and carbamazepine have been shown to be efficacious in treating tinnitus ( Majumdar, B. et al., Clin. Otolaryngol. 8:175-180 (1983 ); Donaldson, Laryngol. Otol. 95:947-951 (1981 )). Shao et al., Jounral of Medicinal Chemistry 2004, vol. 47, page 4277-4285 describe phenoxyphenyl pyridines as high-potency sodium channel inhibitors.
  • WO 01/68612 A2 discloses aryl substituted pyridines, pyrimidines, pyrazines and triazines of Formula I and the use thereof.
  • EP 0 600 092 A1 discloses a thiazole derivative of formula (I) having an active oxygen inhibitory effect for the release of superoxide radical.
  • WO 2004/084824 A2 discloses biaryl substituted 6-membered heterocycles as sodium channel blockers useful for the treatment of pain.
  • WO 2012/007836 A1 discloses pyridine compounds as sodium channel blockers of formula (I).
  • the present disclosure is related to the use of substituted pyridine compounds represented by Formula I, below, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, as blockers of sodium (Na + ) channels.
  • the present invention relates to compounds of claims 1 to 10 and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof (collectively referred to herein as "Compounds of the Invention"), and the use thereof as blockers of sodium (Na + ) channels.
  • the present disclosure is also related to the Compounds of the Invention for use in treating a disorder responsive to the blockade of sodium channels in a mammal suffering from excess activity of said channels by administering an effective amount of a Compound of the Invention as described herein.
  • one aspect of the present disclosure is directed to compounds of Formula I, as well as their pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates.
  • Another aspect of the present disclosure is directed to the use of the compounds of Formula I, and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates, as blockers of sodium channels.
  • a further aspect of the present disclosure is to provide Compounds of the Invention for use in treating pain (e.g., acute pain, chronic pain, which includes but is not limited to, neuropathic pain, postoperative pain, and inflammatory pain, or surgical pain) by administering an effective amount of a Compound of the Invention to a mammal in need of such treatment.
  • pain e.g., acute pain, chronic pain, which includes but is not limited to, neuropathic pain, postoperative pain, and inflammatory pain, or surgical pain
  • the present invention provides Compounds of the Invention for use in preemptive or palliative treatment of pain by administering an effective amount of a Compound of the Invention to a mammal in need of such treatment.
  • a further aspect of the present disclosure is to provide the Compounds of the Invention for use in treating stroke, neuronal damage resulting from head trauma, epilepsy, seizures, general epilepsy with febrile seizures, severe myoclonic epilepsy in infancy, neuronal loss following global and focal ischemia, migraine, familial primary erythromelalgia, paroxysmal extreme pain disorder, cerebellar atrophy, ataxia, dystonia, tremor, mental retardation, autism, a neurodegenerative disorder (e.g ., Alzheimer's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), or Parkinson's disease), manic depression, tinnitus, myotonia, a movement disorder, or cardiac arrhythmia, or providing local anesthesia, by administering an effective amount of a Compound of the Invention to a mammal in need of such treatment.
  • a neurodegenerative disorder e.g ., Alzheimer's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), or Parkinson'
  • a further aspect of the present disclosure is to provide a pharmaceutical composition useful for treating a disorder responsive to the blockade of sodium ion channels, said pharmaceutical composition containing an effective amount of a Compound of the Invention in a mixture with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
  • an aspect of the present disclosure is to provide the Compound of the Invention for use in a method of modulating sodium channels in a mammal, wherein said method comprises administering to the mammal an effective amount of at least one Compound of the Invention.
  • a further aspect of the present disclosure is to provide a Compound of the Invention for use in treating pain in a mammal, e.g., acute pain, chronic pain, which includes but is not limited to, neuropathic pain, postoperative pain, and inflammatory pain, or surgical pain.
  • a mammal e.g., acute pain, chronic pain, which includes but is not limited to, neuropathic pain, postoperative pain, and inflammatory pain, or surgical pain.
  • a further aspect of the present disclosure is to provide a Compound of the Invention for use in treating stroke, neuronal damage resulting from head trauma, epilepsy, seizures, general epilepsy with febrile seizures, severe myoclonic epilepsy in infancy, neuronal loss following global and focal ischemia, migraine, familial primary erythromelalgia, paroxysmal extreme pain disorder, cerebellar atrophy, ataxia, dystonia, tremor, mental retardation, autism, a neurodegenerative disorder (e.g ., Alzheimer's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), or Parkinson's disease), manic depression, tinnitus, myotonia, a movement disorder, or cardiac arrhythmia, or providing local anesthesia, in a mammal.
  • a neurodegenerative disorder e.g ., Alzheimer's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), or Parkinson's disease
  • ALS amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
  • ALS
  • a further aspect of the present disclosure is to provide radiolabeled Compounds of the Invention and the use of such compounds as radioligands in any appropriately selected competitive binding assays and screening methodologies.
  • the present invention further provides a method for screening a candidate compound for its ability to bind to a sodium channel or sodium channel subunit using a radiolabeled Compound of the Invention.
  • the compound is radiolabeled with 3 H, 11 C, or 14 C. This competitive binding assay can be conducted using any appropriately selected methodology.
  • the screening method comprises: i) introducing a fixed concentration of the radiolabeled compound to an in vitro preparation comprising a soluble or membrane-associated sodium channel, subunit or fragment under conditions that permit the radiolabeled compound to bind to the channel, subunit or fragment, respectively, to form a conjugate; ii) titrating the conjugate with a candidate compound; and iii) determining the ability of the candidate compound to displace the radiolabeled compound from said channel, subunit or fragment.
  • a further aspect of the present disclosure is to provide the use of a Compound of the Invention in the manufacture of a medicament for treating pain in a mammal.
  • the invention provides the use of a Compound of the Invention in the manufacture of a medicament for palliative or preemptive treatment of pain, such as acute pain, chronic pain, or surgical pain.
  • a further aspect of the present disclosure is to provide the use of a Compound of the Invention in the manufacture of a medicament for treating stroke, neuronal damage resulting from head trauma, epilepsy, seizures, general epilepsy with febrile seizures, severe myoclonic epilepsy in infancy, neuronal loss following global and focal ischemia, migraine, familial primary erythromelalgia, paroxysmal extreme pain disorder, cerebellar atrophy, ataxia, dystonia, tremor, mental retardation, autism, a neurodegenerative disorder (e.g., Alzheimer's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), or Parkinson's disease), manic depression, tinnitus, myotonia, a movement disorder, or cardiac arrhythmia, or providing local anesthesia, in a mammal.
  • a neurodegenerative disorder e.g., Alzheimer's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), or Parkinson's disease
  • ALS amyotrophic lateral
  • One aspect of the present disclosure is based on the use of compounds of Formula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, as blockers of Na + channels.
  • compounds of Formula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof are useful for treating disorders responsive to the blockade of sodium ion channels.
  • Compounds of the Disclsoure are compounds having Formula I, wherein G and E are not both hydrogen.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula I, wherein when G is alkyl, then E is not halogen.
  • Compounds of the Disclsoure are compounds having Formula I, wherein when G is: and w is 0, then E is not a morpholinyl group.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula I , wherein when G is: w is 0, and E is: then R 17a and R 17b are not both hydrogen, R 17a and R 17b are not both alkyl, R 17a is not hydrogen when R 17b is alkyl, and R 17a is not alkyl when R 17b is hydrogen.
  • Compounds of the Disclsoure are compounds having Formula I, wherein when G is: w is 0, and E is: then u is 1, 2, or 3.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula I, wherein when G is:
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula I, wherein when G is:
  • R 9 is hydrogen or alkyl; then E is:
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula I, wherein:
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula I, wherein when G is: and R 5a and R 5b taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted 3- to 8-membered heterocyclo, then said optional substituents are selected from the group consisting of halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, alkylthio, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, ureido, guanidino, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocyclo, alkoxyalkyl, (amino)alkyl, hydroxyalkylamino,
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or prodrug thereof, wherein:
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula II: and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein A 1 , X, A 2 , R 1a , R 1b , G, and E are as defined above in connection with Formula I.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula III: and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein A 1 , X, A 2 , R 1a , R 1b , G, and E are as defined above in connection with Formula I.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula IV: and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein A 1 , X, A 2 , R 1a , R 5a , R 5b , Z 1 , Z 2 , and w are as defined above in connection with Formula I, and E is selected from the group consisting of :
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula IV and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein w is 0.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula IV and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein E is hydroxyalkyl.
  • Useful hydroxyalkyl groups include:
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula V: and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein A 1 , X, A 2 , R 1a , R 1b , R 5a , R 5b , Z 1 , Z 2 , and w are as defined above in connection with Formula I, and E is selected from the group consisting of :
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula V and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein w is 0.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula V and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein E is hydroxyalkyl.
  • Useful hydroxyalkyl groups include:
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula V and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein:
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula V and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein E is: and u is 1, 2, or 3.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula VI: and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein A 1 , X, A 2 , R 1a , R 1b , R 5a , R 5b , and w are as defined above in connection with Formula I, and E is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula VI and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein w is 0.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula VII: and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein A 1 , X, A 2 , R 1a , R 6a , R 6b , E, Z 1 , Z 2 , and x are as defined above in connection with Formula I.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula VIII: and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein A 1 , X, A 2 , R 1a , R 1b , R 6a , R 6b , E, and x are as defined above in connection with Formula I.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula IX: and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein A 1 , X, A 2 , R 1a , R 1b , R 6a , R 6b , E, and x are as defined above in connection with Formula I.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula X: and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein A 1 , X, A 2 , R 1a , Z 1 , Z 2 , R 7 , E, and y are as defined above in connection with Formula I.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XI: and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein A 1 , X, A 2 , R 1a , R 1b , R 7 , E, and y are as defined above in connection with Formula I.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XII: and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein A 1 , X, A 2 , R 1a , R 1b , R 7 , E, and y are as defined above in connection with Formula I.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XIII: and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein A 1 , X, A 2 , R 1a , R 8a , R 8b , E, Z 1 , Z 2 , and L are as defined above in connection with Formula I.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XIV: and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein A 1 , X, A 2 , R 1a , R 1b , R 8a , R 8b , E, and L are as defined above in connection with Formula I.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XV: and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein A 1 , X, A 2 , R 1a , R 1b , R 8a , R 8b , E, and L are as defined above in connection with Formula I.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XVI: and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein A 1 , X, A 2 , R 1a , R 9 , Z 1 , Z 2 , and E are as defined above in connection with Formula I.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XVII: and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein A 1 , X, A 2 , R 1a , R 1b , R 9 , and E are as defined above in connection with Formula I.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XVIII: and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein A 1 , X, A 2 , R 1a , R 1b , R 9 , and E are as defined above in connection with Formula I.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein A 1 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted heteroaryl; X is -S-; and A 2 is optionally substituted phenyl; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein A 1 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted heteroaryl; X is -SO-; and A 2 is optionally substituted phenyl; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein A 1 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted heteroaryl; X is -SO 2 -; and A 2 is optionally substituted phenyl; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein A 1 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted heteroaryl; X is a bond; and A 2 is optionally substituted phenyl; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein A 1 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted heteroaryl; X is -CH 2 -; and A 2 is optionally substituted phenyl; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein A 1 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted heteroaryl; X is -NH-; and A 2 is optionally substituted phenyl; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein A 1 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted heteroaryl; X is -SO 2 NH-; and A 2 is optionally substituted phenyl; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein A 1 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted heteroaryl; X is -NHSO 2 -; and A 2 is optionally substituted phenyl; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein A 1 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted heteroaryl; X is -O-; and A 2 is optionally substituted phenyl; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein A 1 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted phenyl; optionally substituted pyridin-2-yl; optionally substituted pyridin-3-yl; and optionally substituted pyridin-4-yl; X is -O-; and A 2 is optionally substituted phenyl; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein A 1 -X-A 2 - is: wherein:
  • R 23a , R 23b , R 23e , R 23d , R 23e which are identical or different, are selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 23a , R 23b , R 23e , R 23d , R 23e which are identical or different, are selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 23a and R 23b , or R 23b and R 23e , or R 23c and R 23d , or R 23d and R 23e taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a 5- or 6-membered optionally substituted cycloalkyl or heterocyclo group.
  • R 23a , R 23b , R 23e , R 23d , R 23e which are identical or different, are selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 23a and R 23b , or R 23b and R 23e , or R 23c and R 23d , or R 23d and R 23e taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a 5- or 6-membered optionally substituted cycloalkyl or heterocyclo group.
  • R 23a and R 23b , or R 23b and R 23e , or R 23c and R 23d , or R 23d and R 23e taken together represent: -CH 2 CH 2 O-; -OCH 2 O-;-OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O-; -OCH 2 CH 2 O-; -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -; -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -; -NR 25a CH 2 CH 2 -; -CH 2 NR 25b CH 2 -; -NR 25c CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -; or -CH 2 NR 25d CH 2 CH 2 -, wherein R 25a , R 25b , R 25c , and R 25d , which are identical or different, are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted alkyl.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein R 1a and R 1b are each hydrogen, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein E is optionally substituted heteroaryl, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein E is optionally substituted heterocyclo, e.g., an optionally subsituted piperidine or optionally substituted piperazine, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • E is optionally substituted heterocyclo, e.g., an optionally subsituted piperidine or optionally substituted piperazine, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII wherein E is hydroxyalkyl.
  • Useful hydroxyalkyl groups include: and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein E is: and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein E is: t is 0, R 17a is hydrogen, and R 17b is (carboxamido)alkyl, e.g., and and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein E is: and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein E is: and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein E is: and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein E is: and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein E is: and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula V, wherein w is 0 and E is optionally substituted heteroaryl, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula V, wherein w is 0 and E is optionally substituted heterocyclo, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula V, wherein w is 0 and E is hydroxyalkyl, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula V, wherein w is 0, and E is: and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula V, wherein w is 0 and E is: and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula V, wherein w is 0 and E is: and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula V, wherein w is 0 and E is: and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula V, wherein w is 0 and E is: and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula V, wherein w is 0 and E is: and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XIX: wherein A 1 and E are as defined above in connection with Formula I, R 7 is -(CH 2 CH 2 O) o -R 15c and R 15c is H, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XX: wherein A 1 and E are as defined above in connection with Formula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XXI: wherein A 1 and E are as defined above in connection with Formula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XXII: wherein A 1 and E are as defined above in connection with Formula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XXIII: wherein A 1 , R 5a , and R 5b are as defined above in connection with Formula I and E is hydroxyalkyl.
  • Useful hydroxyalkyl groups include: and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XXIV: wherein A 1 , R 5a , and R 5b are as defined above in connection with Formula I and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Invention are compounds of Formula XXIV or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof, wherein:
  • Compounds of the Invention are compounds having Formula XXV: wherein A 1 , R 5a , and R 5b are as defined above in connection with Formula XXIV, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Invention are compounds having Formula XXVI: wherein A 1 , R 5a , and R 5b are as defined above in connection with Formula XXIV, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XXVII: wherein A 1 , R 5a , R 5b R 17a , R 17b , and t are as defined above in connection with Formula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XXVII, wherein A 1 , R 5a , R 5b R 17a , and R 17b are as defined above in connection with Formula I and t is 0 or 1, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XXVII, wherein A 1 , R 5a , and R 5b are as defined above in connection with Formula I, t is 0, R 17a is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XXVII, wherein A 1 , R 5a , and R 5b are as defined above in connection with Formula I, t is 0, R 17a is hydrogen, and R 17b is (carboxamido)alkyl, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XXVII, wherein A 1 is optionally substituted aryl, R 5a and R 5b are hydrogen, t is 0, R 17a is hydrogen, and R 17b is (carboxamido)alkyl, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XXVIII: wherein A 1 , R 6b , and x are as defined above in connection with Formula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XXVIII, wherein A 1 and R 6b are as defined above in connection with Formula I and x is 1 or 2, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XXIII wherein E is optionally substituted heteroaryl, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Useful optionally substituted heteroaryl groups include optionally substituted indoles.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XXIII, wherein E is an optionally substituted heterocyclo, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • E is an optionally substituted piperazinyl having the formula: wherein R 32 is chosen from hydrogen, hydroxyalkyl, carboxamido, sulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ureido, guanidino, carboxyalkyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocyclo, alkoxyalkyl, (amino)alkyl, hydroxyalkylamino, (alkylamino)alkyl, (dialkylamino)alkyl
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XXIX: wherein A 1 , R 18a , and R 18b are as defined above in connection with Formula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XXX: wherein A 1 , R 18a , and R 18b are as defined above in connection with Formula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XXXI: wherein A 1 , R 18a , and R 18b are as defined above in connection with Formula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XXXII: wherein A 1 , R 5a , and R 5b are as defined above in connection with Formula I and E is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XXXII wherein E is hydroxyalkyl, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XXXII wherein E is optionally substituted heteroaryl, e.g ., optionally substituted indole, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XXXIII: wherein A 1 , R 5a , R 5b , R 17a , and R 17b are as defined above in connection with Formula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • R 17a is chosen from hydrogen, alkyl, and optionally substituted aryl.
  • R 17b is chosen from (amino)alkyl, (alkylamino)alkyl, (dialkylamino)alkyl, (carboxamido)alkyl, (cyano)alkyl; and hydroxyalkyl.
  • R 17a is optionally substituted aryl and R 17b is (carboxamido)alkyl.
  • Compounds of the Invention are compounds having any one of Formulae XXIV-XXVI wherein A 1 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted heteroaryl, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Invention are compounds having any one of Formulae XXIV-XXVI wherein A 1 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted pyridin-2-yl, optionally substituted pyridin-3-yl, and optionally substituted pyridin-4-yl, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the Invention include the compound ("cpd") examples of TABLE 2, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof. Examples which are not comprised in the appendant claims are reference examples. TABLE 2 Cpd Example No.
  • alkyl refers to a straight- or branched-chain aliphatic hydrocarbon containing one to twelve carbon atoms (i.e., C 1-12 alkyl) or the number of carbon atoms designated (i.e., a C 1 alkyl such as methyl, a C 2 alkyl such as ethyl, a C 3 alkyl such as propyl or isopropyl, etc.).
  • the alkyl group is chosen from a straight chain C 1-10 alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group is chosen from a branched chain C 1-10 alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group is chosen from a straight chain C 1-6 alkyl group. In another embodiment, the alkyl group is chosen from a branched chain C 1-6 alkyl group. In another embodiment, the alkyl group is chosen from a straight chain C 1-4 alkyl group. In another embodiment, the alkyl group is chosen from a branched chain C 1-4 alkyl group. In another embodiment, the alkyl group is chosen from a C 2-4 alkyl group.
  • Non-limiting exemplary alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec -butyl, tert- butyl , iso -butyl, 3-pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, and the like.
  • Non-limiting exemplary C 1-4 alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec -butyl, tert -butyl , and iso -butyl.
  • the term "optionally substituted alkyl" as used by itself or as part of another group means that the alkyl as defined above is either unsubstituted or substituted with one, two, or three substituents independently chosen from nitro, haloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, alkylthio, sulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ureido, guanidino, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, and the like.
  • the optionally substituted alkyl is substituted with two substituents.
  • the optionally substituted alkyl is substituted with one substituent.
  • Non-limiting exemplary optionally substituted alkyl groups include -CH 2 CH 2 NO 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 CO 2 H, - CH 2 CH 2 SO 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 COPh, and the like.
  • cycloalkyl refers to saturated and partially unsaturated (containing one or two double bonds) cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbons containing one to three rings having from three to twelve carbon atoms ( i.e., C 3-12 cycloalkyl) or the number of carbons designated.
  • the cycloalkyl group has two rings.
  • the cycloalkyl group has one ring.
  • the cycloalkyl group is chosen from a C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl group.
  • the cycloalkyl group is chosen from a C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl group.
  • Non-limiting exemplary cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, norbornyl, decalin, adamantyl, cyclohexenyl, and the like.
  • the term "optionally substituted cycloalkyl" as used by itself or as part of another group means that the cycloalkyl as defined above is either unsubstituted or substituted with one, two, or three substituents independently chosen from halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, alkylthio, carboxamido, sulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ureido, guanidino, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclo, alkoxyalkyl, (amino)al
  • the optionally substituted cycloalkyl is substituted with two substituents. In another embodiment, the optionally substituted cycloalkyl is substituted with one substituent.
  • Non-limiting exemplary optionally substituted cycloalkyl groups include:
  • alkenyl refers to an alkyl group as defined above containing one, two or three carbon-to-carbon double bonds.
  • the alkenyl group is chosen from a C 2-12 alkenyl group.
  • the alkenyl group is chosen from a C 2-10 alkenyl group.
  • the alkenyl group is chosen from a C 2-6 alkenyl group.
  • the alkenyl group is chosen from a C 2-4 alkenyl group.
  • Non-limiting exemplary alkenyl groups include ethenyl, propenyl, isopropenyl, butenyl, sec-butenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl, heptenyl, octenyl, nonenyl, and the like.
  • alkenyl as used herein by itself or as part of another group means the alkenyl as defined above is either unsubstituted or substituted with one, two or three substituents independently chosen from halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, alkylthio, carboxamido, sulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ureido, guanidino, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclo.
  • alkynyl refers to an alkyl group as defined above containing one to three carbon-to-carbon triple bonds. In one embodiment, the alkynyl has one carbon-to-carbon triple bond. In one embodiment, the alkynyl group is chosen from a C 2-12 alkynyl group. In one embodiment, the alkynyl group is chosen from a C 2-10 alkynyl group. In one embodiment, the alkynyl group is chosen from a C 2-6 alkynyl group. In another embodiment, the alkynyl group is chosen from a C 2-4 alkynyl group.
  • Non-limiting exemplary alkynyl groups include ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, 2-butynyl, pentynyl, and hexynyl groups.
  • alkynyl as used herein by itself or as part of another group means the alkynyl as defined above is either unsubstituted or substituted with one, two or three substituents independently chosen from halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, alkylthio, carboxamido, sulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ureido, guanidino, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclo.
  • haloalkyl as used by itself or as part of another group refers to an alkyl group as defined above substituted by one or more fluorine, chlorine, bromine and/or iodine atoms.
  • the alkyl group is subsituted by one, two, or three fluorine and/or chlorine atoms.
  • the haloalkyl group is chosen from a C 1-4 haloalkyl group.
  • Non-limiting exemplary haloalkyl groups include fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 1,1-difluoroethyl, 2,2-difluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl, 4,4,4-trifluorobutyl, and trichloromethyl groups.
  • hydroxyalkyl refers to an alkyl group as defined above substituted with one or more, e.g., one, two, or three, hydroxy groups.
  • the hydroxyalkyl is a monohydroxyalkyl, i.e., substituted with one hydroxy group.
  • the hydroxyalkyl is a dihydroxyalkyl, i.e., substituted with two hydroxy groups.
  • the hydroxyalkyl group is chosen from a C 1-4 hydroxyalkyl group.
  • Non-limiting exemplary hydroxyalkyl groups include hydroxymethyl, hydroxyethyl, hydroxypropyl and hydroxybutyl groups, such as 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 1,2-dihydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxypropyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, 3-hydroxybutyl, 4-hydroxybutyl, 2-hydroxy-1-methylpropyl, and 1,3-dihydroxyprop-2-yl.
  • alkoxy refers to an optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted alkynyl attached to a terminal oxygen atom.
  • the alkoxy group is chosen from a C 1-4 alkoxy group.
  • the alkoxy group is chosen from a C 1-4 alkyl attached to a terminal oxygen atom, e.g., methoxy, ethoxy, and tert-butoxy.
  • alkylthio refers to a sulfur atom substituted by an optionally substituted alkyl group.
  • the alkylthio group is chosen from a C 1-4 alkylthio group.
  • Non-limiting exemplary alkoxy groups include -SCH 3 , and -SCH 2 CH 3 .
  • alkoxyalkyl refers to any of the above-mentioned alkyl groups substituted with any of the above-mentioned alkoxy groups.
  • Non-limiting exemplary alkoxyalkyl groups include methoxymethyl, methoxyethyl, methoxypropyl, methoxybutyl, ethoxymethyl, ethoxyethyl, ethoxypropyl, ethoxybutyl, propoxymethyl, iso-propoxymethyl, propoxyethyl, propoxypropyl, butoxymethyl, tert-butoxymethyl, isobutoxymethyl, sec-butoxymethyl, and pentyloxymethyl.
  • haloalkoxy as used by itself or as part of another group refers to a haloalkyl attached to a terminal oxygen atom.
  • Non-limiting exemplary haloalkoxy groups include fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, and 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy.
  • aryloxy as used by itself or as part of another group refers to an optionally substituted aryl attached to a terminal oxygen atom.
  • a non-limiting exemplary aryloxy group is PhO-.
  • aralkyloxy as used by itself or as part of another group refers to an aralkyl group attached to a terminal oxygen atom.
  • a non-limiting exemplary aryloxy group is PhCH 2 O-.
  • aryl refers to a monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic ring system having from six to fourteen carbon atoms (i.e., C 6 -C 14 aryl).
  • Non-limiting exemplary aryl groups include phenyl (abbreviated as "Ph"), naphthyl, phenanthryl, anthracyl, indenyl, azulenyl, biphenyl, biphenylenyl, and fluorenyl groups.
  • the aryl group is chosen from phenyl and naphthyl.
  • the term "optionally substituted aryl" as used herein by itself or as part of another group means that the aryl as defined above is either unsubstituted or substituted with one to five substituents independently chosen from halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, alkylthio, carboxamido, sulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ureido, guanidino, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclo, alkoxyalkyl, (amino)alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl
  • the optionally substituted aryl is an optionally substituted phenyl. In one embodiment, the optionally substituted phenyl has four substituents. In another embodiment, the optionally substituted phenyl has three substituents. In another embodiment, the optionally substituted phenyl has two substituents. In another embodiment, the optionally substituted phenyl has one substituent.
  • Non-limiting exemplary substituted aryl groups include 2-methylphenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 2-bromophenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 3-fluorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 4-ethylphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 2,6-di-fluorophenyl, 2,6-di-chlorophenyl, 2-methyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 2-ethyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 3,4-di-methoxyphenyl, 3,5-di-fluorophenyl 3,5-di-methylphenyl and 3,5-dimethoxy, 4-methylphenyl, 2-fluoro-3-chlorophenyl, and 3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl.
  • heteroaryl refers to monocyclic and bicyclic aromatic ring systems having 5 to 14 ring atoms (i.e., C 5 -C 14 heteroaryl) and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur.
  • the heteroaryl has three heteroatoms.
  • the heteroaryl has two heteroatoms.
  • the heteroaryl has one heteroatom.
  • the heteroaryl is a C 5 heteroaryl.
  • the heteroaryl is a C 6 heteroaryl.
  • Non-limiting exemplary heteroaryl groups include thienyl, benzo[b]thienyl, naphtho[2,3-b]thienyl, thianthrenyl, furyl, benzofuryl, pyranyl, isobenzofuranyl, benzooxazonyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, 2 H -pyrrolyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, isoindolyl, 3 H- indolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, purinyl, isoquinolyl, quinolyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, cinnolinyl, quinazolinyl, pteridinyl, 4a H -carbazolyl, carbazolyl, ⁇ -carbol
  • the heteroaryl is chosen from thienyl (e.g., thien-2-yl and thien-3-yl), furyl (e.g., 2-furyl and 3-furyl), pyrrolyl (e.g., 1H-pyrrol-2-yl and 1H-pyrrol-3-yl), imidazolyl ( e.g., 2H-imidazol-2-yl and 2H-imidazol-4-yl), pyrazolyl ( e.g., 1H-pyrazol-3-yl, 1H-pyrazol-4-yl, and 1H-pyrazol-5-yl), pyridyl ( e.g., pyridin-2-yl, pyridin-3-yl, and pyridin-4-yl), pyrimidinyl ( e.g., pyrimidin-2-yl, pyrimidin-4-yl, pyrimidin-5-yl, and pyrimidin
  • the term "optionally substituted heteroaryl" as used by itself or as part of another group means that the heteroaryl as defined above is either unsubstituted or substituted with one to four substituents, e.g., one or two substituents, independently chosen from halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, alkylthio, carboxamido, sulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ureido, guanidino, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclo, alkoxyalkyl, (
  • the optionally substituted heteroaryl has one substituent.
  • the optionally substituted is an optionally substituted pyridyl, i.e., 2-, 3-, or 4-pyridyl. Any available carbon or nitrogen atom can be substituted.
  • the optionally substituted heteroaryl is an optionally substituted indole.
  • heterocyclo refers to saturated and partially unsaturated (containing one or two double bonds) cyclic groups containing one to three rings having from two to twelve carbon atoms ( i.e., C 2 -C 12 heterocyclo) and one or two oxygen, sulfur and/or nitrogen atoms.
  • heterocyclo is meant to include cyclic ureido groups such as 2-imidazolidinone.
  • the heterocyclo group is chosen from a 5- or 6-membered cyclic group containing one ring and one or two oxygen and/or nitrogen atoms.
  • heterocyclo can be optionally linked to the rest of the molecule through a carbon or nitrogen atom.
  • Non-limiting exemplary heterocyclo groups include 2-imidazolidinone, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, and pyrrolidinyl.
  • heterocyclo as used herein by itself or part of another group means the heterocyclo as defined above is either unsubstituted or substituted with one to four substituents independently selected from halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, alkylthio, carboxamido, sulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ureido, guanidino, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclo, alkoxyalkyl, (amino)alkyl, hydroxyalkylamino
  • Substitution may occur on any available carbon or nitrogen atom.
  • An optionally substituted heterocyclo can be fused to an aryl group to provide an optionally substituted aryl as described above.
  • the optionally substituted heterocyclo is a substituted piperazine.
  • Non-limiting exemplary optionally substituted heterocyclo groups include:
  • amino as used by itself or as part of another group refers to -NH 2 .
  • (amino)alkyl refers to any of the above-mentioned alkyl groups substituted with an amino group.
  • Non-limiting exemplary amino alkyl groups include -CH 2 CH 2 NH 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 NH 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 NH 2 and the like.
  • diaminoalkyl as used by itself or as part of another group refers any of the above-mentioned alkyl groups substituted with two amino groups.
  • alkylamino as used by itself or as part of another group refers to -NHR 26 , wherein R 26 is any alkyl group as "alkyl” is defined above.
  • dialkylamino as used by itself or as part of another group refers to -NR 27a R 27b wherein R 27a and R 27b are each independently any alkyl group as "alkyl” is defined above.
  • hydroxyalkylamino as used by itself or as part of another group refers to - NHR 28 , wherein R 28 is any hydroxyalkyl group as "hydroxyalkyl" is defined above.
  • alkylaminoalkyl as used by itself or as part of another group refers to any alkyl group as “alkylamino” is defined above.
  • dialkylaminoalkyl as used by itself or as part of another group refers to any alkyl group as “alkyl” is defined above substituted by any dialkylamino group as “dialkylamino” is defined above.
  • (cyano)alkyl as used by itself or as part of another group refers to any alkyl group as "alkyl” is defined above substituted with one or more cyano, e.g., -CN, groups.
  • Non-limiting exemplary (cyano)alkyl groups include -CH 2 CH 2 CN, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CN, and -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CN.
  • Non-limiting exemplary carboxamido groups include -CONH 2 , -CON(H)CH 3 , CON(CH 3 ) 2 , and CON(H)Ph.
  • (carboxamido)alkyl refers to any of the above-mentioned alkyl groups substituted with a carboxamido group.
  • Non-limiting exemplary (carboxamido)alkyl groups include:
  • sulfonamido refers to a radical of the formula -SO 2 NR 34a R 34b , wherein R 34a and R 34b are each independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl, or R 34a and R 34b taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached from a 3- to 8-membered heterocyclo group
  • Non-limiting exemplary sulfonamido groups include -SO 2 NH 2 , -SO 2 N(H)CH 3 , and -SO 2 N(H)Ph.
  • a non-limiting exemplary alkylcarbonyl group is -COCH 3 .
  • a non-limiting exemplary arylcarbonyl group is -COPh.
  • alkylsulfonyl as used by itself or as part of another group refers to a sulfonyl group, i.e., -SO 2 , substituted by any of the above-mentioned optionally substituted alkyl groups.
  • a non-limiting exemplary alkylsulfonyl group is -SO 2 CH 3 .
  • arylsulfonyl as used by itself or as part of another group refers to a sulfonyl group, i.e., -SO 2 , substituted by any of the above-mentioned optionally substituted aryl groups.
  • a non-limiting exemplary arylsulfonyl group is -SO 2 Ph.
  • mercaptoalkyl as used by itself or as part of another group refers to any of the above-mentioned alkyl groups substituted by a -SH group.
  • carboxy as used by itself or as part of another group refers to a radical of the formula -COOH.
  • carboxyalkyl as used by itself or as part of another group refers to any of the above-mentioned alkyl groups substituted with a -COOH.
  • a non-limiting exemplary carboxyalkyl group is -CH 2 CO 2 H.
  • aralkyl refers to any of the above-mentioned alkyl groups substituted with one, two, or three optionally substituted aryl groups.
  • the aralkyl group is a C 1-4 alkyl substituted with one optionally substituted aryl group.
  • Non-limiting exemplary aralkyl groups include benzyl and phenethyl.
  • the term "azido" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to a radical of the formula -N 3 .
  • (heterocyclo)alkyl refers to any of the above-mentioned alkyl groups substituted with one, two, or three optionally substituted heterocyclo groups.
  • the (heterocyclo)alkyl group is a C 1-4 alkyl substituted with one optionally substituted heterocyclo group.
  • Non-limiting exemplary (heterocyclo)alkyl groups include:
  • (heteroaryl)alkyl refers to any of the above-mentioned alkyl groups substituted with one, two, or three optionally substituted heteroaryl groups.
  • the (heteroaryl)alkyl group is a C 1-4 alkyl substituted with one optionally substituted heteroaryl group.
  • Non-limiting exemplary (heteroaryl)alkyl groups include:
  • alkylcarbonylamino as used by itself or as part of another group refers to an alkylcarbonyl group attached to an amino nitrogen.
  • a non-limiting exemplary alkylcarbonylamino group is -NHCOCH 3 .
  • the group -SO 2 NH- is intended to connect A 1 and A 2 in either direction, i.e., A 1 -SO 2 NH-A 2 - or A 1 -NHSO 2 -A 2 -.
  • X is -SO 2 NH-.
  • X is -NHSO 2 -.
  • the invention disclosed herein is also intended to encompass any of the disclosed compounds being isotopically-labelled (i.e., radiolabeled) by having one or more atoms replaced by an atom having a different atomic mass or mass number.
  • isotopes that can be incorporated into the disclosed compounds include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine and chlorine, such as 2 H, 3 H, 11 C, 13 C, 14 C, 15 N, 18 O 17 O, 31 P, 32 P, 35 S, 18 F, and 36 Cl, respectively, and preferably 3 H, 11 C, and 14 C.
  • Isotopically-labeled compounds of the present invention can be prepared by methods known in the art.
  • the present disclosure is also directed to 3 H, 11 C, or 14 C radiolabeled compounds of any of Formulae I-XXXIII , as well as their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates, and the use of any such compounds as radioligands for their ability to bind to the sodium channel.
  • the present invention is also directed to 3 H, 11 C, or 14 C radiolabeled compounds of any of Formulae XXIV-XXVI , as well as their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates, and the use of any such compounds as radioligands for their ability to bind to the sodium channel.
  • one use of the labeled compounds of the present invention is the characterization of specific receptor binding.
  • a labeled compound of the present invention is an alternative to animal testing for the evaluation of structure-activity relationships.
  • the receptor assay can be performed at a fixed concentration of a labeled compound of the invention and at increasing concentrations of a test compound in a competition assay.
  • a tritiated compound of any of Formulae I-XXXIII can be prepared by introducing tritium into the particular compound, for example, by catalytic dehalogenation with tritium. This method may include reacting a suitably halogen-substituted precursor of the compound with tritium gas in the presence of a suitable catalyst, for example, Pd/C, in the presence or absence of a base.
  • 14 C-labeled compounds can be prepared by employing starting materials having a 14 C carbon.
  • Some of the compounds disclosed herein may contain one or more asymmetric centers and may thus give rise to enantiomers, diastereomers, and other stereoisomeric forms.
  • the present invention is meant to encompass the use of all such possible forms, as well as their racemic and resolved forms and mixtures thereof.
  • the individual enantiomers can be separated according to methods known in the art in view of the present disclosure.
  • the compounds described herein contain olefinic double bonds or other centers of geometric asymmetry, and unless specified otherwise, it is intended that they include both E and Z geometric isomers. All tautomers are intended to be encompassed by the present invention as well.
  • stereoisomers is a general term for all isomers of individual molecules that differ only in the orientation of their atoms in space. It includes enantiomers and isomers of compounds with more than one chiral center that are not mirror images of one another (diastereomers).
  • chiral center refers to a carbon atom to which four different groups are attached.
  • enantiomer and “enantiomeric” refer to a molecule that cannot be superimposed on its mirror image and hence is optically active wherein the enantiomer rotates the plane of polarized light in one direction and its mirror image compound rotates the plane of polarized light in the opposite direction.
  • racemic refers to a mixture of equal parts of enantiomers and which mixture is optically inactive.
  • resolution refers to the separation or concentration or depletion of one of the two enantiomeric forms of a molecule.
  • treat means to encompass administering to a subject a compound of the present invention for the purposes of amelioration or cure, including preemptive and palliative treatment.
  • the invention disclosed herein also encompasses the use of salts of the disclosed compounds, including all non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof of the disclosed compounds.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable addition salts include inorganic and organic acid addition salts and basic salts.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, metal salts such as sodium salt, potassium salt, cesium salt and the like; alkaline earth metals such as calcium salt, magnesium salt and the like; organic amine salts such as triethylamine salt, pyridine salt, picoline salt, ethanolamine salt, triethanolamine salt, dicyclohexylamine salt, N,N'-dibenzylethylenediamine salt and the like; inorganic acid salts such as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, phosphate, sulphate and the like; organic acid salts such as citrate, lactate, tartrate, maleate, fumarate, mandelate, acetate, dichloroacetate, trifluoroacetate, oxalate, formate
  • Acid addition salts can be formed by mixing a solution of the particular compound of the present invention with a solution of a pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acid such as hydrochloric acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, succinic acid, acetic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid, carbonic acid, phosphoric acid, oxalic acid, dichloroacetic acid, or the like.
  • Basic salts can be formed by mixing a solution of the compound of the present invention with a solution of a pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, choline hydroxide, sodium carbonate and the like.
  • solvates typically do not significantly alter the physiological activity or toxicity of the compounds, and as such may function as pharmacological equivalents.
  • solvate as used herein is a combination, physical association and/or solvation of a compound of the present invention with a solvent molecule such as, e.g. a disolvate, monosolvate or hemisolvate, where the ratio of solvent molecule to compound of the present invention is 2:1, 1:1 or 1:2, respectively.
  • This physical association involves varying degrees of ionic and covalent bonding, including hydrogen bonding.
  • solvate can be isolated, such as when one or more solvent molecules are incorporated into the crystal lattice of a crystalline solid.
  • solvate encompasses both solution-phase and isolatable solvates.
  • Compounds of any of Formulae I-XXXIII can be present as solvated forms with a pharmaceutically acceptable solvent, such as water, methanol, ethanol, and the like, and it is intended that the invention includes both solvated and unsolvated forms of compounds of any of Formulae I-XXXIII.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable solvent such as water, methanol, ethanol, and the like
  • solvate includes both solvated and unsolvated forms of compounds of any of Formulae I-XXXIII.
  • One type of solvate is a hydrate.
  • a "hydrate” relates to a particular subgroup of solvates where the solvent molecule is water.
  • Solvates typically can function as pharmacological equivalents.
  • solvates Preparation of solvates is known in the art. See, for example, M. Caira et a.l, J. Pharmaceut. Sci., 93(3):601-611 (2004 ), which describes the preparation of solvates of fluconazole with ethyl acetate and with water. Similar preparation of solvates, hemisolvates, hydrates, and the like are described by E.C. van Tonder et al., AAPS Pharm. Sci. Tech., 5(1):Article 12 (2004 ), and A.L. Bingham et al., Chem. Commun.: 603-604 (2001 ).
  • a typical, non-limiting, process of preparing a solvate would involve dissolving a compound of any of Formulae I-XXXIII in a desired solvent (organic, water, or a mixture thereof) at temperatures above 20°C to about 25°C, then cooling the solution at a rate sufficient to form crystals, and isolating the crystals by known methods, e.g., filtration.
  • Analytical techniques such as infrared spectroscopy can be used to confirm the presence of the solvent in a crystal of the solvate.
  • compounds of Formulae I-XXXIII are blockers of sodium (Na + ) channels, a number of diseases and conditions mediated by sodium ion influx can be treated by employing these compounds.
  • the present invention is thus directed generally to Compounds of the Invention for use in treating a disorder responsive to the blockade of sodium channels in an animal suffering from, or at risk of suffering from, said disorder, said method comprising administering to the animal an effective amount of a Compound of the Invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  • the present invention is further directed to the Compound of the Invention for modulating sodium channels in an animal in need thereof, comprising administering to the animal a modulating-effective amount of at least one Compound of the Invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  • the present invention provides compounds for use in treating stroke, neuronal damage resulting from head trauma, epilepsy, neuronal loss following global and focal ischemia, pain (e.g., acute pain, chronic pain, which includes but is not limited to neuropathic pain, postoperative pain, and inflammatory pain, or surgical pain), a neurodegenerative disorder (e.g., Alzheimer's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), or Parkinson's disease), migraine, manic depression, tinnitus, myotonia, a movement disorder, or cardiac arrhythmia, or providing local anesthesia.
  • the invention provides a method of treating pain.
  • the type of pain is chronic pain.
  • the type of pain is neuropathic pain. In another embodiment, the type of pain is postoperative pain. In another embodiment, the type of pain is inflammatory pain. In another embodiment, the type of pain is surgical pain. In another embodiment, the type of pain is acute pain. In another embodiment, the treatment of pain (e.g., chronic pain, such as neuropathic pain, postoperative pain, or inflammatory pain, acute pain or surgical pain) is preemptive. In another embodiment, the treatment of pain is palliative. In each instance, such method of treatment requires administering to an animal in need of such treatment an amount of a compound of the present invention that is therapeutically effective in achieving said treatment. In one embodiment, the amount of such compound is the amount that is effective to block sodium channels in vivo.
  • Chronic pain includes, but is not limited to, inflammatory pain, postoperative pain, cancer pain, osteoarthritis pain associated with metastatic cancer, trigeminal neuralgia, acute herpetic and postherpetic neuralgia, diabetic neuropathy, causalgia, brachial plexus avulsion, occipital neuralgia, reflex sympathetic dystrophy, fibromyalgia, gout, phantom limb pain, burn pain, and other forms of neuralgia, neuropathic, and idiopathic pain syndromes.
  • the inflammatory process is a complex series of biochemical and cellular events activated in response to tissue injury or the presence of foreign substances ( Levine, Inflammatory Pain, In: Textbook of Pain, Wall and Melzack eds., 3rd ed., 1994 ). Inflammation often occurs at the site of injured tissue, or foreign material, and contributes to the process of tissue repair and healing.
  • the cardinal signs of inflammation include erythema (redness), heat, edema (swelling), pain and loss of function (ibid.).
  • the majority of patients with inflammatory pain do not experience pain continually, but rather experience enhanced pain when the inflamed site is moved or touched. Inflammatory pain includes, but is not limited to, that associated with osteoarthritis and rheumatoid arthritis.
  • Chronic neuropathic pain is a heterogenous disease state with an unclear etiology.
  • the pain can be mediated by multiple mechanisms. This type of pain generally arises from injury to the peripheral or central nervous tissue.
  • the syndromes include pain associated with spinal cord injury, multiple sclerosis, post-herpetic neuralgia, trigeminal neuralgia, phantom pain, causalgia, and reflex sympathetic dystrophy and lower back pain.
  • Chronic pain is different from acute pain in that patients suffer the abnormal pain sensations that can be described as spontaneous pain, continuous superficial burning and/or deep aching pain.
  • the pain can be evoked by heat-, cold-, and mechano-hyperalgesia or by heat-, cold-, or mechano-allodynia.
  • Neuropathic pain can be caused by injury or infection of peripheral sensory nerves. It includes, but is not limited to, pain from peripheral nerve trauma, herpes virus infection, diabetes mellitus, causalgia, plexus avulsion, neuroma, limb amputation, and vasculitis. Neuropathic pain is also caused by nerve damage from chronic alcoholism, human immunodeficiency virus infection, hypothyroidism, uremia, or vitamin deficiencies. Stroke (spinal or brain) and spinal cord injury can also induce neuropathic pain. Cancer-related neuropathic pain results from tumor growth compression of adjacent nerves, brain, or spinal cord. In addition, cancer treatments, including chemotherapy and radiation therapy, can also cause nerve injury. Neuropathic pain includes but is not limited to pain caused by nerve injury such as, for example, the pain from which diabetics suffer.
  • the present invention is also directed to the use of a Compound of the Invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a disorder responsive to the blockade of sodium channels (e.g., any of the disorders listed above) in an animal suffering from said disorder.
  • a disorder responsive to the blockade of sodium channels e.g., any of the disorders listed above
  • the present invention is also directed to the use of a Compound of the Invention , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament, in particular a medicament for modulating sodium channels, in an animal in need thereof.
  • Compounds of the present invention were assessed by sodium mobilization and/or electrophysiological assays for sodium channel blocker activity.
  • One aspect of the present invention is based on the use of the compounds herein described as sodium channel blockers. Based upon this property, compounds of the invention are considered useful in treating a condition or disorder responsive to the blockade of sodium ion channels, e.g., stroke, neuronal damage resulting from head trauma, epilepsy, seizures, general epilepsy with febrile seizures, severe myoclonic epilepsy in infancy, neuronal loss following global and focal ischemia, migraine, familial primary erythromelalgia, paroxysmal extreme pain disorder, cerebellar atrophy, ataxia, dystonia, tremor, mental retardation, autism, a neurodegenerative disorder (e.g., Alzheimer's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), or Parkinson's disease), manic depression, tinnitus, myotonia, a movement disorder, cardiac arrhythmia,
  • the present disclosure is directed to compounds of Formulae I-XXXIII that are blockers of sodium channels.
  • those compounds having useful sodium channel blocking properties exhibit an IC 50 for Nav1.1, Na v 1.2, Nav1.3, Nav1.4, Nav1.5, Nav1.6, Nav1.7, Nav1.8, and/or Nav1.9 of about 100 ⁇ M or less, e.g., about 50 ⁇ M or less, about 10 ⁇ M or less, about 5 ⁇ M or less, or about 1 ⁇ M or less, in sodium mobilization and/or electrophysiological assays.
  • Compounds of the Invention exhibit an IC 50 for Na v 1.7 of 100 ⁇ M or less, about 50 ⁇ M or less, about 10 ⁇ M or less, about 5 ⁇ M or less, about 1 ⁇ M or less, about 0.5 ⁇ M or less, or about 0.1 ⁇ M or less.
  • Compounds of the Invention can be tested for their Na + channel blocking activity using methods known in the art and by the following fluorescence imaging and electrophysiological in vitro assays and/or in vivo assays.
  • Recombinant Na v 1.7 Cell Line In vitro assays were performed in a recombinant cell line expressing cDNA encoding the alpha subunit (Na v 1.7, SCN9a, PN1, NE) of human Na v 1.7 (Accession No. NM_002977). The cell line was provided by investigators at Yale University ( Cummins et al, J. Neurosci. 18(23): 9607-9619 (1998 )). For dominant selection of the Na v 1.7-expressing clones, the expression plasmid co-expressed the neomycin resistance gene.
  • the cell line was constructed in the human embryonic kidney cell line, HEK293, under the influence of the CMV major late promoter, and stable clones were selected using limiting dilution cloning and antibiotic selection using the neomycin analogue, G418. Recombinant beta and gamma subunits were not introduced into this cell line. Additional cell lines expressing recombinant Na v 1.7 cloned from other species can also be used, alone or in combination with various beta subunits, gamma subunits or chaperones.
  • Non-recombinant Cell Lines Expressing Native Na v 1.7 can be performed in a cell line expressing native, non-recombinant Nav1.7, such as the ND7 mouse neuroblastoma X rat dorsal root ganglion (DRG) hybrid cell line ND7/23, available from the European Cell Culture Collection (Cat. No. 92090903, Salisbury, Wiltshire, United Kingdom).
  • the assays can also be performed in other cell lines expressing native, non-recombinant Nav1.7, from various species, or in cultures of fresh or preserved sensory neurons, such as dorsal root ganglion (DRG) cells, isolated from various species.
  • DRG dorsal root ganglion
  • Primary screens or counter-screens of other voltage-gated sodium channels can also be performed, and the cell lines can be constructed using methods known in the art, purchased from collaborators or commercial establishments, and they can express either recombinant or native channels.
  • the primary counter-screen is for one of the central neuronal sodium channels, Nav1.2 (rBIIa), expressed in HEK293 host cells ( Ilyin et al., Br. J. Pharmacol. 144:801-812 (2005 )). Pharmacological profiling for these counter-screens is carried out under conditions similar to the primary or alternative Na v 1.7 assays described below.
  • cell culture reagents were purchased from Mediatech of Herndon, VA.
  • the recombinant Na v 1.7/HEK293 cells were routinely cultured in growth medium consisting of Dulbecco's minimum essential medium containing 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS, Hyclone, Thermo Fisher Scientific, Logan, UT), 100 U/mL penicillin, 100 ⁇ g/mL streptomycin, 2-4 mM L-glutamine, and 500 mg/mL G418.
  • FBS fetal bovine serum
  • penicillin 100 ⁇ g/mL streptomycin
  • 2-4 mM L-glutamine 500 mg/mL G418.
  • the selective antibiotic was omitted, and additional media formulations can be applied as needed.
  • the assay buffer was formulated by removing 120 mL from a 1 L bottle of fresh, sterile dH 2 O (Mediatech, Herndon, VA) and adding 100 mL of 10X HBSS that does not contain Ca ++ or Mg ++ (Gibco, Invitrogen, Grand Island, NY) followed by 20 mL of 1.0 M Hepes, pH 7.3 (Fisher Scientific, BP299-100).
  • the final buffer consisted of 20 mM Hepes, pH 7.3, 1.261 mM CaCl 2 , 0.493 mM MgCl 2 , 0.407 mM Mg(SO) 4 , 5.33 mM KCl, 0.441 mM KH 2 PO 4 , 137 mM NaCl, 0.336 mM Na 2 HPO4 and 0.556 mM D-glucose ( Hanks et al., Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med. 71:196 (1949 )), and the simple formulation was typically the basic buffer throughout the assay ( i.e., all wash and addition steps).
  • CoroNaTM Green AM Na + Dye for Primary Fluorescence Assay The fluorescence indicator used in the primary fluorescence assay was the cell permeant version of CoroNaTM Green (Invitrogen, Molecular Probes, Eugene, OR), a dye that emits light in the fluorescence range ( Harootunian et al., J. Biol. Chem. 264(32):19458-19467 (1989 )). The intensity of this emission, but not the wavelength range, is increased when the dye is exposed to Na + ions, which it can bind with partial selectivity.
  • Cells expressing Na v 1.7 or other sodium channels were loaded with the CoroNaTM Green dye immediately in advance of the fluorescence assay, and then, after agonist stimulation, the mobilization of Na + ions was detected as the Na + ions flowed from the extracellular fluid into the cytoplasm through the activated sodium channel pores.
  • the dye was stored in the dark as a lyophilized powder, and then an aliquot was dissolved immediately before the cell loading procedure, according to the instructions of the manufacturer to a stock concentration of 10 mM in DMSO. It was then diluted in the assay buffer to a 4X concentrated working solution, so that the final concentration of dye in the cell loading buffer was 5 ⁇ M.
  • a fluorescence indicator that can be used in alternative fluorescence assays is the blue version membrane potential dye (MDS, Molecular Devices, Sunnyvale, CA), a dye that detects changes in molecules following a change in membrane potential. An increase in fluorescence is expected if agonist stimulation provokes a change in membrane potential.
  • Cells expressing Na v 1.7 or other sodium channels are incubated with the membrane potential dye 30-60 minutes before the fluorescence assay.
  • the dye and all other components are washed out immediately before the assay, and the dye is then replaced.
  • the dye In the version lacking KCl pre-stimulation, the dye remains on the cells and is not washed out or replaced. The dye is stored in the dark as a lyophilized powder, and then an aliquot dissolved in assay buffer to form a 20X-concentrated stock solution that can be used for several weeks.
  • veratridine is an alkaloid small molecule that facilitates the capture of channel openings by inhibiting inactivation
  • scorpion venom is a natural preparation that includes peptide toxins selective for different subsets of voltage-gated sodium channels. These scorpion toxins inhibit the fast inactivation of their cognate target channels.
  • Test Compounds Test compounds were dissolved in DMSO to yield 10 mM stock solutions. The stock solutions were further diluted using DMSO in 1:3 serial dilution steps with 10 points (10,000 ⁇ M, 3,333 ⁇ M, 1,111 ⁇ M, 370 ⁇ M, 123 ⁇ M, 41 ⁇ M, 14 ⁇ M, 4.6 ⁇ M, 1.5 ⁇ M and 0.5 ⁇ M).
  • Compound dilutions were added during the dye-loading and pre-stimulation step, and then again during the fluorescence assay, early in the kinetic read. Compound dilutions were added in duplicate rows across the middle 80 wells of the 96-well plate, whereas the fully stimulated and the fully inhibited controls (positive and negative) were located in the top 4 side wells and the bottom 4 side wells, respectively, on the left and right sides of the assay plate.
  • FLIPR ® or FLIPR TETRA ® sodium dye assay with KCl and test article pre-incubation Cells were prepared by plating the recombinant HEK293 cells or other host cells expressing either recombinant or non-recombinant, native, Na V 1.7 alpha subunit, alone or in combination with various beta and gamma subunits at a density of ⁇ 40,000 cells/well into a 96-well black, clear-bottom, PDL-coated plate.
  • the assay can be adapted to 384-well or 1,536-well format, if desired, using proportionately less cells and media.
  • the plate was then incubated in growth media, with or without selective antibiotic, overnight at 37°C at 5% CO 2 , 95% humidity, in preparation for the assay.
  • growth media with or without selective antibiotic, overnight at 37°C at 5% CO 2 , 95% humidity, in preparation for the assay.
  • the procedure was very similar, though optimal densities of cells, media and subsequent assay components can be fine-tuned for the particular cell line or isoform.
  • the media was flicked from the cells and the wells were washed once with 50 ⁇ l/well assay buffer (1X Hank's balanced salt solution without sodium bicarbonate or phenol red, 20 mM Hepes, pH 7.3) and then pre-incubated with the test articles, CoroNaTM Green AM sodium dye (for cell loading) and KCl for re-polarization and synchronization of the channels in the entire population of cells.
  • 50 ⁇ l/well assay buffer (1X Hank's balanced salt solution without sodium bicarbonate or phenol red, 20 mM Hepes, pH 7.3
  • CoroNaTM Green AM sodium dye for cell loading
  • KCl for re-polarization and synchronization of the channels in the entire population of cells.
  • the components were added as follows, immediately after the wash step: 1) first, the compound dilutions and controls were added as 4X concentrates in assay buffer at 50 ⁇ L/well; 2) CoroNaTM Green AM dye was diluted from the stock solution to 20 ⁇ M in assay buffer (4X concentrate) and added to the plate at 50 ⁇ L/well; and 3) finally, a solution of 180 mM KCl (2X) was prepared by diluting a 2M stock solution into assay buffer and the solution was added to the cells at 100 ⁇ l/well. The cells were incubated at 25°C in the dark for 30 min. before their fluorescence was measured.
  • the plates containing dye-loaded cells were then flicked to remove the pre-incubation components and washed once with 100 ⁇ L/well assay buffer. A 100 ⁇ L/well aliquot of assay buffer was added back to the plate, and the real-time assay was commenced.
  • the assay can be performed as a screening assay as well with the test articles present in standard amounts (e.g ., 10 ⁇ M) in only one or two wells of a multi-well plate during the primary screen. Hits in this screen were typically profiled more exhaustively (multiple times), subjected to dose-response or competition assays and tested in counter screens against other voltage-gate sodium channels or other biologically relevant target molecules.
  • FLIPR ® or FLIPR TETRA ® membrane potential assay with KCl and test article pre-incubation Cells are prepared by plating the recombinant HEK293 cells or other host cells expressing either recombinant or non-recombinant, native, Na V 1.7 alpha subunit, alone or in combination with various beta and gamma subunits at a density of ⁇ 40,000 cells/well into a 96-well black, clear-bottom, PDL-coated plate.
  • the assay can be adapted to 384-well or 1,536-well format, if desired, using proportionately less cells and media.
  • the plate is then incubated in growth media, with or without selective antibiotic, overnight at 37°C at 5% CO 2 , 95% humidity, in preparation for the assay (see, e.g., Benjamin et. al., J. Biomol. Screen 10(4):365-373 (2005 )).
  • the assay protocol is similar, though optimal densities of cells, media and subsequent assay components can be fine-tuned for the particular cell line or sodium channel isoform being tested.
  • the media is flicked from the cells and the wells are washed once with 50 ⁇ L/well assay buffer (1X Hank's balanced salt solution without sodium bicarbonate or phenol red, 20 mM Hepes, pH 7.3) and then pre-incubated with the test articles, the membrane potential dye (for cell loading), and the KCl for re-polarization and synchronization of the channels in the entire population of cells.
  • 50 ⁇ L/well assay buffer (1X Hank's balanced salt solution without sodium bicarbonate or phenol red, 20 mM Hepes, pH 7.3
  • the components are added as follows, immediately after the wash step: 1) first, the compound dilutions and controls are added as 4X concentrates in assay buffer at 50 ⁇ L/well; 2) membrane potential dye is diluted from the stock solution in assay buffer (4X concentrate) and added to the plate at 50 ⁇ L/well; and 3) finally, a solution of 180 mM KCl (2X) is prepared by diluting a 2M stock solution into assay buffer and the solution added to the cells at 100 ⁇ L/well. The cells are incubated at 37°C in the dark for 30-60 min. before their fluorescence is measured.
  • the plates containing dye-loaded cells are then flicked to remove the pre-incubation components and washed once with 50 ⁇ L/well assay buffer. A 50 ⁇ L/well aliquot of membrane potential dye is added back to the plate, and the real-time assay is commenced.
  • the additions of the compounds (first) and then the channel activators (later) in this are performed on the fluorescence plate reader and the results, expressed as relative fluorescence units (RFU), are captured by means of camera shots every 1-3 sec., then displayed in real-time and stored. Generally, there is a 15 sec. base line, with camera shots taken every 1.5 sec., then the test compounds are added, then another 120 sec. baseline is conducted, with camera shots taken every 3 sec.; and finally, the agonist solution (containing veratridine and scorpion venom) is added. The amplitude of fluorescence increase, resulting from the detection of membrane potential change, is captured for ⁇ 120 sec. thereafter. Results are expressed in relative fluorescence units (RFU) and can be determined by using the maximum signal during the latter part of the stimulation; or the maximum minus the minimum during the whole stimulation period; or by taking the area under the curve for the whole stimulation period.
  • REU relative fluorescence units
  • the assay can be performed as a screening assay as well with the test articles present in standard amounts (e.g ., 10 ⁇ M) in only one or two wells of a multi-well plate during the primary screen. Hits in this screen are typically profiled more exhaustively (multiple times), subjected to dose-response or competition assays and tested in counter screens against other voltage-gate sodium channels or other biologically relevant target molecules.
  • FLIPR ® or FLIPR TETRA ® sodium dye assay without KCl and test article pre-incubation Cells are prepared by plating the recombinant HEK293 cells or other host cells expressing either recombinant or non-recombinant, native, Na V 1.7 alpha subunit, alone or in combination with various beta and gamma subunits at a density of ⁇ 40,000 cells/well into a 96-well black, clear-bottom, PDL-coated plate.
  • the assay can be adapted to 384-well or 1,536-well format, if desired, using proportionately less cells and media.
  • the plate is then incubated in growth media, with or without selective antibiotic, overnight at 37°C at 5% CO 2 , 95% humidity, in preparation for the assay.
  • growth media with or without selective antibiotic, overnight at 37°C at 5% CO 2 , 95% humidity, in preparation for the assay.
  • the procedure is very similar, though optimal densities of cells, media and subsequent assay components can be fine-tuned for the particular cell line or isoform.
  • the media is flicked from the cells and the wells washed once with 50 ⁇ L/well assay buffer (1X Hank's balanced salt solution without sodium bicarbonate or phenol red, 20 mM Hepes, pH 7.3).
  • Membrane potential dye is then added to each well of the 96-well plate (50 ⁇ L/well), from a freshly diluted sample of the stock (now at 4X concentration) in the assay buffer.
  • the cells are incubated at 37°C in the dark for 30-60 min. before their fluorescence is measured.
  • the 96-well plate containing dye-loaded cells is then loaded directly onto the plate reader without aspirating the dye solution and without any further washing of the cells.
  • the fluorescence of cells is measured using a fluorescence plate reader (FLIPR TETRA ® or FLIPR384®, MDS, Molecular Devices, Sunnyvale, CA).
  • the additions of the compounds (first, 50 ⁇ L/well from a 4X stock plate) and then the channel activators (later, 100 ⁇ L/well from a 2X stock solution) in this kinetic assay are performed on the fluorescence plate reader and the results, expressed as relative fluorescence units (RFU), are captured by means of camera shots every 1-3 sec., then displayed in real-time and stored. Generally, there is a 15 sec. base line, with camera shots taken every 1.5 sec., then the test compounds are added, then another 120 sec. baseline is conducted, with camera shots taken every 3 sec.; and finally, the agonist solution (containing veratridine and scorpion venom) is added.
  • RNU relative fluorescence units
  • results are expressed in relative fluorescence units (RFU) and can be determined by using the maximum signal during the latter part of the stimulation; or the maximum minus the minimum during the whole stimulation period; or by taking the area under the curve for the whole stimulation period.
  • REU relative fluorescence units
  • the assay can be performed as a screening assay as well, with the test articles present in standard amounts (e.g. 10 ⁇ M) in only one or two wells of a multi-well plate during the primary screen. Hits in this screen are typically profiled more exhaustively (multiple times), subjected to dose-response or competition assays and tested in counter screens against other voltage-gate sodium channels or other biologically relevant target molecules.
  • hNa v 1.7 expressing HEK-293 cells were plated on 35 mm culture dishes pre-coated with poly-D-lysine in standard DMEM culture media (Mediatech, Inc., Herndon, VA) and incubated in a 5% CO 2 incubator at 37°C. Cultured cells were used approximately 12 - 48 hours after plating.
  • Electrophysiology On the day of experimentation, the 35 mm dish was placed on the stage of an inverted microscope equipped with a perfusion system that continuously perfuses the culture dish with fresh recording media. A gravity driven superfusion system was used to apply test solutions directly to the cell under evaluation. This system consists of an array of glass pipette glass connected to a motorized horizontal translator. The outlet of the shooter was positioned approximately 100 ⁇ m from the cell of interest.
  • Voltage protocols After establishing the whole-cell configuration in voltage clamp mode, two voltage protocols were run to establish: 1) the holding potential; and 2) the test potential for each cell.
  • Resting block To determine a membrane potential at which the majority of channels are in the resting state, a standard steady-state inactivation (SSIN) protocol was run using 100 ms prepulses x 10 mV depolarizing steps. The holding potential for testing resting block (Vh 1 ) was 20 mV more hyperpolarized than the first potential where inactivation was observed with the inactivation protocol.
  • SSIN steady-state inactivation
  • K app drug ⁇ FR / 1 ⁇ FR , where [drug] is the concentration of a drug.
  • K app value 1 ⁇ h / 1 / K app ⁇ h / K r .
  • the voltage clamp protocol to examine hNa v 1.7 currents was as follows. First, the standard current-voltage relationship was tested by pulsing the cell from the holding voltage (V h ) of -120 mV by a series of 5 msec long square-shaped test pulses incrementing in +10 mV steps over the membrane voltage range of -90 mV to + 60 mV at the pace of stimulation of 0.5 Hz. This procedure determines the voltage that elicits the maximal current (V max ).
  • Vh was re-set to -120 mV and a steady-state inactivation (SSIN) curve was taken by the standard double-pulse protocol: 100 ms depolarizing pre-pulse was incremented in steps of +10 mV (voltage range from -90mV to 0 mV) immediately followed by the 5ms long test pulse to -10 mV at the pace of stimulation of 0.2 Hz. This procedure determines the voltage of full inactivation (V full ).
  • the cell was repeatedly stimulated with the following protocol, first in the absence of the test compound then in its presence.
  • the protocol consisted of depolarizing the cell from the holding potential of -120 mV to the V full value for 4.5 seconds then repolarizing the cell to the holding potential for 10 ms before applying the test pulse to the V max for 5 ms.
  • the amount of inhibition produced by the test compound was determined by comparing the current amplitude elicited by the test pulse in the absence and presence of the compound.
  • Data analysis Data was analyzed off-line using Clampfit software (pClamp, v. 8; Axon Instruments) and graphed using GraphPad Prizm (v. 4.0) software.
  • mice Male Swiss Webster NIH mice (20-30 g; Harlan, San Diego, CA) can be used in all experiments. Food is withdrawn on the day of experiment. Mice are placed in Plexiglass jars for at least 1 hour to acclimate to the environment. Following the acclimation period, mice are weighed and given either the compound of interest administered i.p. or p.o., or the appropriate volume of vehicle (for example, 10 % Tween-80 or 0.9 % saline, and other pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles) as control.
  • vehicle for example, 10 % Tween-80 or 0.9 % saline, and other pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles
  • mice Fifteen minutes after the i.p. dosing, and 30 minutes after the p.o. dosing mice are injected with formalin (20 ⁇ L of 5% formaldehyde solution in saline) into the dorsal surface of the right hind paw. Mice are transferred to the Plexiglass jars and monitored for the amount of time spent licking or biting the injected paw. Periods of licking and biting are recorded in 5-minute intervals for 1 hour after the formalin injection. All experiments are done in a blinded manner during the light cycle. The early phase of the formalin response is measured as licking / biting between 0-5 minutes, and the late phase is measured from 15-50 minutes.
  • Differences between vehicle and drug treated groups can be analyzed by one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA). A P value ⁇ 0.05 is considered significant. Compounds are considered to be efficacious for treating acute and chronic pain if they have activity in blocking both the early and second phase of formalin-induced paw-licking activity.
  • Test Animals Each experiment uses rats weighing between 200-260 g at the start of the experiment. The rats are group-housed and have free access to food and water at all times, except prior to oral administration of a test compound when food is removed for 16 hours before dosing.
  • a control group acts as a comparison to rats treated with a compound of Formulae I-XXXIII.
  • the control group is administered the carrier as used for the test compound.
  • the volume of carrier administered to the control group is the same as the volume of carrier and test compound administered to the test group.
  • FCA Freund's complete adjuvant
  • % reversal ⁇ post administration PWT or PWL ⁇ pre-administration PWT or PWL baseline PWT or PWL ⁇ pre-administration PWT or PWL ⁇ 100
  • the partial sciatic nerve ligation model of neuropathic pain was used to produce neuropathic hyperalgesia in rats ( Seltzer et al., Pain 43:205-218 (1990 )).
  • Partial ligation of the left sciatic nerve was performed under inhalation anesthesia, e.g., isoflurane/O 2 .
  • inhalation anesthesia e.g., isoflurane/O 2 .
  • the left thigh of the rat was shaved and the sciatic nerve exposed at high thigh level through a small incision and was carefully cleared of surrounding connective tissues at a site near the trocanther just distal to the point at which the posterior biceps semitendinosus nerve branches off of the common sciatic nerve.
  • a 7-0 silk suture was inserted into the nerve, e.g., with a 3/8 curved, reversed-cutting mini-needle, and tightly ligated so that the dorsal 1/3 to 1 ⁇ 2 of the nerve thickness was held within the ligature.
  • the wound was closed, e.g., with a single muscle suture (4-0 nylon (Vicryl)) and vetbond tissue glue. Following surgery, the wound area was dusted with antibiotic powder. Sham-treated rats undergo an identical surgical procedure except that the sciatic nerve is not manipulated. Following surgery, animals were weighed and placed on a warm pad until they recovered from anesthesia. Animals were then returned to their home cages until behavioral testing began.
  • % reversal post administration PWT ⁇ pre-administration PWT baseline PWT ⁇ pre-administration PWT ⁇ 100
  • Cpd No. 63 (vehicle: 10% Tween 80 in water) did not produce a statistically significant increase in paw withdrawal threshold in the Seltzer model at 30 mg/kg p.o.
  • the spinal nerve ligation model of neuropathic pain is used to produce mechanical hyperalgesia, thermal hyperalgesia and tactile allodynia in rats.
  • Surgery is performed under isoflurane/O 2 inhalation anesthesia. Following induction of anesthesia a 3 cm incision is made and the left paraspinal muscles are separated from the spinous process at the L 4 - S 2 levels. The L 6 transverse process is carefully removed with a pair of small rongeurs to identify visually the L 4 - L 6 spinal nerves.
  • the left L 5 (or L 5 and L 6 ) spinal nerve(s) is (are) isolated and tightly ligated with silk thread.
  • a complete hemostasis is confirmed and the wound is sutured using non-absorbable sutures, such as nylon sutures or stainless steel staples.
  • Sham-treated rats undergo an identical surgical procedure except that the spinal nerve(s) is (are) not manipulated.
  • animals are weighed, administered a subcutaneous (s.c.) injection of saline or ringers lactate, the wound area is dusted with antibiotic powder and they are kept on a warm pad until they recover from the anesthesia. Animals are then returned to their home cages until behavioral testing begins.
  • the animals are assessed for response to noxious mechanical stimuli by determining PWT, as described below, prior to surgery (baseline), then immediately prior to and 1, 3, and 5 hours after being administered a compound of Formulae I-XXXIII for the left rear paw of the animal.
  • the animals can also be assessed for response to noxious thermal stimuli or for tactile allodynia, as described below.
  • the Chung model for neuropathic pain is described in Kim et al., Pain 50(3):355-363 (1992 ).
  • Tactile Allodynia Sensitivity to non-noxious mechanical stimuli can be measured in animals to assess tactile allodynia. Rats are transferred to an elevated testing cage with a wire mesh floor and allowed to acclimate for five to ten minutes. A series of von Frey monofilaments are applied to the plantar surface of the hindpaw to determine the animal's withdrawal threshold. The first filament used possesses a buckling weight of 9.1 gms (.96 log value) and is applied up to five times to see if it elicits a withdrawal response. If the animal has a withdrawal response, then the next lightest filament in the series would be applied up to five times to determine if it also could elicit a response.
  • PWT can be measured only in the injured paw, or in both the injured and non-injured paw.
  • mechanical hyperalgesia associated with nerve injury induced pain can be assessed in rats. Rats are tested prior to surgery to determine a baseline, or normal, PWT. Rats are tested again 2 to 3 weeks post-surgery, prior to, and at different times after (e.g. 1, 3, 5 and 24 hr) drug administration. An increase in PWT following drug administration indicates that the test compound reduces mechanical hyperalgesia.
  • the compounds of the present invention of the present invention can be tested for in vivo anticonvulsant activity after i.v., p.o., or i.p. injection using any of a number of anticonvulsant tests in mice, including the maximum electroshock seizure test (MES).
  • MES maximum electroshock seizure test
  • a tonic seizure is defined as a hindlimb extension in excess of 90 degrees from the plane of the body. Results can be treated in a quantal manner.
  • a Compound of the Invention can be administered to a mammal in the form of a raw chemical without any other components present, the compound is preferably administered as part of a pharmaceutical composition containing the compound combined with a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carrier can be selected from pharmaceutically acceptable excipients and auxiliaries.
  • compositions within the scope of the present invention include all compositions where a Compound of the Invention is combined with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the compound is present in the composition in an amount that is effective to achieve its intended therapeutic purpose. While individual needs may vary, a determination of optimal ranges of effective amounts of each compound is within the skill of the art.
  • a compound can be administered to a mammal, e.g., a human, orally at a dose of from about 0.0025 to about 1500 mg per kg body weight of the mammal, or an equivalent amount of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof, per day to treat the particular disorder.
  • a useful oral dose of a Compound of the Invention administered to a mammal is from about 0.0025 to about 50 mg per kg body weight of the mammal, or an equivalent amount of the pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  • the dose is typically about one-half of the oral dose.
  • a unit oral dose may comprise from about 0.01 to about 50 mg, and preferably about 0.1 to about 10 mg, of the compound.
  • the unit dose can be administered one or more times daily, e.g., as one or more tablets or capsules, each containing from about 0.01 to about 50 mg of the compound, or an equivalent amount of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  • a pharmaceutical composition of the present invention can be administered to any animal that may experience the beneficial effects of a compound of the present invention.
  • animals are mammals, e.g., humans and companion animals, although the invention is not intended to be so limited.
  • a pharmaceutical composition of the present invention can be administered by any means that achieves its intended purpose.
  • administration can be by the oral, parenteral, subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, transdermal, intranasal, transmucosal, rectal, intravaginal or buccal route, or by inhalation.
  • the dosage administered and route of administration will vary, depending upon the circumstances of the particular subject, and taking into account such factors as age, gender, health, and weight of the recipient, condition or disorder to be treated, kind of concurrent treatment, if any, frequency of treatment, and the nature of the effect desired.
  • a pharmaceutical composition of the present invention can be administered orally and is formulated into tablets, dragees, capsules or an oral liquid preparation.
  • the oral formulation comprises extruded multiparticulates comprising the compound of the invention.
  • a pharmaceutical composition of the present invention can be administered rectally, and is formulated in suppositories.
  • composition of the present invention can be administered by injection.
  • composition of the present invention can be administered transdermally.
  • composition of the present invention can be administered by inhalation or by intranasal or transmucosal administration.
  • a pharmaceutical composition of the present invention can be administered by the intravaginal route.
  • a pharmaceutical composition of the present invention can contain from about 0.01 to 99 percent by weight, and preferably from about 0.25 to 75 percent by weight, of active compound(s).
  • the Compound of the Invention for use in treating a disorder responsive to the blockade of sodium channels in an animal in need thereof, can further be administered in combination with a second therapeutic agent.
  • the other therapeutic agent is administered in an effective amount.
  • Effective amounts of the other therapeutic agents are known to those skilled in the art. However, it is well within the skilled artisan's purview to determine the other therapeutic agent's optimal effective-amount range.
  • a compound of the present invention i.e., the first therapeutic agent and the second therapeutic agent can act additively or, in one embodiment, synergistically.
  • the second therapeutic agent can be used to treat a disorder or condition that is different from the disorder or condition for which the first therapeutic agent is being administered, and which disorder or condition may or may not be a condition or disorder as defined herein.
  • a compound of the present invention is administered concurrently with a second therapeutic agent; for example, a single composition comprising both an effective amount of a compound of the invention, and an effective amount of the second therapeutic agent can be administered.
  • the present invention further provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a combination of a compound of the present invention, the second therapeutic agent, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • a first pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a compound of the invention and a second pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of the second therapeutic agent can be concurrently administered.
  • an effective amount of a compound of the present invention is administered prior or subsequent to administration of an effective amount of the second therapeutic agent.
  • the compound of the present invention is administered while the second therapeutic agent exerts its therapeutic effect, or the second therapeutic agent is administered while the compound of the present invention exerts its therapeutic effect for treating a disorder or condition.
  • the second therapeutic agent can be an opioid agonist, a non-opioid analgesic, a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agent, an antimigraine agent, a Cox-II inhibitor, a ⁇ -adrenergic blocker, an anticonvulsant, an antidepressant, an anticancer agent, an agent for treating addictive disorder, an agent for treating Parkinson's disease and parkinsonism, an agent for treating anxiety, an agent for treating epilepsy, an agent for treating a seizure, an agent for treating a stroke, an agent for treating a pruritic condition, an agent for treating psychosis, an agent for treating ALS, an agent for treating a cognitive disorder, an agent for treating a migraine, an agent for treating vomiting, an agent for treating dyskinesia, or an agent for treating depression, or a mixture thereof.
  • Examples of useful opioid agonists include, but are not limited to, alfentanil, allylprodine, alphaprodine, anileridine, benzylmorphine, bezitramide, buprenorphine, butorphanol, clonitazene, codeine, desomorphine, dextromoramide, dezocine, diampromide, diamorphone, dihydrocodeine, dihydromorphine, dimenoxadol, dimepheptanol, dimethylthiambutene, dioxaphetyl butyrate, dipipanone, eptazocine, ethoheptazine, ethylmethylthiambutene, ethylmorphine, etonitazene, fentanyl, heroin, hydrocodone, hydromorphone, hydroxypethidine, isomethadone, ketobemidone, levorphanol, levophenacylmorphan, lofentan
  • the opioid agonist is selected from codeine, hydromorphone, hydrocodone, oxycodone, dihydrocodeine, dihydromorphine, morphine, tramadol, oxymorphone, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and mixtures thereof.
  • non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents such as aspirin, ibuprofen, diclofenac, naproxen, benoxaprofen, flurbiprofen, fenoprofen, flubufen, ketoprofen, indoprofen, piroprofen, carprofen, oxaprozin, pramoprofen, muroprofen, trioxaprofen, suprofen, aminoprofen, tiaprofenic acid, fluprofen, bucloxic acid, indomethacin, sulindac, tolmetin, zomepirac, tiopinac, zidometacin, acemetacin, fentiazac, clidanac, oxpinac, mefenamic acid, meclofenamic acid, flufenamic acid, niflumic acid, tolfenamic acid
  • non-opioid analgesics include the following, non limiting, chemical classes of analgesic, antipyretic, nonsteroidal antiinflammatory drugs: salicylic acid derivatives, including aspirin, sodium salicylate, choline magnesium trisalicylate, salsalate, diflunisal, salicylsalicylic acid, sulfasalazine, and olsalazin; para aminophennol derivatives including acetaminophen and phenacetin; indole and indene acetic acids, including indomethacin, sulindac, and etodolac; heteroaryl acetic acids, including tolmetin, diclofenac, and ketorolac; anthranilic acids (fenamates), including mefenamic acid, and meclofenamic acid; enolic acids, including oxicams (piroxicam, tenoxicam), and pyrazolidinediones (phenylbutylbut
  • useful antimigraine agents include, but are not limited to, alpiropride, bromocriptine, dihydroergotamine, dolasetron, ergocornine, ergocorninine, ergocryptine, ergonovine, ergot, ergotamine, flumedroxone acetate, fonazine, ketanserin, lisuride, lomerizine, methylergonovine, methysergide, metoprolol, naratriptan, oxetorone, pizotyline, propranolol, risperidone, rizatriptan, sumatriptan, timolol, trazodone, zolmitriptan, and mixtures thereof.
  • ⁇ -adrenergic blockers include, but are not limited to, acebutolol, alprenolol, amosulabol, arotinolol, atenolol, befunolol, betaxolol, bevantolol, bisoprolol, bopindolol, bucumolol, bufetolol, bufuralol, bunitrolol, bupranolol, butidrine hydrochloride, butofilolol, carazolol, carteolol, carvedilol, celiprolol, cetamolol, cloranolol, dilevalol, epanolol, esmolol, indenolol, labetalol, levobunolol, mepindolol, metipranolol, metoprolol, moprol
  • useful anticonvulsants include, but are not limited to, acetylpheneturide, albutoin, aloxidone, aminoglutethimide, 4-amino-3-hydroxybutyric acid, atrolactamide, beclamide, buramate, calcium bromide, carbamazepine, cinromide, clomethiazole, clonazepam, decimemide, diethadione, dimethadione, doxenitroin, eterobarb, ethadione, ethosuximide, ethotoin, felbamate, fluoresone, gabapentin, 5-hydroxytryptophan, lamotrigine, magnesium bromide, magnesium sulfate, mephenytoin, mephobarbital, metharbital, methetoin, methsuximide, 5-methyl-5-(3-phenanthryl)-hydantoin, 3-methyl-5-phenylhydantoin, narcobarbit
  • Examples of useful antidepressants include, but are not limited to, binedaline, caroxazone, citalopram, (S)-citalopram, dimethazan, fencamine, indalpine, indeloxazine hydrocholoride, nefopam, nomifensine, oxitriptan, oxypertine, paroxetine, sertraline, thiazesim, trazodone, benmoxine, iproclozide, iproniazid, isocarboxazid, nialamide, octamoxin, phenelzine, cotinine, rolicyprine, rolipram, maprotiline, metralindole, mianserin, mirtazepine, adinazolam, amitriptyline, amitriptylinoxide, amoxapine, butriptyline, clomipramine, demexiptiline
  • useful anticancer agents include, but are not limited to, acivicin, aclarubicin, acodazole hydrochloride, acronine, adozelesin, aldesleukin, altretamine, ambomycin, ametantrone acetate, aminoglutethimide, amsacrine, anastrozole, anthramycin, asparaginase, asperlin, azacitidine, azetepa, azotomycin, batimastat, benzodepa, bicalutamide, bisantrene hydrochloride, bisnafide dimesylate, bizelesin, bleomycin sulfate, brequinar sodium, bropirimine, busulfan, cactinomycin, calusterone, caracemide, carbetimer, carboplatin, carmustine, carubicin hydrochloride, carzelesin, cedefingol, chlorambucil,
  • Therapeutic agents useful for treating an addictive disorder include, but are not limited to, methadone, desipramine, amantadine, fluoxetine, buprenorphine, an opiate agonist, 3-phenoxypyridine, or a serotonin antagonist.
  • Examples of useful therapeutic agents for treating Parkinson's disease and parkinsonism include, but are not limited to, carbidopa/levodopa, pergolide, bromocriptine, ropinirole, pramipexole, entacapone, tolcapone, selegiline, amantadine, and trihexyphenidyl hydrochloride.
  • useful therapeutic agents for treating anxiety include, but are not limited to, benzodiazepines, such as alprazolam, brotizolam, chlordiazepoxide, clobazam, clonazepam, clorazepate, demoxepam, diazepam, estazolam, flumazenil, flurazepam, halazepam, lorazepam, midazolam, nitrazepam, nordazepam, oxazepam, prazepam, quazepam, temazepam, and triazolam; non-benzodiazepine agents, such as buspirone, gepirone, ipsapirone, tiospirone, zolpicone, zolpidem, and zaleplon; tranquilizers, such as barbituates, e.g., amobarbital, aprobarbital, butabarbital, butalbital, mephobarbital
  • useful therapeutic agents for treating epilepsy or seizure include, but are not limited to, carbamazepine, ethosuximide, gabapentin, lamotrigine, phenobarbital, phenytoin, primidone, valproic acid, trimethadione, benzodiazepines, gamma-vinyl GABA, acetazolamide, and felbamate.
  • useful therapeutic agents for treating stroke include, but are not limited to, anticoagulants such as heparin, agents that break up clots such as streptokinase or tissue plasminogen activator, agents that reduce swelling such as mannitol or corticosteroids, and acetylsalicylic acid.
  • anticoagulants such as heparin
  • agents that break up clots such as streptokinase or tissue plasminogen activator
  • agents that reduce swelling such as mannitol or corticosteroids
  • acetylsalicylic acid acetylsalicylic acid
  • useful therapeutic agents for treating a pruritic condition include, but are not limited to, naltrexone; nalmefene; danazol; tricyclics such as amitriptyline, imipramine, and doxepin; antidepressants such as those given below; menthol; camphor; phenol; pramoxine; capsaicin; tar; steroids; and antihistamines.
  • useful therapeutic agents for treating psychosis include, but are not limited to, phenothiazines such as chlorpromazine hydrochloride, mesoridazine besylate, and thoridazine hydrochloride; thioxanthenes such as chloroprothixene and thiothixene hydrochloride; clozapine; risperidone; olanzapine; quetiapine; quetiapine fumarate; haloperidol; haloperidol decanoate; loxapine succinate; molindone hydrochloride; pimozide; and ziprasidone.
  • phenothiazines such as chlorpromazine hydrochloride, mesoridazine besylate, and thoridazine hydrochloride
  • thioxanthenes such as chloroprothixene and thiothixene hydrochloride
  • clozapine risperi
  • useful therapeutic agents for treating ALS include, but are not limited to, baclofen, neurotrophic factors, riluzole, tizanidine, benzodiazepines such as clonazepan and dantrolene.
  • useful therapeutic agents for treating cognitive disorders include, but are not limited to, agents for treating dementia such as tacrine; donepezil; ibuprofen; antipsychotic drugs such as thioridazine and haloperidol; and antidepressant drugs such as those given below.
  • useful therapeutic agents for treating a migraine include, but are not limited to, sumatriptan; methysergide; ergotamine; caffeine; and beta-blockers such as propranolol, verapamil, and divalproex.
  • useful therapeutic agents for treating vomiting include, but are not limited to, 5-HT3 receptor antagonists such as ondansetron, dolasetron, granisetron, and tropisetron; dopamine receptor antagonists such as prochlorperazine, thiethylperazine, chlorpromazine, metoclopramide, and domperidone; glucocorticoids such as dexamethasone; and benzodiazepines such as lorazepam and alprazolam.
  • 5-HT3 receptor antagonists such as ondansetron, dolasetron, granisetron, and tropisetron
  • dopamine receptor antagonists such as prochlorperazine, thiethylperazine, chlorpromazine, metoclopramide, and domperidone
  • glucocorticoids such as dexamethasone
  • benzodiazepines such as lorazepam and alprazolam.
  • useful therapeutic agents for treating dyskinesia include, but are not limited to, reserpine and tetrabenazine.
  • useful therapeutic agents for treating depression include, but are not limited to, tricyclic antidepressants such as amitryptyline, amoxapine, bupropion, clomipramine, desipramine, doxepin, imipramine, maprotiline, nefazadone, nortriptyline, protriptyline, trazodone, trimipramine, and venlafaxine; selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors such as citalopram, (S)-citalopram, fluoxetine, fluvoxamine, paroxetine, and setraline; monoamine oxidase inhibitors such as isocarboxazid, pargyline, phenelzine, and tranylcypromine; and psychostimulants such as dextroamphetamine and methylphenidate.
  • tricyclic antidepressants such as amitryptyline, amoxapine, bupropion, clomipramine, desipra
  • a pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is preferably manufactured in a manner which itself will be known in view of the instant disclosure, for example, by means of conventional mixing, granulating, dragee-making, dissolving, extrusion, or lyophilizing processes.
  • pharmaceutical compositions for oral use can be obtained by combining the active compound with solid excipients, optionally grinding the resulting mixture and processing the mixture of granules, after adding suitable auxiliaries, if desired or necessary, to obtain tablets or dragee cores.
  • Suitable excipients include fillers such as saccharides (for example, lactose, sucrose, mannitol or sorbitol), cellulose preparations, calcium phosphates (for example, tricalcium phosphate or calcium hydrogen phosphate), as well as binders such as starch paste (using, for example, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, or potato starch), gelatin, tragacanth, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, and/or polyvinyl pyrrolidone.
  • saccharides for example, lactose, sucrose, mannitol or sorbitol
  • cellulose preparations for example, calcium phosphates (for example, tricalcium phosphate or calcium hydrogen phosphate)
  • binders such as starch paste (using, for example, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, or potato starch), gelatin, tragacanth, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl
  • one or more disintegrating agents can be added, such as the above-mentioned starches and also carboxymethyl-starch, cross-linked polyvinyl pyrrolidone, agar, or alginic acid or a salt thereof, such as sodium alginate.
  • Dragee cores are provided with suitable coatings that are resistant to gastric juices.
  • suitable coatings that are resistant to gastric juices.
  • concentrated saccharide solutions can be used, which may optionally contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyethylene glycol and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures.
  • suitable cellulose preparations such as acetylcellulose phthalate or hydroxypropymethyl-cellulose phthalate can be used.
  • Dye stuffs or pigments can be added to the tablets or dragee coatings, for example, for identification or in order to characterize combinations of active compound doses.
  • Examples of other pharmaceutical preparations that can be used orally include push-fit capsules made of gelatin, or soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin and a plasticizer such as glycerol or sorbitol.
  • the push-fit capsules can contain a compound in the form of granules, which can be mixed with fillers such as lactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate and, optionally, stabilizers, or in the form of extruded multiparticulates.
  • the active compounds are preferably dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils or liquid paraffin.
  • stabilizers can be added.
  • Possible pharmaceutical preparations for rectal administration include, for example, suppositories, which consist of a combination of one or more active compounds with a suppository base.
  • Suitable suppository bases include natural and synthetic triglycerides, and paraffin hydrocarbons, among others. It is also possible to use gelatin rectal capsules consisting of a combination of active compound with a base material such as, for example, a liquid triglyceride, polyethylene glycol, or paraffin hydrocarbon.
  • Suitable formulations for parenteral administration include aqueous solutions of the active compound in a water-soluble form such as, for example, a water-soluble salt, alkaline solution, or acidic solution.
  • a suspension of the active compound can be prepared as an oily suspension.
  • Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles for such as suspension may include fatty oils (for example, sesame oil), synthetic fatty acid esters (for example, ethyl oleate), triglycerides, or a polyethylene glycol such as polyethylene glycol-400 (PEG-400).
  • An aqueous suspension may contain one or more substances to increase the viscosity of the suspension, including, for example, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sorbitol, and/or dextran.
  • the suspension may optionally contain stabilizers.
  • Dimethoxypropane (6 mL, 8.4 mmol, Aldrich) and toluenesulfonic acid (0.50 g, Aldrich) were added to a solution of compound 4 (8 g, 1.0 eq.) in DMF (150 mL). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 24 h. K 2 CO 3 (2 g) was added and the reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum at 40°C for 1 h.
  • n -BuLi 22 mL, 2.5N in hexane was added to a suspension of compound 11 (19 g, Aldrich) in 300 mL THF at-30°C. The mixture was stirred under argon at -20°C for 1 h to give a yellow solution, and then it was added a solution of compound 10 (10 g, Accela Chembio) in 50 mL THF over 5 min. The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature over 1 h and heated at 35°C for 10 h. The reaction was quenched with water (150 mL) and extracted with CHCl 3 (3x150 mL).
  • Admix- ⁇ (0.43 g, Aldrich) was added to a solution of compound 15 (0.1 g) in 30 mL (t-BuOH/water 1/1) at 0 °C.
  • the reaction mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature for two days.
  • the reaction mixture was diluted with water (40 mL) and extracted with CHCl 3 .
  • the organic layer was concentrated and purified by column chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc/hexanes 1/1) to get (R)-1-(6-(4-((5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethane-1,2-diol (Compound Example No.
  • Step 1 Synthesis of 1-fluoro-4-(4-nitrophenoxy)benzene (compound 1 )
  • Step 4 Synthesis of 2-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (compound 4 )
  • Step 6 Synthesis of 1-(2-(((6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)methyl)amino)ethyl) imidazolidin-2-one
  • Step 2 Synthesis of 1-(2-(((6-(4-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)methyl)amino)ethyl)imidazolidin-2-one
  • Step 3 Synthesis of 1-(2-((2-(6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethyl)amino)ethyl)imidazolidin-2-one
  • the tosylate (compound 95 ) was prepared from compound 94 as described in Compound Example No. 51 and made to react with 2-aminoethyl imidazolidone to give 1-(2-(((2-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)amino)ethyl) imidazolidin-2-one (Compound Example No. 105).
  • Compound 3a Compound 2a (10 g, 42.9 mmol) was dissolved in 10% ethyl acetate in methanol (250mL) and 10% palladium on carbon (2.0g) was added. The mixture was degassed via vacuum and then filled with argon (Vacuum/argon). After degassing, the mixture was treated with a hydrogen balloon and stirred for 5.0 hr at room temperature, during the period the balloon was refilled with hydrogen so that a positive pressure of hydrogen was maintained throughout the reaction period. After the reaction was complete, the hydrogen balloon was removed. The mixture was degassed under vacuum and filled with argon. The mixture was then filtered through a pad of Celite. The filtrate was concentrated to give compound 3a as a reddish brown solid (8.5 g, 97%).
  • reaction mixture was purified via column chromatography (12 silica, 0-30% MeOH in CH 2 Cl 2 containing 1% NH 3 aqueous solution) to give (S)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-N-(2-(piperidin-1-yl)ethyl)picolinamide ( Compound Example No. 42 (12 mg, 0.025 mmol).
  • reaction mixture was then evacuated and flushed with argon 3 times.
  • Bis(triphenylphine) dichloropalladium was added and the reaction mixture was heated at 60°C for 1.5 h at which time analysis of an aliquot of the reaction mixture indicated the reaction was complete.
  • the ethanol was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate (50 mL) and water (50 mL). The layers were separated, the aqueous layer was washed with ethyl acetate (20 mL) and the combined organic layers were dried (magnesium sulfate) and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield the crude product. Purification by column chromatography (silica gel, hexane/ethyl acetate gradient) yielded an approximately one to one mixture of the methyl and ethyl esters of compound C. This material was used as is for the next step.
  • the vial was purged with argon and heated to 90°C for 10 hours, at which time the reaction was complete.
  • the reaction mixture was diluted with 50 ml water and the aqueous layer acidified with about 10 ml 4N aq. HCl.
  • the desired material was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 ml).
  • the combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • the residue was purified by combiflash using a 40-gram silica column and a gradient of EtOAc (100% max) in hexane to provide 0.445 g of 4-chloro-6-[3-(4-fluoro-phenoxy)-phenyl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Anesthesiology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Pyridine Compounds (AREA)
  • Investigating Or Analysing Biological Materials (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)

Description

    BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION Field of the Invention
  • This invention is in the field of medicinal chemistry. The invention relates to novel substituted pyridine compounds and the use of these compounds as blockers of voltage-gated sodium (Na+) channels.
    • Background Art
  • Voltage-gated sodium channels (VGSCs) are found in all excitable cells. In neuronal cells of the central nervous system (CNS) and peripheral nervous system (PNS) sodium channels are primarily responsible for generating the rapid upstroke of the action potential. In this manner sodium channels are essential to the initiation and propagation of electrical signals in the nervous system. Proper function of sodium channels is therefore necessary for normal function of the neuron. Consequently, aberrant sodium channel function is thought to underlie a variety of medical disorders (See Hubner et al., Hum. Mol. Genet. 11:2435-2445 (2002) for a general review of inherited ion channel disorders) including epilepsy (Yogeeswari et al, Curr. Drug Target 5:589-602 (2004)), arrhythmia (Noble, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 99:5755-5756 (2002)), myotonia (Cannon, Kidney Int. 57:772-779 (2000)), and pain (Wood et al., J. Neurobiol., 61:55-71 (2004)).
  • VGSCs are composed of one α-subunit, which forms the core of the channel and is responsible for voltage-dependent gating and ion permeation, and several auxiliary β-subunits (see, e.g., Chahine et al., CNS & Neurological Disorders-Drug Targets 7:144-158 (2008) and Kyle and Ilyin, J. Med. Chem. 50:2583-2588 (2007)). α-Subunits are large proteins composed of four homologous domains. Each domain contains six α-helical transmembrane spanning segments. There are currently nine known members of the family of voltage-gated sodium channel α-subunits. Names for this family include SCNx, SCNAx, and Navx.x (see Table 1, below). The VGSC family has been phylogenetically divided into two subfamilies Navl.x (all but SCN6A) and Nav2.x (SCN6A). The Navl.x subfamily can be functionally subdivided into two groups, those which are sensitive to blocking by tetrodotoxin (TTX-sensitive or TTX-s) and those which are resistant to blocking by tetrodotoxin (TTX-resistant or TTX-r).
  • There are three members of the subgroup of TTX-resistant sodium channels. The SCN5A gene product (Nav1.5, HI) is almost exclusively expressed in cardiac tissue and has been shown to underlie a variety of cardiac arrhythmias and other conduction disorders (Liu et al., Am. J. Pharmacogenomics 3:173-179 (2003)). Consequently, blockers of Nav1.5 have found clinical utility in treatment of such disorders (Srivatsa et al., Curr. Cardiol. Rep. 4:401-410 (2002)). The remaining TTX-resistant sodium channels, Nav1.8 (SCN10A, PN3, SNS) and Nav1.9 (SCN11A, NaN, SNS2) are expressed in the peripheral nervous system and show preferential expression in primary nociceptive neurons. Human genetic variants of these channels have not been associated with any inherited clinical disorder. However, aberrant expression of Nav1.8 has been found in the CNS of human multiple sclerosis (MS) patients and also in a rodent model of MS (Black et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 97:11598-115602 (2000)). Evidence for involvement in nociception is both associative (preferential expression in nociceptive neurons) and direct (genetic knockout). Navl.8-null mice exhibited typical nociceptive behavior in response to acute noxious stimulation but had significant deficits in referred pain and hyperalgesia (Laird et al., J. Neurosci. 22:8352-8356 (2002)). TABLE 1
    Voltage-gated sodium channel gene family
    Type Gene Symbol Tissue Distribution TTX (nM) Disease Association Indications
    Navl.1 SCN1A CNS/PNS 10 Epilepsy Pain, seizures, neurodegeneration
    Navl.2 SCN2A CNS 10 Epilepsy Epilepsy, neurodegeneration
    Navl.3 SCN3A CNS 15 - Pain
    Navl.4 SCN4A Skeletal muscle 25 Myotonia Myotonia
    Navl.5 SCN5A Heart muscle 2,000 Arrhythmia Arrhythmia
    Navl.6 SCN8A CNS/PNS 6 - Pain, movement disorders
    Navl.7 SCN9A PNS 25 Erythermalgia Pain
    Navl.8 SCN10A PNS 50,000 - Pain
    Navl.9 SCN11A PNS 1,000 - Pain
  • The Nav1.7 (PN1, SCN9A) VGSC is sensitive to blocking by tetrodotoxin and is preferentially expressed in peripheral sympathetic and sensory neurons. The SCN9A gene has been cloned from a number of species, including human, rat, and rabbit and shows -90 % amino acid identity between the human and rat genes (Toledo-Aral et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94:1527-1532 (1997)).
  • An increasing body of evidence suggests that Nav1.7 plays a key role in various pain states, including acute, inflammatory and/or neuropathic pain. Deletion of the SCN9A gene in nociceptive neurons of mice led to an increase in mechanical and thermal pain thresholds and reduction or abolition of inflammatory pain responses (Nassar et al., Proc Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 101:12706-12711 (2004)).
  • Sodium channel-blocking agents have been reported to be effective in the treatment of various disease states, and have found particular use as local anesthetics, e.g., lidocaine and bupivacaine, and in the treatment of cardiac arrhythmias, e.g., propafenone and amiodarone, and epilepsy, e.g., lamotrigine, phenytoin and carbamazepine (see Clare et al., Drug Discovery Today 5:506-510 (2000); Lai et al., Annu. Rev. Pharmacol. Toxicol. 44:371-397 (2004); Anger et al., J. Med. Chem. 44:115-137 (2001), and Catterall, Trends Pharmacol. Sci. 8:57-65 (1987)). Each of these agents is believed to act by interfering with the rapid influx of sodium ions.
  • Other sodium channel blockers such as BW619C89 and lifarizine have been shown to be neuroprotective in animal models of global and focal ischemia (Graham et al., J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 269:854-859 (1994); Brown et al., British J. Pharmacol. 115:1425-1432 (1995)).
  • It has also been reported that sodium channel-blocking agents can be useful in the treatment of pain, including acute, chronic, inflammatory, neuropathic, and other types of pain such as rectal, ocular, and submandibular pain typically associated with paroxysmal extreme pain disorder; see, for example, Kyle and Ilyin., J. Med. Chem. 50:2583-2588 (2007); Wood et al., J. Neurobiol. 61:55-71 (2004); Baker et al., TRENDS in Pharmacological Sciences 22:27-31 (2001); and Lai et al., Current Opinion in Neurobiology 13:291-297 (2003); the treatment of neurological disorders such as epilepsy, seizures, epilepsy with febrile seizures, epilepsy with benign familial neonatal infantile seizures, inherited pain disorders, e.g., primary erthermalgia and paroxysmal extreme pain disorder, familial hemiplegic migraine, and movement disorder; and the treatment of other psychiatric disorders such as autism, cerebellar atrophy, ataxia, and mental retardation; see, for example, Chahine et al., CNS & Neurological Disorders-Drug Targets 7:144-158 (2008) and Meisler and Kearney, J. Clin. Invest. 115:2010-2017 (2005). In addition to the above-mentioned clinical uses, carbamazepine, lidocaine and phenytoin are used to treat neuropathic pain, such as from trigeminal neuralgia, diabetic neuropathy and other forms of nerve damage (Taylor and Meldrum, Trends Pharmacol. Sci. 16:309-316 (1995)). Furthermore, based on a number of similarities between chronic pain and tinnitus, (Moller, Am. J. Otol. 18:577-585 (1997); Tonndorf, Hear. Res. 28:271-275 (1987)) it has been proposed that tinnitus should be viewed as a form of chronic pain sensation (Simpson, et al., Tip. 20:12-18 (1999)). Indeed, lidocaine and carbamazepine have been shown to be efficacious in treating tinnitus (Majumdar, B. et al., Clin. Otolaryngol. 8:175-180 (1983); Donaldson, Laryngol. Otol. 95:947-951 (1981)). Shao et al., Jounral of Medicinal Chemistry 2004, vol. 47, page 4277-4285 describe phenoxyphenyl pyridines as high-potency sodium channel inhibitors. WO 01/68612 A2 discloses aryl substituted pyridines, pyrimidines, pyrazines and triazines of Formula I and the use thereof. EP 0 600 092 A1 discloses a thiazole derivative of formula (I) having an active oxygen inhibitory effect for the release of superoxide radical. WO 2004/084824 A2 discloses biaryl substituted 6-membered heterocycles as sodium channel blockers useful for the treatment of pain. WO 2012/007836 A1 discloses pyridine compounds as sodium channel blockers of formula (I).
  • Many patients with either acute or chronic pain disorders respond poorly to current pain therapies, and the development of resistance or insensitivity to opiates is common. In addition, many of the currently available treatments have undesirable side effects.
  • In view of the limited efficacy and/or unacceptable side-effects of the currently available agents, there is a pressing need for more effective and safer analgesics that work by blocking sodium channels.
    • BRIEF SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The present disclosure is related to the use of substituted pyridine compounds represented by Formula I, below, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, as blockers of sodium (Na+) channels. In particular, the present invention relates to compounds of claims 1 to 10 and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof (collectively referred to herein as "Compounds of the Invention"), and the use thereof as blockers of sodium (Na+) channels.
  • The present disclosure is also related to the Compounds of the Invention for use in treating a disorder responsive to the blockade of sodium channels in a mammal suffering from excess activity of said channels by administering an effective amount of a Compound of the Invention as described herein.
  • Some compounds useful in the present disclosure have not been heretofore reported. Thus, one aspect of the present disclosure is directed to compounds of Formula I, as well as their pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates.
  • Another aspect of the present disclosure is directed to the use of the compounds of Formula I, and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates, as blockers of sodium channels.
  • A further aspect of the present disclosure is to provide Compounds of the Invention for use in treating pain (e.g., acute pain, chronic pain, which includes but is not limited to, neuropathic pain, postoperative pain, and inflammatory pain, or surgical pain) by administering an effective amount of a Compound of the Invention to a mammal in need of such treatment. Specifically, the present invention provides Compounds of the Invention for use in preemptive or palliative treatment of pain by administering an effective amount of a Compound of the Invention to a mammal in need of such treatment.
  • A further aspect of the present disclosure is to provide the Compounds of the Invention for use in treating stroke, neuronal damage resulting from head trauma, epilepsy, seizures, general epilepsy with febrile seizures, severe myoclonic epilepsy in infancy, neuronal loss following global and focal ischemia, migraine, familial primary erythromelalgia, paroxysmal extreme pain disorder, cerebellar atrophy, ataxia, dystonia, tremor, mental retardation, autism, a neurodegenerative disorder (e.g., Alzheimer's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), or Parkinson's disease), manic depression, tinnitus, myotonia, a movement disorder, or cardiac arrhythmia, or providing local anesthesia, by administering an effective amount of a Compound of the Invention to a mammal in need of such treatment.
  • A further aspect of the present disclosure is to provide a pharmaceutical composition useful for treating a disorder responsive to the blockade of sodium ion channels, said pharmaceutical composition containing an effective amount of a Compound of the Invention in a mixture with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
  • Also, an aspect of the present disclosure is to provide the Compound of the Invention for use in a method of modulating sodium channels in a mammal, wherein said method comprises administering to the mammal an effective amount of at least one Compound of the Invention.
  • A further aspect of the present disclosure is to provide a Compound of the Invention for use in treating pain in a mammal, e.g., acute pain, chronic pain, which includes but is not limited to, neuropathic pain, postoperative pain, and inflammatory pain, or surgical pain.
  • A further aspect of the present disclosure is to provide a Compound of the Invention for use in treating stroke, neuronal damage resulting from head trauma, epilepsy, seizures, general epilepsy with febrile seizures, severe myoclonic epilepsy in infancy, neuronal loss following global and focal ischemia, migraine, familial primary erythromelalgia, paroxysmal extreme pain disorder, cerebellar atrophy, ataxia, dystonia, tremor, mental retardation, autism, a neurodegenerative disorder (e.g., Alzheimer's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), or Parkinson's disease), manic depression, tinnitus, myotonia, a movement disorder, or cardiac arrhythmia, or providing local anesthesia, in a mammal.
  • A further aspect of the present disclosure is to provide radiolabeled Compounds of the Invention and the use of such compounds as radioligands in any appropriately selected competitive binding assays and screening methodologies. Thus, the present invention further provides a method for screening a candidate compound for its ability to bind to a sodium channel or sodium channel subunit using a radiolabeled Compound of the Invention. In certain embodiments, the compound is radiolabeled with 3H, 11C, or 14C. This competitive binding assay can be conducted using any appropriately selected methodology. In one embodiment, the screening method comprises: i) introducing a fixed concentration of the radiolabeled compound to an in vitro preparation comprising a soluble or membrane-associated sodium channel, subunit or fragment under conditions that permit the radiolabeled compound to bind to the channel, subunit or fragment, respectively, to form a conjugate; ii) titrating the conjugate with a candidate compound; and iii) determining the ability of the candidate compound to displace the radiolabeled compound from said channel, subunit or fragment.
  • A further aspect of the present disclosure is to provide the use of a Compound of the Invention in the manufacture of a medicament for treating pain in a mammal. In one embodiment, the invention provides the use of a Compound of the Invention in the manufacture of a medicament for palliative or preemptive treatment of pain, such as acute pain, chronic pain, or surgical pain.
  • A further aspect of the present disclosure is to provide the use of a Compound of the Invention in the manufacture of a medicament for treating stroke, neuronal damage resulting from head trauma, epilepsy, seizures, general epilepsy with febrile seizures, severe myoclonic epilepsy in infancy, neuronal loss following global and focal ischemia, migraine, familial primary erythromelalgia, paroxysmal extreme pain disorder, cerebellar atrophy, ataxia, dystonia, tremor, mental retardation, autism, a neurodegenerative disorder (e.g., Alzheimer's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), or Parkinson's disease), manic depression, tinnitus, myotonia, a movement disorder, or cardiac arrhythmia, or providing local anesthesia, in a mammal.
  • Additional embodiments and advantages of the invention will be set forth in part in the description that follows.
  • The present invention and the scope thereof is defined by the appended claims. The more generic description of the invention is provided for illustrative purposes only. Embodiments not falling under these claims are for reference purposes only.
    • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • One aspect of the present disclosure is based on the use of compounds of Formula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, as blockers of Na+ channels. In view of this property, compounds of Formula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, are useful for treating disorders responsive to the blockade of sodium ion channels.
  • The compounds useful in this aspect of the disclosure are compounds represented by Formula I:
    Figure imgb0001
     and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein:
    • Z1 is selected from the group consisting of N and N-oxide and Z2 is CR1b; or
    • Z1 is CR1b and Z2 is selected from the group consisting of N and N-oxide;
    • R1a and R1b, which are identical or different, are selected from the group consisting of:
      1. a) hydrogen;
      2. b) halogen;
      3. c) hydroxy;
      4. d) cyano;
      5. e) optionally substituted alkyl;
      6. f) alkoxy;
      7. g) haloalkoxy; and
      8. h) haloalkyl;
    • A1 is selected from the group consisting of:
      1. a) optionally substituted cycloalkyl;
      2. b) optionally substituted heterocyclo;
      3. c) optionally substituted aryl; and
      4. d) optionally substituted heteroaryl;
    • X is selected from the group consisting of:
      1. a) -O-;
      2. b) -S-;
      3. c) -SO-;
      4. d) -SO2-
      5. e) -(CR2R3)j-;
      6. f) -NR4-; and
      7. g) -SO2NH-
      wherein:
      • at each occurrence, R2 and R3, which are identical or different, are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, and optionally substituted alkyl; or
      • R2 and R3 are taken together to form an oxo, i.e., C=O, group; or
      • R2 and R3 taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered optionally substituted cycloalkyl or optionally substituted heterocyclo;
      • j is 0, 1, 2, or 3; and
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted alkyl;
      • A2 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
      • G is selected from the group consisting of:
        1. a) hydrogen;
        2. b) alkyl;
        3. c) cyano;
        4. d)
          Figure imgb0002
        5. e)
          Figure imgb0003
        6. f)
          Figure imgb0004
        7. g)
          Figure imgb0005
           and
        8. h)
          Figure imgb0006
           wherein:
          • R5a and R5b, which are identical or different, are selected from the group consisting of:
            1. a) hydrogen;
            2. b) optionally substituted alkyl;
            3. c) optionally substituted cycloalkyl;
            4. d) optionally substituted heterocyclo;
            5. e) optionally substituted aryl;
            6. f) optionally substituted heteroaryl;
            7. g) aralkyl;
            8. h) hydroxyalkyl;
            9. i) (cyano)alkyl;
            10. j) (heterocyclo)alkyl;
            11. k) (heteroaryl)alkyl;
            12. l) (amino)alkyl;
            13. m) (alkylamino)alkyl;
            14. n) (dialkylamino)alkyl, and
            15. o) -(CH2CH2O)m-R15a; or
          • R5a and R5b taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted 3- to 8-membered heterocyclo;
          • R6a and R6b, which are identical or different, are selected from the group consisting of:
            1. a) hydrogen;
            2. b) optionally substituted alkyl;
            3. c) optionally substituted cycloalkyl;
            4. d) optionally substituted heterocyclo;
            5. e) optionally substituted aryl;
            6. f) optionally substituted heteroaryl;
            7. g) hydroxyalkyl;
            8. h) (heterocyclo)alkyl;
            9. i) (heteroaryl)alkyl;
            10. j) (amino)alkyl;
            11. k) (alkylamino)alkyl;
            12. l) (dialkylamino)alkyl;
            13. m) (carboxamido)alkyl,
            14. n) (cyano)alkyl, and
            15. o) -(CH2CH2O)n-R15b; or
          • R6a and R6b taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted 3- to 8-membered heterocyclo;
          • R7 is selected from the group consisting of:
            1. a) hydrogen;
            2. b) optionally substituted alkyl;
            3. c) optionally substituted cycloalkyl;
            4. d) optionally substituted heterocyclo;
            5. e) optionally substituted aryl;
            6. f) optionally substituted heteroaryl;
            7. g) (heterocyclo)alkyl;
            8. h) (heteroaryl)alkyl;
            9. i) (amino)alkyl;
            10. j) (alkylamino)alkyl;
            11. k) (dialkylamino)alkyl; and
            12. l) -(CH2CH2O)o-R15c;
          • R8a and R8b, which are identical or different, are selected from the group consisting of:
            1. a) hydrogen;
            2. b) optionally substituted alkyl; and
            3. c) -(CH2CH2O)p-R15d;
          • L is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -NR16-;
          • R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and -(CH2CH2O)q-R15e;
          • R15a, R15b, R15c, R15d, and R15e, which are identical or different, are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted alkyl;
          • R16 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted alkyl;
          • m, n, o, p, and q are each independently 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or 11;
          • w is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5;
          • x and y are each independently 1, 2, 3, or 4;
          • E is selected from the group consisting of:
            1. a) hydrogen;
            2. b) halogen;
            3. c) optionally substituted alkyl;
            4. d) optionally substituted heteroaryl;
            5. e) optionally substituted heterocyclo;
            6. f) hydroxyalkyl;
            7. g)
              Figure imgb0007
            8. h)
              Figure imgb0008
            9. i)
              Figure imgb0009
            10. j)
              Figure imgb0010
            11. k)
              Figure imgb0011
               and
              1. 1)
                Figure imgb0012
                 wherein:
                • R17a and R17b, which are identical or different, are selected from the group consisting of:
                  1. a) hydrogen;
                  2. b) optionally substituted alkyl;
                  3. c) optionally substituted cycloalkyl;
                  4. d) -SO2R24a;
                  5. e) -COR24b;
                  6. f) optionally substituted aryl;
                  7. g) optionally substituted heteroaryl;
                  8. h) (heterocyclo)alkyl;
                  9. i) (heteroaryl)alkyl;
                  10. j) (amino)alkyl;
                  11. k) (alkylamino)alkyl;
                  12. l) (dialkylamino)alkyl;
                  13. m) (carboxamido)alkyl;
                  14. n) (cyano)alkyl; and
                  15. o) hydroxyalkyl; or
                • R17a and R17b taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted 3- to 8-membered heterocyclo;
                • R18a and R18b, which are identical or different, are selected from the group consisting of:
                  1. a) hydrogen;
                  2. b) optionally substituted alkyl;
                  3. c) optionally substituted cycloalkyl;
                  4. d) optionally substituted aryl;
                  5. e) optionally substituted heteroaryl;
                  6. f) (heterocyclo)alkyl;
                  7. g) (heteroaryl)alkyl;
                  8. h) (amino)alkyl;
                  9. i) (alkylamino)alkyl;
                  10. j) (dialkylamino)alkyl;
                  11. k) (carboxamido)alkyl;
                  12. l) (cyano)alkyl; and
                  13. m) hydroxyalkyl; or
                • R18a and R18b taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted 3- to 8-membered heterocyclo;
                • R19 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted alkyl;
                • R20a and R20b, which are identical or different, are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted alkyl, wherein at least one of R20a and R20b is optionally substituted alkyl;
                • R21a is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;
                • R21b and R21c, which are identical or different, are selected from the group consisting of:
                  1. a) hydrogen;
                  2. b) optionally substituted alkyl;
                  3. c) optionally substituted cycloalkyl;
                  4. d) optionally substituted aryl;
                  5. e) optionally substituted heteroaryl;
                  6. f) (heterocyclo)alkyl;
                  7. g) (heteroaryl)alkyl; and
                  8. h) (amino)alkyl;
                  9. i) (alkylamino)alkyl;
                  10. j) (dialkylamino)alkyl;
                  11. k) (carboxamido)alkyl;
                  12. l) (cyano)alkyl; and
                  13. m) hydroxyalkyl; or
                • R21b and R21c taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted 3- to 8-membered heterocyclo;
                • R22 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;
                • R24a is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
                • R24b is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
                • t and u are each independently 0, 1, 2, or 3; and
                • v is 1, 2, or 3.
  • In one embodiment, Compounds of the Disclsoure are compounds having Formula I, wherein G and E are not both hydrogen.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula I, wherein when G is alkyl, then E is not halogen.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclsoure are compounds having Formula I, wherein when G is:
    Figure imgb0013
     and w is 0, then E is not a morpholinyl group.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula I, wherein when G is:
    Figure imgb0014
     w is 0, and E is:
    Figure imgb0015
     then R17a and R17b are not both hydrogen, R17a and R17b are not both alkyl, R17a is not hydrogen when R17b is alkyl, and R17a is not alkyl when R17b is hydrogen.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclsoure are compounds having Formula I, wherein when G is:
    Figure imgb0016
     w is 0, and E is:
    Figure imgb0017
     then u is 1, 2, or 3.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula I, wherein when G is:
    Figure imgb0018
  • and w is 0, then E is:
    1. a) optionally substituted heteroaryl;
    2. b) optionally substituted heterocyclo;
    3. c) hydroxyalkyl
    4. d)
      Figure imgb0019
    5. e)
      Figure imgb0020
    6. f)
      Figure imgb0021
    7. g)
      Figure imgb0022
    8. h)
      Figure imgb0023
       or
    9. i)
      Figure imgb0024
    wherein when E is E-1, then at least one of R17a and R17b is not hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl and u is 1, 2, or 3.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula I, wherein when G is:
    Figure imgb0025
  • and R9 is hydrogen or alkyl; then E is:
    1. a) optionally substituted heteroaryl;
    2. b) optionally substituted heterocyclo;
    3. c) hydroxyalkyl;
    4. d)
      Figure imgb0026
    5. e)
      Figure imgb0027
    6. f)
      Figure imgb0028
    7. g)
      Figure imgb0029
    8. h)
      Figure imgb0030
       and
    9. i)
      Figure imgb0031
    wherein when E is E-1, then at least one of R17a and R17b is not hydrogen or alkyl and u is 1, 2, or 3.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula I, wherein:
    • G is selected from the group consisting of:
      1. a)
        Figure imgb0032
      2. b)
        Figure imgb0033
      3. c)
        Figure imgb0034
      4. d)
        Figure imgb0035
         and
      5. e)
        Figure imgb0036
         and
    • E is selected from the group consisting of:
      1. a) hydroxyalkyl, including, e.g., -CH(OH)CH2OH, -CH(OH)CH(CH3)OH, or -CH2CH(OH)CH2OH;
      2. b)
        Figure imgb0037
      3. c)
        Figure imgb0038
      4. d)
        Figure imgb0039
      5. e)
        Figure imgb0040
      6. f)
        Figure imgb0041
         and
      7. g)
        Figure imgb0042
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula I, wherein when G is:
    Figure imgb0043
     and R5a and R5b taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted 3- to 8-membered heterocyclo, then said optional substituents are selected from the group consisting of halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, alkylthio, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, ureido, guanidino, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocyclo, alkoxyalkyl, (amino)alkyl, hydroxyalkylamino, (alkylamino)alkyl, (dialkylamino)alkyl, (cyano)alkyl, (carboxamido)alkyl, mercaptoalkyl, (heterocyclo)alkyl, and (heteroaryl)alkyl.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or prodrug thereof, wherein:
    • Z1 is selected from the group consisting of N and N-oxide and Z2 is CH; or
    • Z1 is CH and Z2 is selected from the group consisting of N and N-oxide;
    • R1a is hydrogen;
    • A1 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
    • X is selected from the group consisting of:
      1. a) -O-;
      2. b) -(CR2R3)j-;
      3. c) -SO2NH-; and
      4. d) -NHSO2-
    wherein:
    • j is 0;
    • A2 is unsubstituted phenyl;
    • G is selected from the group consisting of:
      1. a) hydrogen;
      2. b) cyano;
      3. c)
        Figure imgb0044
      4. d)
        Figure imgb0045
      5. e)
        Figure imgb0046
         and
      6. f)
        Figure imgb0047
    wherein:
    • R5a and R5b are hydrogen;
    • R6a is selected from the group consisting of:
      1. a) hydroxyalkyl;
      2. b) (heterocyclo)alkyl;
      3. c) (heteroaryl)alkyl;
      4. d) (amino)alkyl;
      5. e) (alkylamino)alkyl;
      6. f) (dialkylamino)alkyl;
      7. g) (carboxamido)alkyl; and
      8. h) (cyano)alkyl;
    • R6b is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and (cyano)alkyl;
    • R7 is -(CH2CH2O)o-R15c;
    • R8a and R8b are hydrogen;
    • L is -O-;
    • R15c is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted alkyl;
    • o is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or 11;
    • w is 0;
    • x is 1 or 2;
    • y is 1;
    • E is selected from the group consisting of:
      • a) hydrogen;
      • b) halogen;
      • d) substituted piperazine;
      • e) hydroxyalkyl;
      • f)
        Figure imgb0048
      • g)
        Figure imgb0049
         and
      • h)
        Figure imgb0050
    wherein:
    • R17a is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;
    • R17b is selected from the group consisting of:
      1. a) optionally substituted aryl;
      2. b) optionally substituted heteroaryl;
      3. c) (heterocyclo)alkyl;
      4. d) (heteroaryl)alkyl;
      5. e) (amino)alkyl;
      6. f) (alkylamino)alkyl;
      7. g) (dialkylamino)alkyl;
      8. h) (carboxamido)alkyl;
      9. i) (cyano)alkyl; and
      10. j) hydroxyalkyl;
    • R18a and R18b are hydrogen;
    • R21a is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;
    • R21b and R21c, which are identical or different, are selected from the group consisting of:
      1. a) hydrogen;
      2. b) optionally substituted alkyl;
      3. c) optionally substituted cycloalkyl;
      4. d) optionally substituted aryl;
      5. e) optionally substituted heteroaryl;
      6. f) (heterocyclo)alkyl;
      7. g) (heteroaryl)alkyl; and
      8. h) (dialkylamino)alkyl; or
    • R21b and R21c taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted 3- to 8-membered heterocyclo;
    • t is 0 or 1; and
    • u is 0;
      with the provisos:
      1. a) when G is hydrogen, cyano, or G-1, then E is substituted piperazine, hydroxyalkyl, E-1, or E-5; or
      2. b) when E is hydrogen or halogen, then G is G-2, G-3, or G-4.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula II:
    Figure imgb0051
     and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein A1, X, A2, R1a, R1b, G, and E are as defined above in connection with Formula I.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula III:
    Figure imgb0052
     and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein A1, X, A2, R1a, R1b, G, and E are as defined above in connection with Formula I.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula IV:
    Figure imgb0053
     and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein A1, X, A2, R1a, R5a, R5b, Z1, Z2, and w are as defined above in connection with Formula I, and E is selected from the group consisting of :
    1. a) optionally substituted heteroaryl;
    2. b) optionally substituted heterocyclo;
    3. c) hydroxyalkyl;
    4. d)
      Figure imgb0054
    5. e)
      Figure imgb0055
    6. f)
      Figure imgb0056
    7. g)
      Figure imgb0057
    8. h)
      Figure imgb0058
       and
    9. i)
      Figure imgb0059
    wherein R17a, R17b, R18a, R18b, R19, R20a, R20b, R21a, R21b, R21c, R22, t, u, and v are as defined above in connection with Formula I.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula IV and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein w is 0.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula IV and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein E is hydroxyalkyl. Useful hydroxyalkyl groups include:
    Figure imgb0060
    Figure imgb0061
    Figure imgb0062
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula V:
    Figure imgb0063
     and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein A1, X, A2, R1a, R1b, R5a , R5b, Z1, Z2, and w are as defined above in connection with Formula I, and E is selected from the group consisting of :
    1. a) optionally substituted heteroaryl;
    2. b) optionally substituted heterocyclo;
    3. c) hydroxyalkyl;
    4. d)
      Figure imgb0064
    5. e)
      Figure imgb0065
    6. f)
      Figure imgb0066
    7. g)
      Figure imgb0067
    8. h)
      Figure imgb0068
       and
    9. i)
      Figure imgb0069
    wherein R17a, R17b, R18a, R18b, R19, R20a, R20b, R21a, R21b, R21c, R22, t, u, and v are as defined above in connection with Formula I.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula V and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein w is 0.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula V and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein E is hydroxyalkyl. Useful hydroxyalkyl groups include:
    Figure imgb0070
    Figure imgb0071
    Figure imgb0072
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula V and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein:
    • E is
      Figure imgb0073
    • t is 0;
    • R17a is selected from the group consisting of:
      1. a) hydrogen;
      2. b) alkyl;
      3. c) optionally substituted aryl;
      4. d) optionally substituted heteroaryl;
      5. e) (heterocyclo)alkyl;
      6. f) (heteroaryl)alkyl; and
      7. g) (dialkylamino)alkyl; and
    • R17b is selected from the group consisting of:
      1. a) -SO2R24a;
      2. b) -COR24b;
      3. c) optionally substituted aryl;
      4. d) optionally substituted heteroaryl;
      5. e) (heterocyclo)alkyl;
      6. f) (heteroaryl)alkyl;
      7. g) (dialkylamino)alkyl; and
      8. h) (carboxamido)alkyl; or
    • R17a and R17b taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted 3- to 8-membered heterocyclo.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula V and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein E is:
    Figure imgb0074
     and u is 1, 2, or 3.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula VI:
    Figure imgb0075
     and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein A1, X, A2, R1a, R1b, R5a, R5b, and w are as defined above in connection with Formula I, and E is selected from the group consisting of:
    1. a) optionally substituted heteroaryl;
    2. b) optionally substituted heterocyclo;
    3. c) hydroxyalkyl;
    4. d)
      Figure imgb0076
    5. e)
      Figure imgb0077
    6. f)
      Figure imgb0078
    7. g)
      Figure imgb0079
    8. h)
      Figure imgb0080
       and
    9. i)
      Figure imgb0081
    wherein R17a, R17b, R18a, R18b, R19, R20a, R20b, R21a, R21b, R21c, R22, t, u, and v are as defined above in connection with Formula I.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula VI and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein w is 0.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula VII:
    Figure imgb0082
     and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein A1, X, A2, R1a, R6a, R6b, E, Z1, Z2, and x are as defined above in connection with Formula I.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula VIII:
    Figure imgb0083
     and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein A1, X, A2, R1a, R1b, R6a, R6b, E, and x are as defined above in connection with Formula I.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula IX:
    Figure imgb0084
     and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein A1, X, A2, R1a, R1b, R6a, R6b, E, and x are as defined above in connection with Formula I.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula X:
    Figure imgb0085
     and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein A1, X, A2, R1a, Z1, Z2, R7, E, and y are as defined above in connection with Formula I.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XI:
    Figure imgb0086
     and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein A1, X, A2, R1a, R1b, R7, E, and y are as defined above in connection with Formula I.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XII:
    Figure imgb0087
     and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein A1, X, A2, R1a, R1b, R7, E, and y are as defined above in connection with Formula I.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XIII:
    Figure imgb0088
     and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein A1, X, A2, R1a, R8a, R8b, E, Z1, Z2, and L are as defined above in connection with Formula I.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XIV:
    Figure imgb0089
     and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein A1, X, A2, R1a, R1b, R8a, R8b, E, and L are as defined above in connection with Formula I.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XV:
    Figure imgb0090
     and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein A1, X, A2, R1a, R1b, R8a, R8b, E, and L are as defined above in connection with Formula I.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XVI:
    Figure imgb0091
     and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein A1, X, A2, R1a, R9, Z1, Z2, and E are as defined above in connection with Formula I.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XVII:
    Figure imgb0092
     and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein A1, X, A2, R1a, R1b, R9, and E are as defined above in connection with Formula I.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XVIII:
    Figure imgb0093
     and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, wherein A1, X, A2, R1a, R1b, R9, and E are as defined above in connection with Formula I.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein A1 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted heteroaryl; X is -S-; and A2 is optionally substituted phenyl; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein A1 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted heteroaryl; X is -SO-; and A2 is optionally substituted phenyl; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein A1 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted heteroaryl; X is -SO2-; and A2 is optionally substituted phenyl; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein A1 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted heteroaryl; X is a bond; and A2 is optionally substituted phenyl; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein A1 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted heteroaryl; X is -CH2-; and A2 is optionally substituted phenyl; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein A1 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted heteroaryl; X is -NH-; and A2 is optionally substituted phenyl; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein A1 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted heteroaryl; X is -SO2NH-; and A2 is optionally substituted phenyl; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein A1 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted heteroaryl; X is -NHSO2-; and A2 is optionally substituted phenyl; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein A1 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted heteroaryl; X is -O-; and A2 is optionally substituted phenyl; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein A1 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted phenyl; optionally substituted pyridin-2-yl; optionally substituted pyridin-3-yl; and optionally substituted pyridin-4-yl; X is -O-; and A2 is optionally substituted phenyl; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein A1-X-A2- is:
    Figure imgb0094
     wherein:
  • R23a, R23b, R23e, R23d, R23e, which are identical or different, are selected from the group consisting of:
    • a) hydrogen;
    • b) halo;
    • c) nitro;
    • d) cyano;
    • e) hydroxy;
    • f) amino;
    • g) alkylamino;
    • h) dialkylamino;
    • i) haloalkyl;
    • j) hydroxyalkyl;
    • k) alkoxy;
    • 1) haloalkoxy;
    • m) aryloxy;
    • n) aralkyloxy;
    • o) alkylthio;
    • p) carboxamido;
    • q) sulfonamido;
    • r) alkylcarbonyl;
    • s) arylcarbonyl;
    • t) alkylsulfonyl;
    • u) arylsulfonyl;
    • v) ureido;
    • w) guanidino;
    • x) carboxy;
    • y) carboxyalkyl;
    • z) optionally substituted alkyl;
    • aa) optionally substituted cycloalkyl;
    • bb) optionally substituted alkenyl;
    • cc) optionally substituted alkynyl;
    • dd) optionally substituted aryl;
    • ee) optionally substituted heteroaryl; and
    • ff) optionally substituted heterocyclo; or
  • R23a and R23b, or R23b and R23e, or R23c and R23d, or R23d and R23e, taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a 5- or 6-membered optionally substituted cycloalkyl or heterocyclo group; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, R23a, R23b, R23e, R23d, R23e, which are identical or different, are selected from the group consisting of:
    1. a) hydrogen;
    2. b) halo;
    3. c) nitro;
    4. d) cyano;
    5. e) hydroxy;
    6. f) amino;
    7. g) alkylamino;
    8. h) dialkylamino;
    9. i) haloalkyl;
    10. j) alkoxy;
    11. k) haloalkoxy;
    12. l) alkylthio;
    13. m) carboxamido;
    14. n) sulfonamido;
    15. o) alkylcarbonyl;
    16. p) alkylsulfonyl;
    17. q) arylsulfonyl;
    18. r) ureido;
    19. s) guanidino;
    20. t) carboxy;
    21. u) carboxyalkyl; and
    22. v) optionally substituted alkyl; or
  • R23a and R23b, or R23b and R23e, or R23c and R23d, or R23d and R23e taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a 5- or 6-membered optionally substituted cycloalkyl or heterocyclo group.
  • In another embodiment, R23a, R23b, R23e, R23d, R23e, which are identical or different, are selected from the group consisting of:
    1. a) hydrogen;
    2. b) halo;
    3. c) nitro;
    4. d) cyano;
    5. e) hydroxy;
    6. f) amino;
    7. g) alkylamino;
    8. h) dialkylamino;
    9. i) haloalkyl;
    10. j) alkoxy;
    11. k) haloalkoxy;
    12. l) carboxamido;
    13. m) sulfonamido;
    14. n) alkylcarbonyl;
    15. o) alkylsulfonyl;
    16. p) arylsulfonyl;
    17. q) carboxyalkyl; and
    18. r) alkyl; or
  • R23a and R23b, or R23b and R23e, or R23c and R23d, or R23d and R23e taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a 5- or 6-membered optionally substituted cycloalkyl or heterocyclo group.
  • In another embodiment, R23a and R23b, or R23b and R23e, or R23c and R23d, or R23d and R23e taken together represent: -CH2CH2O-; -OCH2O-;-OCH2CH2CH2O-; -OCH2CH2O-; -CH2CH2CH2-; -CH2CH2CH2CH2-; -NR25aCH2CH2-; -CH2NR25bCH2-; -NR25cCH2CH2CH2-; or -CH2NR25dCH2CH2-, wherein R25a, R25b, R25c, and R25d, which are identical or different, are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted alkyl.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein R1a and R1b are each hydrogen, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein E is optionally substituted heteroaryl, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein E is optionally substituted heterocyclo, e.g., an optionally subsituted piperidine or optionally substituted piperazine, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII wherein E is hydroxyalkyl. Useful hydroxyalkyl groups include:
    Figure imgb0095
    Figure imgb0096
    Figure imgb0097
     and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein E is:
    Figure imgb0098
     and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein E is:
    Figure imgb0099
     t is 0, R17a is hydrogen, and R17b is (carboxamido)alkyl, e.g.,
    Figure imgb0100
     and
    Figure imgb0101
     and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein E is:
    Figure imgb0102
     and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein E is:
    Figure imgb0103
     and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein E is:
    Figure imgb0104
     and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein E is:
    Figure imgb0105
     and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having any one of Formulae I-XVIII, wherein E is:
    Figure imgb0106
     and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula V, wherein w is 0 and E is optionally substituted heteroaryl, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula V, wherein w is 0 and E is optionally substituted heterocyclo, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula V, wherein w is 0 and E is hydroxyalkyl, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula V, wherein w is 0, and E is:
    Figure imgb0107
     and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula V, wherein w is 0 and E is:
    Figure imgb0108
     and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula V, wherein w is 0 and E is:
    Figure imgb0109
     and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula V, wherein w is 0 and E is:
    Figure imgb0110
     and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula V, wherein w is 0 and E is:
    Figure imgb0111
     and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula V, wherein w is 0 and E is:
    Figure imgb0112
     and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XIX:
    Figure imgb0113
     wherein A1 and E are as defined above in connection with Formula I, R7 is -(CH2CH2O)o-R15c and R15c is H, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XX:
    Figure imgb0114
     wherein A1 and E are as defined above in connection with Formula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XXI:
    Figure imgb0115
     wherein A1 and E are as defined above in connection with Formula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XXII:
    Figure imgb0116
     wherein A1 and E are as defined above in connection with Formula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XXIII:
    Figure imgb0117
     wherein A1, R5a, and R5b are as defined above in connection with Formula I and E is hydroxyalkyl. Useful hydroxyalkyl groups include:
    Figure imgb0118
    Figure imgb0119
    Figure imgb0120
     and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XXIV:
    Figure imgb0121
     wherein A1, R5a, and R5b are as defined above in connection with Formula I and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
    Compounds of the Invention are compounds of Formula XXIV
    Figure imgb0122
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof, wherein:
    • A1 is selected from the group consisting of:
      1. a) optionally substituted cycloalkyl;
      2. b) optionally substituted heterocyclo;
      3. c) optionally substituted aryl; and
      4. d) optionally substituted heteroaryl;
    • R5a and R5b, which are identical or different, are selected from the group consisting of:
      1. a) hydrogen;
      2. b) optionally substituted alkyl;
      3. c) optionally substituted cycloalkyl;
      4. d) optionally substituted heterocyclo;
      5. e) optionally substituted aryl;
      6. f) optionally substituted heteroaryl;
      7. g) aralkyl;
      8. h) hydroxyalkyl;
      9. i) (cyano)alkyl;
      10. j) (heterocyclo)alkyl;
      11. k) (heteroaryl)alkyl;
      12. l) (amino)alkyl;
      13. m) (alkylamino)alkyl;
      14. n) (dialkylamino)alkyl, and
      15. o) -(CH2CH2O)m-R15a; or
    • R15a is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted alkyl;
    • m is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or 11;
    wherein the term "optionally substituted alkyl" as used by itself or as part of another group means that the alkyl is either unsubstituted or substituted with one, two, or three substituents independently chosen from nitro, haloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, alkylthio, sulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ureido, guanidino, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, cycloalkyl; and
    wherein the term "optionally substituted aryl" as used herein by itself or as part of another group means that the aryl is either unsubstituted or substituted with one to five substituents independently chosen from halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, alkylthio, carboxamido, sulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ureido, guanidino, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclo, alkoxyalkyl, (amino)alkyl, hydroxyalkylamino, (alkylamino)alkyl, (dialkylamino)alkyl, (cyano)alkyl, (carboxamido)alkyl, mercaptoalkyl, (heterocyclo)alkyl, or (heteroaryl)alkyl;
    wherein the term "optionally substituted heteroaryl" as used by itself or as part of another group means that the heteroaryl is either unsubstituted or substituted with one to four substituents independently chosen from halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, alkylthio, carboxamido, sulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ureido, guanidino, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclo, alkoxyalkyl, (amino)alkyl, hydroxyalkylamino, (alkylamino)alkyl, (dialkylamino)alkyl, (cyano)alkyl, (carboxamido)alkyl, mercaptoalkyl, (heterocyclo)alkyl, and (heteroaryl)alkyl; wherein the term "optionally substituted heterocyclo" as used herein by itself or part of another group means the heterocyclo as defined above is either unsubstituted or substituted with one to four substituents independently selected from halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, alkylthio, carboxamido, sulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ureido, guanidino, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclo, alkoxyalkyl, (amino)alkyl, hydroxyalkylamino, (alkylamino)alkyl, (dialkylamino)alkyl, (cyano)alkyl, (carboxamido)alkyl, mercaptoalkyl, (heterocyclo)alkyl, (heteroaryl)alkyl, and the like; and
    wherein the term "optionally substituted cycloalkyl" as used by itself or as part of another group means that the cycloalkyl as defined above is either unsubstituted or substituted with one, two, or three substituents independently chosen from halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, alkylthio, carboxamido, sulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ureido, guanidino, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclo, alkoxyalkyl, (amino)alkyl, hydroxyalkylamino, (alkylamino)alkyl, (dialkylamino)alkyl, (cyano)alkyl, (carboxamido)alkyl, mercaptoalkyl, (heterocyclo)alkyl, and (heteroaryl)alkyl.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Invention are compounds having Formula XXV:
    Figure imgb0123
     wherein A1, R5a, and R5b are as defined above in connection with Formula XXIV, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Invention are compounds having Formula XXVI:
    Figure imgb0124
     wherein A1, R5a, and R5b are as defined above in connection with Formula XXIV, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XXVII:
    Figure imgb0125
     wherein A1, R5a, R5b R17a, R17b, and t are as defined above in connection with Formula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XXVII, wherein A1, R5a, R5b R17a, and R17b are as defined above in connection with Formula I and t is 0 or 1, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XXVII, wherein A1, R5a, and R5b are as defined above in connection with Formula I, t is 0, R17a is selected from the group consisting of:
    1. a) hydrogen;
    2. b) alkyl;
    3. c) optionally substituted aryl;
    4. d) optionally substituted heteroaryl;
    5. e) (heterocyclo)alkyl;
    6. f) (heteroaryl)alkyl; and
    7. g) (dialkylamino)alkyl; and
    R17b is selected from the group consisting of:
    1. a) -SO2R24a;
    2. b) -COR24b;
    3. c) optionally substituted aryl;
    4. d) optionally substituted heteroaryl;
    5. e) (heterocyclo)alkyl;
    6. f) (heteroaryl)alkyl;
    7. g) (dialkylamino)alkyl; and
    8. h) (carboxamido)alkyl; or
    R17a and R17b taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted 3- to 8-membered heterocyclo, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XXVII, wherein A1, R5a, and R5b are as defined above in connection with Formula I, t is 0, R17a is hydrogen, and R17b is (carboxamido)alkyl, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XXVII, wherein A1 is optionally substituted aryl, R5a and R5b are hydrogen, t is 0, R17a is hydrogen, and R17b is (carboxamido)alkyl, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XXVIII:
    Figure imgb0126
     wherein A1, R6b, and x are as defined above in connection with Formula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XXVIII, wherein A1 and R6b are as defined above in connection with Formula I and x is 1 or 2, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XXIII wherein E is optionally substituted heteroaryl, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof. Useful optionally substituted heteroaryl groups include optionally substituted indoles.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XXIII, wherein E is an optionally substituted heterocyclo, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof. In one embodiment, E is an optionally substituted piperazinyl having the formula:
    Figure imgb0127
     wherein R32 is chosen from hydrogen, hydroxyalkyl, carboxamido, sulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ureido, guanidino, carboxyalkyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocyclo, alkoxyalkyl, (amino)alkyl, hydroxyalkylamino, (alkylamino)alkyl, (dialkylamino)alkyl, (cyano)alkyl, (carboxamido)alkyl, mercaptoalkyl, (heterocyclo)alkyl, (heteroaryl)alkyl, and the like.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XXIX:
    Figure imgb0128
     wherein A1, R18a, and R18b are as defined above in connection with Formula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XXX:
    Figure imgb0129
     wherein A1, R18a, and R18b are as defined above in connection with Formula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XXXI:
    Figure imgb0130
     wherein A1, R18a, and R18b are as defined above in connection with Formula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XXXII:
    Figure imgb0131
     wherein A1, R5a, and R5b are as defined above in connection with Formula I and E is selected from the group consisting of:
    1. a) hydroxyalkyl;
    2. b) optionally substituted heterocyclo;
    3. c) optionally substituted heteroaryl;
    4. d)
      Figure imgb0132
    5. e)
      Figure imgb0133
    6. f)
      Figure imgb0134
       and
    7. g)
      Figure imgb0135
       wherein R17a, R17b, R18a, R18b, R19, R20a, R20b, t, u, and v are as defined above in connection with Formula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XXXII wherein E is hydroxyalkyl, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XXXII wherein E is optionally substituted heteroaryl, e.g., optionally substituted indole, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds having Formula XXXIII:
    Figure imgb0136
     wherein A1, R5a, R5b, R17a, and R17b are as defined above in connection with Formula I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof. In one embodiment, R17a is chosen from hydrogen, alkyl, and optionally substituted aryl. In another embodiment, R17b is chosen from (amino)alkyl, (alkylamino)alkyl, (dialkylamino)alkyl, (carboxamido)alkyl, (cyano)alkyl; and hydroxyalkyl. In another embodiment, R17a is optionally substituted aryl and R17b is (carboxamido)alkyl.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Invention are compounds having any one of Formulae XXIV-XXVI wherein A1 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted heteroaryl, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Invention are compounds having any one of Formulae XXIV-XXVI wherein A1 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted pyridin-2-yl, optionally substituted pyridin-3-yl, and optionally substituted pyridin-4-yl, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof.
  • In another embodiment, Compounds of the Invention include the compound ("cpd") examples of TABLE 2, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof. Examples which are not comprised in the appendant claims are reference examples. TABLE 2
    Cpd Example No. Chemical Name Structure
    1 2-(2,5,8,11-tetraoxadodecyl)-6-(4-(4-(trifluoromethyl) phenoxy)phenyl)pyridine
    Figure imgb0137
    2 2-(2,5,8,11,14,17,20,23-octaoxatetracosyl)-6-(4-(4-(trifluoromethyl) phenoxy)phenyl)pyridine
    Figure imgb0138
    3 1-(6-(4-(4-(trifluoromethyl) phenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethane-1,2-diol
    Figure imgb0139
    4 (S)-1-(6-(4-(4-(trifluoromethyl) phenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethane-1,2-diol
    Figure imgb0140
    5 (R)-1-(6-(4-(4-(trifluoromethyl) phenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethane-1,2-diol
    Figure imgb0141
    6 (S)-4-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl) phenoxy)benzonitrile
    Figure imgb0142
    7 (R)-4-(2-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy) phenyl)pyridin-4-yl)-N-isopropyl piperazine-1-carboxamide
    Figure imgb0143
    8 4-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl) pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)benzonitrile
    Figure imgb0144
    9 4-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl) pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile
    Figure imgb0145
    10 2-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile
    Figure imgb0146
    11 (R)-4-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile
    Figure imgb0147
    12 5-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile
    Figure imgb0148
    13 (R)-4-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)benzonitrile
    Figure imgb0149
    14 (R)-5-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile
    Figure imgb0150
    15 1-(6-(4-((3-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl) pyridin-2-yl)oxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethane-1,2-diol
    Figure imgb0151
    16 1-(6-(4-((5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy) phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethane-1,2-diol
    Figure imgb0152
    17 1-(6-(4-((6-methylpyridin-3-yl) oxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethane-1,2-diol
    Figure imgb0153
    18 (S)-5-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile
    Figure imgb0154
    19 (1R,1'R)-1,1'-(6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridine-2,4-diyl)bis(ethane-1,2-diol)
    Figure imgb0155
    20 1-(4-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethanone
    Figure imgb0156
    21 (R)-1-(6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-2-yl)ethane-1,2-diol
    Figure imgb0157
    22 (S)-4-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl) pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile
    Figure imgb0158
    23 (R)-1-(6-(4-((5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethane-1,2-diol
    Figure imgb0159
    24 (S)-1-(6-(4-((5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethane-1,2-diol
    Figure imgb0160
    25 4-(4-(4,6-bis((S)-1,2-dihydroxyethyl) pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-3-(trifluoromethyl) benzonitrile
    Figure imgb0161
    26 (1S,1'S)-1,1'-(6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl) pyridine-2,4-diyl) bis(ethane-1,2-diol)
    Figure imgb0162
    27 1-(6-(4-((6-methylpyridin-3-yl) oxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethane-1,2-diol
    Figure imgb0163
    28 4-(4-(4,6-bis((R)-1,2-dihydroxyethyl) pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-3-(trifluoromethyl) benzonitrile
    Figure imgb0164
    29 1-(6-(4-((3-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethane-1,2-diol
    Figure imgb0165
    30 (S)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(4-(trifluoromethyl) phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0166
    31 (S)-6-(4-(4-cyano-3-(trifluoromethyl) phenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0167
    32 (S)-6-(4-(4-carbamoyl-2-(trifluoromethyl) phenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0168
    33 (S)-6-(4-(3-cyano-4-(trifluoromethyl) phenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0169
    34 (R)-6-(4-(3-cyano-4-(trifluoromethyl) phenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0170
    35 (S)-6-(4-(4-cyano-2-(trifluoromethyl) phenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0171
    36 (R)-6-(4-(4-cyano-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0172
    37 (S)-6-(4-(4-cyanophenoxy) phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0173
    38 (R)-6-(4-(4-cyanophenoxy) phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0174
    39 (S)-6-(4-(5-chloro-2-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0175
    40 (R)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0176
    41 (S)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0177
    42 (S)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-N-(2-(piperidin-1-yl)ethyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0178
    43 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(methyl(phenyl)amino)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0179
    44 4-((2-cyanoethyl)(phenyl)amino)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0180
    45 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-((pyridin-3-ylmethyl)amino)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0181
    46 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-((pyridin-4-ylmethyl)amino)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0182
    47 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-((pyridin-2-ylmethyl)amino)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0183
    48 4-((2-(1,1-dioxidothiomorpholino)ethyl)amino)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0184
    49 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-((pyrimidin-2-ylmethyl)amino)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0185
    50 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(methylsulfonamidomethyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0186
    51 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl) -4-(piperazin-1-ylmethyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0187
    52 4-(((1-(2-amino-2-oxoethyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)amino)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0188
    53 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-((2-morpholinoethyl)amino )picolinamide
    Figure imgb0189
    54 4-((3-(1H-imidazol-1-yl)propyl)amino)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0190
    55 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(piperazin-1-yl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0191
    56 4-(4-carbamoylpiperidin-1-yl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0192
    57 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-((piperidin-4-ylmethyl)amino)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0193
    58 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-((2-(2-oxoimidazolidin-1-yl)ethyl)amino) picolinamide
    Figure imgb0194
    59 1-(2-carbamoyl-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy) phenyl)pyridin-4-yl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid
    Figure imgb0195
    60 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl) -4-(((2-(2-oxoimidazolidin-1-yl)ethyl)amino)methyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0196
    61 1-(2-(((6-(4-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)methyl)amino)ethyl)imidazolidin-2-one
    Figure imgb0197
    62 1-(2-(((6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)methyl)amino) ethyl)imidazolidin-2-one
    Figure imgb0198
    63 2-(4-(6-(((2-(2-oxoimidazolidin-1-yl)ethyl)amino)methyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile
    Figure imgb0199
    64 1-(2-((2-(6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethyl)amino)ethyl)imidazolidin-2-one
    Figure imgb0200
    65 4-(4-(6-(((2-(2-oxoimidazolidin-1-yl)ethyl)amino)methyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-3-(trifluoromethyl) benzonitrile
    Figure imgb0201
    66 1-(2-(((6-(4-((3-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)methyl)amino)ethyl)imidazolidin-2-one
    Figure imgb0202
    67 4-(4-(6-(((2-(2-oxoimidazolidin-1-yl)ethyl)amino)methyl)pyridin-2-yl) phenoxy)benzonitrile
    Figure imgb0203
    68 1-(2-(((6-(4-((5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)methyl)amino)ethyl)imidazolidin-2-one
    Figure imgb0204
    69 2-(((6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)methyl)(2-(2-oxoimidazolidin-1-yl)ethyl)amino)acetonitrile
    Figure imgb0205
    70 5-(4-(6-(((2-(2-oxoimidazolidin-1-yl)ethyl)amino)methyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile
    Figure imgb0206
    71 1-(2-(((6-(4-(4-(methylsulfonyl)phenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)methyl)amino)ethyl)imidazolidin-2-one
    Figure imgb0207
    72 2-(((6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)methyl)(2-(2-oxoimidazolidin-1-yl)ethyl)amino)acetamide
    Figure imgb0208
    73 4-(2-carbamoyl-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy) phenyl)pyridin-4-yl)-N-isopropylpiperazine-1-carboxamide
    Figure imgb0209
    74 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0210
    75 4-(4-(2-amino-2-oxoethyl)piperazin-1-yl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0211
    76 4-(2-carbamoyl-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy) phenyl)pyridin-4-yl)piperazine-1-carboxamide
    Figure imgb0212
    77 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl) -4-(4-(1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0213
    78 (6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl) -4-(piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-2-yl)(piperazin-1-yl)methanone
    Figure imgb0214
    79 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(hydroxymethyl)-N-(2-(piperidin-1-yl)ethyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0215
    80 4-(4-carbamimidoylpiperazin-1-yl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0216
    81 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-N2-(2-(piperidin-1-yl)ethyl)pyridine-2,4-dicarboxamide
    Figure imgb0217
    82 4-(2-cyano-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-4-yl)-N-isopropylpiperazine-1-carboxamide
    Figure imgb0218
    83 4-(2-cyano-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-4-yl)piperazine-1-carboximidamide
    Figure imgb0219
    84 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(3-phenylureido)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0220
    85 2-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-6-((2-(piperidin-1-yl)ethyl)carbamoyl)isonicotinic acid
    Figure imgb0221
    86 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-N-(2-(piperidin-1-yl) ethyl)-4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl) picolinamide
    Figure imgb0222
    87 2-(3-(2-carbamoyl-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-4-yl) ureido)acetic acid
    Figure imgb0223
    88 (S)-2-({6-[4-(4-Fluoro-phenoxyl)-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl-methyl }-amino) propionamide
    Figure imgb0224
    89 (R)-2-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy) phenyl)isonicotinamide
    Figure imgb0225
    90 (S)-6-(4-(3-cyano-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-N-(2,3-dihydroxypropyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0226
    91 4-((2-carbamoyl-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl) pyridin-4-yl)(methyl)amino)benzoic acid
    Figure imgb0227
    92 4-((carboxymethyl)(phenyl)amino)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy) phenyl)picolinic acid
    Figure imgb0228
    93 1-(2-carboxy-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-4-yl)-1H-indole-3-carboxylic acid
    Figure imgb0229
    94 6-((2-cyanoethyl)(phenyl)amino)-4-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy) phenyl)picolinic acid
    Figure imgb0230
    95 (S)-6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-4-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy) phenyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0231
    96 (R)-6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-4-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy) phenyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0232
    97 (S)-2-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy) phen yl)isonicotinamide
    Figure imgb0233
    98 6-((2-amino-2-oxoethyl)(phenyl)amino)-4-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy) phenyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0234
    99 4-(4-cyano-1H-indol-1-yl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0235
    100 6-(4-cyano-1H-indol-1-yl)-4-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0236
    101 4-(4-cyano-1H-indol-1-yl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinic acid
    Figure imgb0237
    102 4-((2-amino-2-oxoethyl)(phenyl)amino)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0238
    103 (R)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(4-(trifluoromethyl) phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0239
    104 2-(4-((2-carbamoyl-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridine-4-yl) methyl)piperazin-1-yl)acetic acid
    Figure imgb0240
    105 1-(2-(((2-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)amino)ethyl) imidazolidin-2-one
    Figure imgb0241
    106 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(((2-(2-oxoimidazolidin-1-yl) ethyl)amino)methyl)picolinonitrile
    Figure imgb0242
    107 2-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-6-methyl-N-(2-(piperidin-1-yl)ethyl)isonicotinamide
    Figure imgb0243
    108 2-(5-(2-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-6-methylpyridin-4-yl)-2H-tetrazol-2-yl)acetamide
    Figure imgb0244
    109 2-(4-(2-chloro-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridine-4-yl)piperazin-1-yl) acetamide
    Figure imgb0245
    110 4-((3-(1H-imidazol)-1-yl)propyl)amino)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenylpicolinonitrile
    Figure imgb0246
    111 (R)-1-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl) -4-((2-morpholinoethyl) amino)pyridine-2-yl) ethan-1,2-diol
    Figure imgb0247
    112 (S)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy) phenyl)picolinonitrile
    Figure imgb0248
    113 4-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-6-(methyl(phenyl)amino)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0249
    114 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(methyl(phenyl)amino)picolinic acid
    Figure imgb0250
    115 6-((2-cyanoethyl)(phenyl)amino)-4-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0251
    116 4-((6-carbamoyl-4-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy) phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)(methyl)amino)benzoic acid
    Figure imgb0252
    117 4-((4-carboxyphenyl)(methy)amino)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinic acid
    Figure imgb0253
    118 4-((2-cyanoethyl)(phenyl)amino)-6-(4-(4fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinic acid
    Figure imgb0254
    119 4-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-6-(methyl(phenyl)amino)picolinic acid
    Figure imgb0255
    120 6-((4-carboxyphenyl)(methy)amino)-4-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinic acid
    Figure imgb0256
    121 6-((carboxymethyl)(phenyl)amino)-4-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy) phenyl)picolinic acid
    Figure imgb0257
    122 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-1',2',3',6'-tetrahydro-[4,4'-bipyridine]-2-carboxamide
    Figure imgb0258
    123 (R)-6-(4-(5-chloro-2-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl) picolinamide
    Figure imgb0259
    124 (S)-4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)-N-(4-fluorophenyl)benzenesulfonamide
    Figure imgb0260
    125 6-chloro-N-(1,3-dihydroxypropan-2-yl)-4-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0261
    126 6-(4-cyano-1H-indol-1-yl)-4-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinic acid
    Figure imgb0262
    127 (R)-6-(4-(4-cyano-3-(trifluoromethyl) phenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0263
    128 6-((1,3-dihydroxypropan-2-yl)amino)-4-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0264
    129 4-((1S,2S)-1,2-dihydroxypropyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy) phenyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0265
    130 1-(2-carboxy-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl) pyridin-4-yl)-1H-indole-6-carboxylic acid
    Figure imgb0266
    131 4-((1R,2R)-1,2-dihydroxypropyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy) phenyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0267
    132 (R)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-( 4-((5-(trifluoromethyl) pyridin-2-yl)oxy)phenyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0268
    133 4-((1,3-dihydroxypropan-2-yl)amino)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0269
    134 (R)-4-(2,3-dihydroxypropyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy) phenyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0270
    135 (S)-4-(2,3-dihydroxypropyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0271
    136 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl) -4-hydroxy picolinamide
    Figure imgb0272
    137 (S)-N-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin -2-yl)phenyl)-4-fluorobenzene sulfonamide
    Figure imgb0273
    138 (R)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy) phenyl)picolinonitrile
    Figure imgb0274
    139 (S)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(5-(trifluoromethyl) pyridin-2-yl)oxy)phenyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0275
    140 (S)-6-(4-(4-chloro-2-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl) picolinamide
    Figure imgb0276
    141 (R)-6-(4-(4-chloro-2-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl) picolinamide
    Figure imgb0277
    142 4-((R)-1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-[3-(4-fluorophenoxy)-phenyl]-pyridine- 2-carboxylic acid amide
    Figure imgb0278
    1 43 ({6-Carbamoyl-4-[4-(4-fluoro-phenoxy)-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl }phenyl-amino)-acetic acid
    Figure imgb0279
    144 3-({6-Carbamoyl-4-[4-(4-fluoro-phenoxy)-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl}phenyl-amino)-propionic acid
    Figure imgb0280
    145 3-({2-Carbamoyl-6-[4-(4-fluoro-phenoxy)-phenyl]-pyridin-4-yl}phenyl-amino)-propionic acid
    Figure imgb0281
    146 4-[4-(4-Cyano-phenoxy)-phenyl]-6-(methyl-phenyl-amino)-pyridine2-carboxylic acid amide
    Figure imgb0282
    147 6-[4-(4-Cyano-phenoxy)-phenyl]-4-(methyl-phenyl-amino)-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide
    Figure imgb0283
    148 6-(Methyl-phenyl-amino)-4-[4-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenoxy)phenyl] -pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide
    Figure imgb0284
    149 4-(Methyl-phenyl-amino)-6-[4-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenoxy)phenyl] -pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide
    Figure imgb0285
    150 6-[4-(4-Fluoro-phenoxy)-phenyl]-4-{phenyl-[2-(2H-tetrazol-5-yl)-ethyl]-amino}-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide
    Figure imgb0286
    151 4-[4-(4-Fluoro-phenoxy)-phenyl]-6-{phenyl-[2-(2H-tetrazol-5-yl)-ethyl]-amino}-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide
    Figure imgb0287
    152 6-[4-(4-Fluoro-phenoxy)-phenyl]-4-{phenyl-[2-(2H-tetrazol-5-yl)ethyl]-amino}-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid
    Figure imgb0288
    153 4-[4-(4-Fluoro-phenoxy)-phenyl]-6-{phenyl-[2-(2H-tetrazol-5-yl)ethyl]-amino}-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid
    Figure imgb0289
    154 4-((S)-1,2-Dihydroxy-ethyl)-6-(4'-fluoro-biphenyl-4-yl)pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide
    Figure imgb0290
    155 4-((R)-1,2-Dihydroxy-ethyl)-6-(4'-fluoro-biphenyl-4-yl)pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide
    Figure imgb0291
    156 6-((S)-1,2-Dihydroxy-ethyl)-4-[4-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenoxy)phenyl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide
    Figure imgb0292
    157 6-((R)-1,2-Dihydroxy-ethyl)-4-[4-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenoxy)phenyl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide
    Figure imgb0293
    158 6-((S)-1,2-Dihydroxy-ethyl)-4-[4-(3-trifluoromethoxy-phenoxy)phenyl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide
    Figure imgb0294
    159 4-((S)-1,2-Dihydroxy-ethyl)-6-[4-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenoxy)phenyl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide
    Figure imgb0295
    160 6-((S)-1,2-Dihydroxy-ethyl)-4-(4'-fluoro-biphenyl-4-yl)pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide
    Figure imgb0296
    161 4-((R)-1,2-Dihydroxy-ethyl)-6-[4-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenoxy)phenyl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide
    Figure imgb0297
    162 6-((R)-1,2-Dihydroxy-ethyl)-4-(4'-fluoro-biphenyl-4-yl)pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide
    Figure imgb0298
    163 4-((S)-1,2-Dihydroxy-ethyl)-6-[4-(3-trifluoromethoxy-phenoxy)phenyl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide
    Figure imgb0299
    164 4-((R)-1,2-Dihydroxy-ethyl)-6-[4-(3-trifluoromethoxy-phenoxy)phenyl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide
    Figure imgb0300
    165 (S)-2-((2-cyano-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl) pyridin-4-yl)amino)propanamide
    Figure imgb0301
    166 (S)-2-((4-cyano-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)amino)propanamide
    Figure imgb0302
    167 (S)-4-((1-amino-1-oxopropan-2-yl)amino)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide
    Figure imgb0303
    168 (S)-2-((2-((S)-1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-4-yl)amino)propanamide
    Figure imgb0304
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "alkyl" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to a straight- or branched-chain aliphatic hydrocarbon containing one to twelve carbon atoms (i.e., C1-12 alkyl) or the number of carbon atoms designated (i.e., a C1 alkyl such as methyl, a C2 alkyl such as ethyl, a C3 alkyl such as propyl or isopropyl, etc.). In one embodiment, the alkyl group is chosen from a straight chain C1-10 alkyl group. In another embodiment, the alkyl group is chosen from a branched chain C1-10 alkyl group. In another embodiment, the alkyl group is chosen from a straight chain C1-6 alkyl group. In another embodiment, the alkyl group is chosen from a branched chain C1-6 alkyl group. In another embodiment, the alkyl group is chosen from a straight chain C1-4 alkyl group. In another embodiment, the alkyl group is chosen from a branched chain C1-4 alkyl group. In another embodiment, the alkyl group is chosen from a C2-4 alkyl group. Non-limiting exemplary alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, iso-butyl, 3-pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, and the like. Non-limiting exemplary C1-4 alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, and iso-butyl.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "optionally substituted alkyl" as used by itself or as part of another group means that the alkyl as defined above is either unsubstituted or substituted with one, two, or three substituents independently chosen from nitro, haloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, alkylthio, sulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ureido, guanidino, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, and the like. In one embodiment, the optionally substituted alkyl is substituted with two substituents. In another embodiment, the optionally substituted alkyl is substituted with one substituent. Non-limiting exemplary optionally substituted alkyl groups include -CH2CH2NO2, -CH2CH2CO2H, - CH2CH2SO2CH3, -CH2CH2COPh, and the like.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "cycloalkyl" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to saturated and partially unsaturated (containing one or two double bonds) cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbons containing one to three rings having from three to twelve carbon atoms (i.e., C3-12 cycloalkyl) or the number of carbons designated. In one embodiment, the cycloalkyl group has two rings. In one embodiment, the cycloalkyl group has one ring. In another embodiment, the cycloalkyl group is chosen from a C3-C8 cycloalkyl group. In another embodiment, the cycloalkyl group is chosen from a C3-C6 cycloalkyl group. Non-limiting exemplary cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, norbornyl, decalin, adamantyl, cyclohexenyl, and the like.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "optionally substituted cycloalkyl" as used by itself or as part of another group means that the cycloalkyl as defined above is either unsubstituted or substituted with one, two, or three substituents independently chosen from halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, alkylthio, carboxamido, sulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ureido, guanidino, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclo, alkoxyalkyl, (amino)alkyl, hydroxyalkylamino, (alkylamino)alkyl, (dialkylamino)alkyl, (cyano)alkyl, (carboxamido)alkyl, mercaptoalkyl, (heterocyclo)alkyl, and (heteroaryl)alkyl. In one embodiment, the optionally substituted cycloalkyl is substituted with two substituents. In another embodiment, the optionally substituted cycloalkyl is substituted with one substituent. Non-limiting exemplary optionally substituted cycloalkyl groups include:
    Figure imgb0305
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "alkenyl" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to an alkyl group as defined above containing one, two or three carbon-to-carbon double bonds. In one embodiment, the alkenyl group is chosen from a C2-12 alkenyl group. In one embodiment, the alkenyl group is chosen from a C2-10 alkenyl group. In one embodiment, the alkenyl group is chosen from a C2-6 alkenyl group. In another embodiment, the alkenyl group is chosen from a C2-4 alkenyl group. Non-limiting exemplary alkenyl groups include ethenyl, propenyl, isopropenyl, butenyl, sec-butenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl, heptenyl, octenyl, nonenyl, and the like.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "optionally substituted alkenyl" as used herein by itself or as part of another group means the alkenyl as defined above is either unsubstituted or substituted with one, two or three substituents independently chosen from halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, alkylthio, carboxamido, sulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ureido, guanidino, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclo.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "alkynyl" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to an alkyl group as defined above containing one to three carbon-to-carbon triple bonds. In one embodiment, the alkynyl has one carbon-to-carbon triple bond. In one embodiment, the alkynyl group is chosen from a C2-12 alkynyl group. In one embodiment, the alkynyl group is chosen from a C2-10 alkynyl group. In one embodiment, the alkynyl group is chosen from a C2-6 alkynyl group. In another embodiment, the alkynyl group is chosen from a C2-4 alkynyl group. Non-limiting exemplary alkynyl groups include ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, 2-butynyl, pentynyl, and hexynyl groups.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "optionally substituted alkynyl" as used herein by itself or as part of another group means the alkynyl as defined above is either unsubstituted or substituted with one, two or three substituents independently chosen from halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, alkylthio, carboxamido, sulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ureido, guanidino, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclo.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "haloalkyl" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to an alkyl group as defined above substituted by one or more fluorine, chlorine, bromine and/or iodine atoms. In one embodiment, the alkyl group is subsituted by one, two, or three fluorine and/or chlorine atoms. In another embodiment, the haloalkyl group is chosen from a C1-4 haloalkyl group. Non-limiting exemplary haloalkyl groups include fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 1,1-difluoroethyl, 2,2-difluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl, 4,4,4-trifluorobutyl, and trichloromethyl groups.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "hydroxyalkyl" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to an alkyl group as defined above substituted with one or more, e.g., one, two, or three, hydroxy groups. In one embodiment, the hydroxyalkyl is a monohydroxyalkyl, i.e., substituted with one hydroxy group. In another embodiment, the hydroxyalkyl is a dihydroxyalkyl, i.e., substituted with two hydroxy groups. In another embodiment, the hydroxyalkyl group is chosen from a C1-4 hydroxyalkyl group. Non-limiting exemplary hydroxyalkyl groups include hydroxymethyl, hydroxyethyl, hydroxypropyl and hydroxybutyl groups, such as 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 1,2-dihydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxypropyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, 3-hydroxybutyl, 4-hydroxybutyl, 2-hydroxy-1-methylpropyl, and 1,3-dihydroxyprop-2-yl.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "alkoxy" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to an optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted alkynyl attached to a terminal oxygen atom. In one embodiment, the alkoxy group is chosen from a C1-4 alkoxy group. In another embodiment, the alkoxy group is chosen from a C1-4 alkyl attached to a terminal oxygen atom, e.g., methoxy, ethoxy, and tert-butoxy.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "alkylthio" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to a sulfur atom substituted by an optionally substituted alkyl group. In one embodiment, the alkylthio group is chosen from a C1-4 alkylthio group. Non-limiting exemplary alkoxy groups include -SCH3, and -SCH2CH3.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "alkoxyalkyl" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to any of the above-mentioned alkyl groups substituted with any of the above-mentioned alkoxy groups. Non-limiting exemplary alkoxyalkyl groups include methoxymethyl, methoxyethyl, methoxypropyl, methoxybutyl, ethoxymethyl, ethoxyethyl, ethoxypropyl, ethoxybutyl, propoxymethyl, iso-propoxymethyl, propoxyethyl, propoxypropyl, butoxymethyl, tert-butoxymethyl, isobutoxymethyl, sec-butoxymethyl, and pentyloxymethyl.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "haloalkoxy" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to a haloalkyl attached to a terminal oxygen atom. Non-limiting exemplary haloalkoxy groups include fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, and 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "aryloxy" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to an optionally substituted aryl attached to a terminal oxygen atom. A non-limiting exemplary aryloxy group is PhO-.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "aralkyloxy" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to an aralkyl group attached to a terminal oxygen atom. A non-limiting exemplary aryloxy group is PhCH2O-.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "aryl" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to a monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic ring system having from six to fourteen carbon atoms (i.e., C6-C14 aryl). Non-limiting exemplary aryl groups include phenyl (abbreviated as "Ph"), naphthyl, phenanthryl, anthracyl, indenyl, azulenyl, biphenyl, biphenylenyl, and fluorenyl groups. In one embodiment, the aryl group is chosen from phenyl and naphthyl.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "optionally substituted aryl" as used herein by itself or as part of another group means that the aryl as defined above is either unsubstituted or substituted with one to five substituents independently chosen from halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, alkylthio, carboxamido, sulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ureido, guanidino, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclo, alkoxyalkyl, (amino)alkyl, hydroxyalkylamino, (alkylamino)alkyl, (dialkylamino)alkyl, (cyano)alkyl, (carboxamido)alkyl, mercaptoalkyl, (heterocyclo)alkyl, or (heteroaryl)alkyl. In one embodiment, the optionally substituted aryl is an optionally substituted phenyl. In one embodiment, the optionally substituted phenyl has four substituents. In another embodiment, the optionally substituted phenyl has three substituents. In another embodiment, the optionally substituted phenyl has two substituents. In another embodiment, the optionally substituted phenyl has one substituent. Non-limiting exemplary substituted aryl groups include 2-methylphenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 2-bromophenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 3-fluorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 4-ethylphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 2,6-di-fluorophenyl, 2,6-di-chlorophenyl, 2-methyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 2-ethyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 3,4-di-methoxyphenyl, 3,5-di-fluorophenyl 3,5-di-methylphenyl and 3,5-dimethoxy, 4-methylphenyl, 2-fluoro-3-chlorophenyl, and 3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl. The term optionally substituted aryl is meant to include groups having fused optionally substituted cycloalkyl and fused optionally substituted heterocyclo rings. Examples include
    Figure imgb0306
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "heteroaryl" or "heteroaromatic" refers to monocyclic and bicyclic aromatic ring systems having 5 to 14 ring atoms (i.e., C5-C14 heteroaryl) and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur. In one embodiment, the heteroaryl has three heteroatoms. In another embodiment, the heteroaryl has two heteroatoms. In another embodiment, the heteroaryl has one heteroatom. In one embodiment, the heteroaryl is a C5 heteroaryl. In another embodiment, the heteroaryl is a C6 heteroaryl. Non-limiting exemplary heteroaryl groups include thienyl, benzo[b]thienyl, naphtho[2,3-b]thienyl, thianthrenyl, furyl, benzofuryl, pyranyl, isobenzofuranyl, benzooxazonyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, purinyl, isoquinolyl, quinolyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, cinnolinyl, quinazolinyl, pteridinyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, carbazolyl, β-carbolinyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, pyrimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, phenothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, furazanyl, and phenoxazinyl. In one embodiment, the heteroaryl is chosen from thienyl (e.g., thien-2-yl and thien-3-yl), furyl (e.g., 2-furyl and 3-furyl), pyrrolyl (e.g., 1H-pyrrol-2-yl and 1H-pyrrol-3-yl), imidazolyl (e.g., 2H-imidazol-2-yl and 2H-imidazol-4-yl), pyrazolyl (e.g., 1H-pyrazol-3-yl, 1H-pyrazol-4-yl, and 1H-pyrazol-5-yl), pyridyl (e.g., pyridin-2-yl, pyridin-3-yl, and pyridin-4-yl), pyrimidinyl (e.g., pyrimidin-2-yl, pyrimidin-4-yl, pyrimidin-5-yl, and pyrimidin-5-yl), thiazolyl (e.g., thiazol-2-yl, thiazol-4-yl, and thiazol-5-yl), isothiazolyl (e.g., isothiazol-3-yl, isothiazol-4-yl, and isothiazol-5-yl), oxazolyl (e.g., oxazol-2-yl, oxazol-4-yl, and oxazol-5-yl) and isoxazolyl (e.g., isoxazol-3-yl, isoxazol-4-yl, and isoxazol-5-yl). The term "heteroaryl" is also meant to include possible N-oxides. Exemplary N-oxides include pyridyl N-oxide and the like.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "optionally substituted heteroaryl" as used by itself or as part of another group means that the heteroaryl as defined above is either unsubstituted or substituted with one to four substituents, e.g., one or two substituents, independently chosen from halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, alkylthio, carboxamido, sulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ureido, guanidino, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclo, alkoxyalkyl, (amino)alkyl, hydroxyalkylamino, (alkylamino)alkyl, (dialkylamino)alkyl, (cyano)alkyl, (carboxamido)alkyl, mercaptoalkyl, (heterocyclo)alkyl, and (heteroaryl)alkyl. In one embodiment, the optionally substituted heteroaryl has one substituent. In one embodiment, the optionally substituted is an optionally substituted pyridyl, i.e., 2-, 3-, or 4-pyridyl. Any available carbon or nitrogen atom can be substituted. In another embodiment, the optionally substituted heteroaryl is an optionally substituted indole.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "heterocyclo" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to saturated and partially unsaturated (containing one or two double bonds) cyclic groups containing one to three rings having from two to twelve carbon atoms (i.e., C2-C12 heterocyclo) and one or two oxygen, sulfur and/or nitrogen atoms. The term "heterocyclo" is meant to include cyclic ureido groups such as 2-imidazolidinone. In one embodiment, the heterocyclo group is chosen from a 5- or 6-membered cyclic group containing one ring and one or two oxygen and/or nitrogen atoms. The heterocyclo can be optionally linked to the rest of the molecule through a carbon or nitrogen atom. Non-limiting exemplary heterocyclo groups include 2-imidazolidinone, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, and pyrrolidinyl.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, term "optionally substituted heterocyclo" as used herein by itself or part of another group means the heterocyclo as defined above is either unsubstituted or substituted with one to four substituents independently selected from halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, alkylthio, carboxamido, sulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ureido, guanidino, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclo, alkoxyalkyl, (amino)alkyl, hydroxyalkylamino, (alkylamino)alkyl, (dialkylamino)alkyl, (cyano)alkyl, (carboxamido)alkyl, mercaptoalkyl, (heterocyclo)alkyl, (heteroaryl)alkyl, and the like. Substitution may occur on any available carbon or nitrogen atom. An optionally substituted heterocyclo can be fused to an aryl group to provide an optionally substituted aryl as described above. In one embodiment, the optionally substituted heterocyclo is a substituted piperazine. Non-limiting exemplary optionally substituted heterocyclo groups include:
    Figure imgb0307
    Figure imgb0308
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "amino" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to -NH2.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "(amino)alkyl" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to any of the above-mentioned alkyl groups substituted with an amino group. Non-limiting exemplary amino alkyl groups include -CH2CH2NH2, -CH2CH2CH2NH2, -CH2CH2CH2CH2NH2 and the like.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "diaminoalkyl" as used by itself or as part of another group refers any of the above-mentioned alkyl groups substituted with two amino groups.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "alkylamino" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to -NHR26, wherein R26 is any alkyl group as "alkyl" is defined above.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "dialkylamino" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to -NR27aR27b wherein R27a and R27b are each independently any alkyl group as "alkyl" is defined above.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "hydroxyalkylamino" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to - NHR28, wherein R28 is any hydroxyalkyl group as "hydroxyalkyl" is defined above.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "(alkylamino)alkyl" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to any alkyl group as "alkylamino" is defined above.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "(dialkylamino)alkyl" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to any alkyl group as "alkyl" is defined above substituted by any dialkylamino group as "dialkylamino" is defined above.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "(cyano)alkyl" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to any alkyl group as "alkyl" is defined above substituted with one or more cyano, e.g., -CN, groups. Non-limiting exemplary (cyano)alkyl groups include -CH2CH2CN, -CH2CH2CH2CN, and -CH2CH2CH2CH2CN.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "carboxamido" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to a radical of formula -C(=O)NR33aR33b, wherein R33a and R33b are each independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl, or R33a and R33b taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached from a 3- to 8-membered heterocyclo group. In one embodiment, R33a and R33b are each independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl. Non-limiting exemplary carboxamido groups include -CONH2, -CON(H)CH3, CON(CH3)2, and CON(H)Ph.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "(carboxamido)alkyl" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to any of the above-mentioned alkyl groups substituted with a carboxamido group. Non-limiting exemplary (carboxamido)alkyl groups include:
    Figure imgb0309
    Figure imgb0310
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "sulfonamido" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to a radical of the formula -SO2NR34aR34b, wherein R34a and R34b are each independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl, or R34a and R34b taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached from a 3- to 8-membered heterocyclo group Non-limiting exemplary sulfonamido groups include -SO2NH2, -SO2N(H)CH3, and -SO2N(H)Ph.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "alkylcarbonyl" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to a carbonyl group, i.e.,-C(=O)-, substituted by any of the above-mentioned optionally substituted alkyl groups. A non-limiting exemplary alkylcarbonyl group is -COCH3.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "arylcarbonyl" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to a carbonyl group, i.e.,-C(=O)-, substituted by any of the above-mentioned optionally substituted aryl groups. A non-limiting exemplary arylcarbonyl group is -COPh.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "alkylsulfonyl" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to a sulfonyl group, i.e., -SO2, substituted by any of the above-mentioned optionally substituted alkyl groups. A non-limiting exemplary alkylsulfonyl group is -SO2CH3.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "arylsulfonyl" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to a sulfonyl group, i.e., -SO2, substituted by any of the above-mentioned optionally substituted aryl groups. A non-limiting exemplary arylsulfonyl group is -SO2Ph.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "mercaptoalkyl" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to any of the above-mentioned alkyl groups substituted by a -SH group.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "carboxy" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to a radical of the formula -COOH.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "carboxyalkyl" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to any of the above-mentioned alkyl groups substituted with a -COOH. A non-limiting exemplary carboxyalkyl group is -CH2CO2H.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "aralkyl" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to any of the above-mentioned alkyl groups substituted with one, two, or three optionally substituted aryl groups. In one embodiment, the aralkyl group is a C1-4 alkyl substituted with one optionally substituted aryl group. Non-limiting exemplary aralkyl groups include benzyl and phenethyl.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "ureido" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to a radical of the formula -NR29a-C(=O)-NR29bR29c, wherein R29a is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl, and R29b and R29c are each independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl, or R29b and R29c taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 4-to 8-membered heterocyclo group. Non-limiting exemplary ureido groups include -NH-C(C=O)-NH2 and NH-C(C=O)-NHCH3.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "guanidino" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to a radical of the formula - NR30a-C(=NR31)-NR30bR30c, wherein R30a, R30b and R30c are each independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl, and R31 is hydrogen, alkyl, cyano, alkylsulfonyl, alkylcarbonyl, carboxamido, or sulfonamido. Non-limiting exemplary guanidino groups include -NH-C(C=NH)-NH2, -NH-C(C=NCN)-NH2, -NH-C(C=NH)-NHCH3 and the like.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "azido" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to a radical of the formula -N3.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "(heterocyclo)alkyl" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to any of the above-mentioned alkyl groups substituted with one, two, or three optionally substituted heterocyclo groups. In one embodiment, the (heterocyclo)alkyl group is a C1-4 alkyl substituted with one optionally substituted heterocyclo group. Non-limiting exemplary (heterocyclo)alkyl groups include:
    Figure imgb0311
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "(heteroaryl)alkyl" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to any of the above-mentioned alkyl groups substituted with one, two, or three optionally substituted heteroaryl groups. In one embodiment, the (heteroaryl)alkyl group is a C1-4 alkyl substituted with one optionally substituted heteroaryl group. Non-limiting exemplary (heteroaryl)alkyl groups include:
    Figure imgb0312
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term "alkylcarbonylamino" as used by itself or as part of another group refers to an alkylcarbonyl group attached to an amino nitrogen. A non-limiting exemplary alkylcarbonylamino group is -NHCOCH3.
  • For the purpose of the present disclosure, the group -SO2NH- is intended to connect A1 and A2 in either direction, i.e., A1-SO2NH-A2- or A1-NHSO2-A2-. Accordingly, in one embodiment, X is -SO2NH-. In another embodiment, X is -NHSO2-.
  • Conventional procedures for the selection and preparation of prodrug derivatives are described in, for example, Design of Prodrugs, H. Bundgaard ed., Elsevier (1985); "Drug and Enzyme Targeting, Part A," K. Widder et al. eds., Vol. 112 in Methods in Enzymology, Academic Press (1985); Bundgaard, "Design and Application of Prodrugs," Chapter 5 (pp. 113-191) in A Textbook of Drug Design and Development, P. Krogsgaard-Larsen and H. Bundgaard eds., Harwood Academic Publishers (1991); Bundgaard et al., Adv. Drug Delivery Revs. 8:1-38 (1992); Bundgaard et al., J. Pharmaceut. Sci. 77:285 (1988); and Kakeya et al., Chem. Pharm. Bull. 32:692 (1984).
  • The invention disclosed herein is also intended to encompass any of the disclosed compounds being isotopically-labelled (i.e., radiolabeled) by having one or more atoms replaced by an atom having a different atomic mass or mass number. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into the disclosed compounds include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine and chlorine, such as 2H, 3H, 11C, 13C, 14C, 15N, 18O 17O, 31P, 32P, 35S, 18F, and 36Cl, respectively, and preferably 3H, 11C, and 14C. Isotopically-labeled compounds of the present invention can be prepared by methods known in the art.
  • The present disclosure is also directed to 3H, 11C, or 14C radiolabeled compounds of any of Formulae I-XXXIII, as well as their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates, and the use of any such compounds as radioligands for their ability to bind to the sodium channel. In particular, the present invention is also directed to 3H, 11C, or 14C radiolabeled compounds of any of Formulae XXIV-XXVI, as well as their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates, and the use of any such compounds as radioligands for their ability to bind to the sodium channel.For example, one use of the labeled compounds of the present invention is the characterization of specific receptor binding. Another use of a labeled compound of the present invention is an alternative to animal testing for the evaluation of structure-activity relationships. For example, the receptor assay can be performed at a fixed concentration of a labeled compound of the invention and at increasing concentrations of a test compound in a competition assay. For example, a tritiated compound of any of Formulae I-XXXIII can be prepared by introducing tritium into the particular compound, for example, by catalytic dehalogenation with tritium. This method may include reacting a suitably halogen-substituted precursor of the compound with tritium gas in the presence of a suitable catalyst, for example, Pd/C, in the presence or absence of a base. Other suitable methods for preparing tritiated compounds can be found in Filer, Isotopes in the Physical and Biomedical Sciences, Vol. 1, Labeled Compounds (Part A), Chapter 6 (1987). 14C-labeled compounds can be prepared by employing starting materials having a 14C carbon.
  • Some of the compounds disclosed herein may contain one or more asymmetric centers and may thus give rise to enantiomers, diastereomers, and other stereoisomeric forms. The present invention is meant to encompass the use of all such possible forms, as well as their racemic and resolved forms and mixtures thereof. The individual enantiomers can be separated according to methods known in the art in view of the present disclosure. When the compounds described herein contain olefinic double bonds or other centers of geometric asymmetry, and unless specified otherwise, it is intended that they include both E and Z geometric isomers. All tautomers are intended to be encompassed by the present invention as well.
  • As used herein, the term "stereoisomers" is a general term for all isomers of individual molecules that differ only in the orientation of their atoms in space. It includes enantiomers and isomers of compounds with more than one chiral center that are not mirror images of one another (diastereomers).
  • The term "chiral center" refers to a carbon atom to which four different groups are attached.
  • The terms "enantiomer" and "enantiomeric" refer to a molecule that cannot be superimposed on its mirror image and hence is optically active wherein the enantiomer rotates the plane of polarized light in one direction and its mirror image compound rotates the plane of polarized light in the opposite direction.
  • The term "racemic" refers to a mixture of equal parts of enantiomers and which mixture is optically inactive.
  • The term "resolution" refers to the separation or concentration or depletion of one of the two enantiomeric forms of a molecule.
  • The terms "a" and "an" refer to one or more.
  • The term "treat," "treating" or "treatment" is meant to encompass administering to a subject a compound of the present invention for the purposes of amelioration or cure, including preemptive and palliative treatment.
  • The term "about," as used herein in connection with a measured quantity, refers to the normal variations in that measured quantity, as expected by the skilled artisan making the measurement and exercising a level of care commensurate with the objective of measurement and the precision of the measuring equipment.
  • The invention disclosed herein also encompasses the use of salts of the disclosed compounds, including all non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof of the disclosed compounds. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable addition salts include inorganic and organic acid addition salts and basic salts. The pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, metal salts such as sodium salt, potassium salt, cesium salt and the like; alkaline earth metals such as calcium salt, magnesium salt and the like; organic amine salts such as triethylamine salt, pyridine salt, picoline salt, ethanolamine salt, triethanolamine salt, dicyclohexylamine salt, N,N'-dibenzylethylenediamine salt and the like; inorganic acid salts such as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, phosphate, sulphate and the like; organic acid salts such as citrate, lactate, tartrate, maleate, fumarate, mandelate, acetate, dichloroacetate, trifluoroacetate, oxalate, formate and the like; sulfonates such as methanesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate and the like; and amino acid salts such as arginate, asparginate, glutamate and the like.
  • Acid addition salts can be formed by mixing a solution of the particular compound of the present invention with a solution of a pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acid such as hydrochloric acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, succinic acid, acetic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid, carbonic acid, phosphoric acid, oxalic acid, dichloroacetic acid, or the like. Basic salts can be formed by mixing a solution of the compound of the present invention with a solution of a pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, choline hydroxide, sodium carbonate and the like.
  • The invention disclosed herein is also meant to encompass solvates of any of the disclosed compounds. Solvates typically do not significantly alter the physiological activity or toxicity of the compounds, and as such may function as pharmacological equivalents. The term "solvate" as used herein is a combination, physical association and/or solvation of a compound of the present invention with a solvent molecule such as, e.g. a disolvate, monosolvate or hemisolvate, where the ratio of solvent molecule to compound of the present invention is 2:1, 1:1 or 1:2, respectively. This physical association involves varying degrees of ionic and covalent bonding, including hydrogen bonding. In certain instances, the solvate can be isolated, such as when one or more solvent molecules are incorporated into the crystal lattice of a crystalline solid. Thus, "solvate" encompasses both solution-phase and isolatable solvates. Compounds of any of Formulae I-XXXIII can be present as solvated forms with a pharmaceutically acceptable solvent, such as water, methanol, ethanol, and the like, and it is intended that the invention includes both solvated and unsolvated forms of compounds of any of Formulae I-XXXIII. One type of solvate is a hydrate. A "hydrate" relates to a particular subgroup of solvates where the solvent molecule is water. Solvates typically can function as pharmacological equivalents. Preparation of solvates is known in the art. See, for example, M. Caira et a.l, J. Pharmaceut. Sci., 93(3):601-611 (2004), which describes the preparation of solvates of fluconazole with ethyl acetate and with water. Similar preparation of solvates, hemisolvates, hydrates, and the like are described by E.C. van Tonder et al., AAPS Pharm. Sci. Tech., 5(1):Article 12 (2004), and A.L. Bingham et al., Chem. Commun.: 603-604 (2001). A typical, non-limiting, process of preparing a solvate would involve dissolving a compound of any of Formulae I-XXXIII in a desired solvent (organic, water, or a mixture thereof) at temperatures above 20°C to about 25°C, then cooling the solution at a rate sufficient to form crystals, and isolating the crystals by known methods, e.g., filtration. Analytical techniques such as infrared spectroscopy can be used to confirm the presence of the solvent in a crystal of the solvate.
  • Since compounds of Formulae I-XXXIII are blockers of sodium (Na+) channels, a number of diseases and conditions mediated by sodium ion influx can be treated by employing these compounds. The present invention is thus directed generally to Compounds of the Invention for use in treating a disorder responsive to the blockade of sodium channels in an animal suffering from, or at risk of suffering from, said disorder, said method comprising administering to the animal an effective amount of a Compound of the Invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  • The present invention is further directed to the Compound of the Invention for modulating sodium channels in an animal in need thereof, comprising administering to the animal a modulating-effective amount of at least one Compound of the Invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  • More specifically, the present invention provides compounds for use in treating stroke, neuronal damage resulting from head trauma, epilepsy, neuronal loss following global and focal ischemia, pain (e.g., acute pain, chronic pain, which includes but is not limited to neuropathic pain, postoperative pain, and inflammatory pain, or surgical pain), a neurodegenerative disorder (e.g., Alzheimer's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), or Parkinson's disease), migraine, manic depression, tinnitus, myotonia, a movement disorder, or cardiac arrhythmia, or providing local anesthesia. In one embodiment, the invention provides a method of treating pain. In another embodiment, the type of pain is chronic pain. In another embodiment, the type of pain is neuropathic pain. In another embodiment, the type of pain is postoperative pain. In another embodiment, the type of pain is inflammatory pain. In another embodiment, the type of pain is surgical pain. In another embodiment, the type of pain is acute pain. In another embodiment, the treatment of pain (e.g., chronic pain, such as neuropathic pain, postoperative pain, or inflammatory pain, acute pain or surgical pain) is preemptive. In another embodiment, the treatment of pain is palliative. In each instance, such method of treatment requires administering to an animal in need of such treatment an amount of a compound of the present invention that is therapeutically effective in achieving said treatment. In one embodiment, the amount of such compound is the amount that is effective to block sodium channels in vivo.
  • Chronic pain includes, but is not limited to, inflammatory pain, postoperative pain, cancer pain, osteoarthritis pain associated with metastatic cancer, trigeminal neuralgia, acute herpetic and postherpetic neuralgia, diabetic neuropathy, causalgia, brachial plexus avulsion, occipital neuralgia, reflex sympathetic dystrophy, fibromyalgia, gout, phantom limb pain, burn pain, and other forms of neuralgia, neuropathic, and idiopathic pain syndromes.
  • Chronic somatic pain generally results from inflammatory responses to tissue injury such as nerve entrapment, surgical procedures, cancer or arthritis (Brower, Nature Biotechnology 2000; 18: 387-391).
  • The inflammatory process is a complex series of biochemical and cellular events activated in response to tissue injury or the presence of foreign substances (Levine, Inflammatory Pain, In: Textbook of Pain, Wall and Melzack eds., 3rd ed., 1994). Inflammation often occurs at the site of injured tissue, or foreign material, and contributes to the process of tissue repair and healing. The cardinal signs of inflammation include erythema (redness), heat, edema (swelling), pain and loss of function (ibid.). The majority of patients with inflammatory pain do not experience pain continually, but rather experience enhanced pain when the inflamed site is moved or touched. Inflammatory pain includes, but is not limited to, that associated with osteoarthritis and rheumatoid arthritis.
  • Chronic neuropathic pain is a heterogenous disease state with an unclear etiology. In chronic neuropathic pain, the pain can be mediated by multiple mechanisms. This type of pain generally arises from injury to the peripheral or central nervous tissue. The syndromes include pain associated with spinal cord injury, multiple sclerosis, post-herpetic neuralgia, trigeminal neuralgia, phantom pain, causalgia, and reflex sympathetic dystrophy and lower back pain. Chronic pain is different from acute pain in that patients suffer the abnormal pain sensations that can be described as spontaneous pain, continuous superficial burning and/or deep aching pain. The pain can be evoked by heat-, cold-, and mechano-hyperalgesia or by heat-, cold-, or mechano-allodynia.
  • Neuropathic pain can be caused by injury or infection of peripheral sensory nerves. It includes, but is not limited to, pain from peripheral nerve trauma, herpes virus infection, diabetes mellitus, causalgia, plexus avulsion, neuroma, limb amputation, and vasculitis. Neuropathic pain is also caused by nerve damage from chronic alcoholism, human immunodeficiency virus infection, hypothyroidism, uremia, or vitamin deficiencies. Stroke (spinal or brain) and spinal cord injury can also induce neuropathic pain. Cancer-related neuropathic pain results from tumor growth compression of adjacent nerves, brain, or spinal cord. In addition, cancer treatments, including chemotherapy and radiation therapy, can also cause nerve injury. Neuropathic pain includes but is not limited to pain caused by nerve injury such as, for example, the pain from which diabetics suffer.
  • The present invention is also directed to the use of a Compound of the Invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a disorder responsive to the blockade of sodium channels (e.g., any of the disorders listed above) in an animal suffering from said disorder.
  • The present invention is also directed to the use of a Compound of the Invention , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament, in particular a medicament for modulating sodium channels, in an animal in need thereof.
    • General Synthesis of Compounds
  • The compounds of the present invention are prepared using methods known to those skilled in the art in view of this disclosure. For example, compounds of Formulae XXV or XXVI, wherein R5a and R5b are hydrogen, can be prepared according to General Scheme 1.
    Figure imgb0313
  • Compounds of Formula XXXII, wherein R5a and R5b are hydrogen and E is hydroxyalkyl, can be prepared according to General Scheme 2.
    Figure imgb0314
  • Compounds of Formula XXVII, wherein t is 0 and R5a and R5b are hydrogen, can be prepared according to General Scheme 3.
    Figure imgb0315
  • Compounds of Formulae XXI or XXII, wherein E is hydrogen and A1 is optionally substituted aryl or optionally substituted heteroaryl, can be prepared according to General Scheme 4.
    Figure imgb0316
    • Testing of Compounds
  • Compounds of the present invention were assessed by sodium mobilization and/or electrophysiological assays for sodium channel blocker activity. One aspect of the present invention is based on the use of the compounds herein described as sodium channel blockers. Based upon this property, compounds of the invention are considered useful in treating a condition or disorder responsive to the blockade of sodium ion channels, e.g., stroke, neuronal damage resulting from head trauma, epilepsy, seizures, general epilepsy with febrile seizures, severe myoclonic epilepsy in infancy, neuronal loss following global and focal ischemia, migraine, familial primary erythromelalgia, paroxysmal extreme pain disorder, cerebellar atrophy, ataxia, dystonia, tremor, mental retardation, autism, a neurodegenerative disorder (e.g., Alzheimer's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), or Parkinson's disease), manic depression, tinnitus, myotonia, a movement disorder, cardiac arrhythmia, or providing local anesthesia. Compounds of the Invention are also expected to be effective in treating pain, e.g., acute pain, chronic pain, which includes but is not limited to, neuropathic pain, postoperative pain, and inflammatory pain, or surgical pain.
  • More specifically, the present disclosure is directed to compounds of Formulae I-XXXIII that are blockers of sodium channels. According to the present invention, those compounds having useful sodium channel blocking properties exhibit an IC50 for Nav1.1, Nav1.2, Nav1.3, Nav1.4, Nav1.5, Nav1.6, Nav1.7, Nav1.8, and/or Nav1.9 of about 100 µM or less, e.g., about 50 µM or less, about 10 µM or less, about 5 µM or less, or about 1 µM or less, in sodium mobilization and/or electrophysiological assays. In certain embodiments, Compounds of the Invention exhibit an IC50 for Nav1.7 of 100 µM or less, about 50 µM or less, about 10 µM or less, about 5 µM or less, about 1 µM or less, about 0.5 µM or less, or about 0.1 µM or less. Compounds of the Invention can be tested for their Na+ channel blocking activity using methods known in the art and by the following fluorescence imaging and electrophysiological in vitro assays and/or in vivo assays.
    • In Vitro Assay Protocols FLIPR® Assays
  • Recombinant Nav1.7 Cell Line: In vitro assays were performed in a recombinant cell line expressing cDNA encoding the alpha subunit (Nav1.7, SCN9a, PN1, NE) of human Nav1.7 (Accession No. NM_002977). The cell line was provided by investigators at Yale University (Cummins et al, J. Neurosci. 18(23): 9607-9619 (1998)). For dominant selection of the Nav1.7-expressing clones, the expression plasmid co-expressed the neomycin resistance gene. The cell line was constructed in the human embryonic kidney cell line, HEK293, under the influence of the CMV major late promoter, and stable clones were selected using limiting dilution cloning and antibiotic selection using the neomycin analogue, G418. Recombinant beta and gamma subunits were not introduced into this cell line. Additional cell lines expressing recombinant Nav1.7 cloned from other species can also be used, alone or in combination with various beta subunits, gamma subunits or chaperones.
  • Non-recombinant Cell Lines Expressing Native Nav1.7: Alternatively, in vitro assays can be performed in a cell line expressing native, non-recombinant Nav1.7, such as the ND7 mouse neuroblastoma X rat dorsal root ganglion (DRG) hybrid cell line ND7/23, available from the European Cell Culture Collection (Cat. No. 92090903, Salisbury, Wiltshire, United Kingdom). The assays can also be performed in other cell lines expressing native, non-recombinant Nav1.7, from various species, or in cultures of fresh or preserved sensory neurons, such as dorsal root ganglion (DRG) cells, isolated from various species. Primary screens or counter-screens of other voltage-gated sodium channels can also be performed, and the cell lines can be constructed using methods known in the art, purchased from collaborators or commercial establishments, and they can express either recombinant or native channels. The primary counter-screen is for one of the central neuronal sodium channels, Nav1.2 (rBIIa), expressed in HEK293 host cells (Ilyin et al., Br. J. Pharmacol. 144:801-812 (2005)). Pharmacological profiling for these counter-screens is carried out under conditions similar to the primary or alternative Nav1.7 assays described below.
  • Cell maintenance: Unless otherwise noted, cell culture reagents were purchased from Mediatech of Herndon, VA. The recombinant Nav1.7/HEK293 cells were routinely cultured in growth medium consisting of Dulbecco's minimum essential medium containing 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS, Hyclone, Thermo Fisher Scientific, Logan, UT), 100 U/mL penicillin, 100 µg/mL streptomycin, 2-4 mM L-glutamine, and 500 mg/mL G418. For natural, non-recombinant cell lines, the selective antibiotic was omitted, and additional media formulations can be applied as needed.
  • Assay Buffer: The assay buffer was formulated by removing 120 mL from a 1 L bottle of fresh, sterile dH2O (Mediatech, Herndon, VA) and adding 100 mL of 10X HBSS that does not contain Ca++ or Mg++ (Gibco, Invitrogen, Grand Island, NY) followed by 20 mL of 1.0 M Hepes, pH 7.3 (Fisher Scientific, BP299-100). The final buffer consisted of 20 mM Hepes, pH 7.3, 1.261 mM CaCl2, 0.493 mM MgCl2, 0.407 mM Mg(SO)4, 5.33 mM KCl, 0.441 mM KH2PO4, 137 mM NaCl, 0.336 mM Na2HPO4 and 0.556 mM D-glucose (Hanks et al., Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med. 71:196 (1949)), and the simple formulation was typically the basic buffer throughout the assay (i.e., all wash and addition steps).
  • CoroNa™ Green AM Na + Dye for Primary Fluorescence Assay: The fluorescence indicator used in the primary fluorescence assay was the cell permeant version of CoroNa™ Green (Invitrogen, Molecular Probes, Eugene, OR), a dye that emits light in the fluorescence range (Harootunian et al., J. Biol. Chem. 264(32):19458-19467 (1989)). The intensity of this emission, but not the wavelength range, is increased when the dye is exposed to Na+ ions, which it can bind with partial selectivity. Cells expressing Nav1.7 or other sodium channels were loaded with the CoroNa™ Green dye immediately in advance of the fluorescence assay, and then, after agonist stimulation, the mobilization of Na+ ions was detected as the Na+ ions flowed from the extracellular fluid into the cytoplasm through the activated sodium channel pores. The dye was stored in the dark as a lyophilized powder, and then an aliquot was dissolved immediately before the cell loading procedure, according to the instructions of the manufacturer to a stock concentration of 10 mM in DMSO. It was then diluted in the assay buffer to a 4X concentrated working solution, so that the final concentration of dye in the cell loading buffer was 5 µM.
  • Membrane Potential Dye for Alternative Fluorescence Assays: A fluorescence indicator that can be used in alternative fluorescence assays is the blue version membrane potential dye (MDS, Molecular Devices, Sunnyvale, CA), a dye that detects changes in molecules following a change in membrane potential. An increase in fluorescence is expected if agonist stimulation provokes a change in membrane potential. Cells expressing Nav1.7 or other sodium channels are incubated with the membrane potential dye 30-60 minutes before the fluorescence assay. In the case of the KCl pre-stimulation version of the assay, the dye and all other components are washed out immediately before the assay, and the dye is then replaced. In the version lacking KCl pre-stimulation, the dye remains on the cells and is not washed out or replaced. The dye is stored in the dark as a lyophilized powder, and then an aliquot dissolved in assay buffer to form a 20X-concentrated stock solution that can be used for several weeks.
  • Agonists: In the fluorescence assays, two agonists were used in combination, namely 1) veratridine; and 2) the venom from the yellow scorpion, Leiurus quinquestriatus hebraeus. Veratridine is an alkaloid small molecule that facilitates the capture of channel openings by inhibiting inactivation, and the scorpion venom is a natural preparation that includes peptide toxins selective for different subsets of voltage-gated sodium channels. These scorpion toxins inhibit the fast inactivation of their cognate target channels. Stock solutions of the agonists were prepared to 40 mM in DMSO (veratridine) and 1 mg/mL in dH2O (scorpion venom), and then diluted to make a 4X or 2X stock (depending on the particular assay) in assay buffer, the final concentration being 100 µM (veratridine) and 10 µg/mL (scorpion venom). Both of the agonists were purchased from Sigma Aldrich, St. Louis, MO.
  • Test Compounds: Test compounds were dissolved in DMSO to yield 10 mM stock solutions. The stock solutions were further diluted using DMSO in 1:3 serial dilution steps with 10 points (10,000 µM, 3,333 µM, 1,111 µM, 370 µM, 123 µM, 41µM, 14 µM, 4.6 µM, 1.5 µM and 0.5 µM). The stock solutions were further diluted in assay buffer (1:125) as 4X stock serial dilutions with a DMSO concentration of 0.8% (final [DMSO], in the assay, from the compounds component = 0.2%), so that the compounds' final concentrations in the assay were 20 µM, 6.7 µM, 2.2 µM, 0.74 µM, 0.25 µM and 0.08 µM, 0.03 µM, 0.01µM, 0.003 µM and 0.001 µM. If a particular test article appeared to be especially potent, then the concentration curve was adjusted, e.g., to 10-fold lower concentrations, in order to perform the dose-response in a more relevant concentration range. Compound dilutions were added during the dye-loading and pre-stimulation step, and then again during the fluorescence assay, early in the kinetic read. Compound dilutions were added in duplicate rows across the middle 80 wells of the 96-well plate, whereas the fully stimulated and the fully inhibited controls (positive and negative) were located in the top 4 side wells and the bottom 4 side wells, respectively, on the left and right sides of the assay plate.
  • Data Analysis: The data were analyzed according to methods known to those skilled in the art or using the GraphPad® Prism 4.0 Program (available from GraphPad Software, San Diego, CA) to determine the IC50 value for the test article. At least one standard reference compound was evaluated during each experiment.
  • FLIPR® or FLIPRTETRA ® sodium dye assay with KCl and test article pre-incubation: Cells were prepared by plating the recombinant HEK293 cells or other host cells expressing either recombinant or non-recombinant, native, NaV1.7 alpha subunit, alone or in combination with various beta and gamma subunits at a density of ∼40,000 cells/well into a 96-well black, clear-bottom, PDL-coated plate. The assay can be adapted to 384-well or 1,536-well format, if desired, using proportionately less cells and media. The plate was then incubated in growth media, with or without selective antibiotic, overnight at 37°C at 5% CO2, 95% humidity, in preparation for the assay. For counter-screens of other voltage-gated sodium channels, the procedure was very similar, though optimal densities of cells, media and subsequent assay components can be fine-tuned for the particular cell line or isoform.
  • The next day, at the start of the assay, the media was flicked from the cells and the wells were washed once with 50 µl/well assay buffer (1X Hank's balanced salt solution without sodium bicarbonate or phenol red, 20 mM Hepes, pH 7.3) and then pre-incubated with the test articles, CoroNa™ Green AM sodium dye (for cell loading) and KCl for re-polarization and synchronization of the channels in the entire population of cells. For this dye-loading and pre-stimulation step, the components were added as follows, immediately after the wash step: 1) first, the compound dilutions and controls were added as 4X concentrates in assay buffer at 50 µL/well; 2) CoroNa™ Green AM dye was diluted from the stock solution to 20 µM in assay buffer (4X concentrate) and added to the plate at 50 µL/well; and 3) finally, a solution of 180 mM KCl (2X) was prepared by diluting a 2M stock solution into assay buffer and the solution was added to the cells at 100 µl/well. The cells were incubated at 25°C in the dark for 30 min. before their fluorescence was measured.
  • The plates containing dye-loaded cells were then flicked to remove the pre-incubation components and washed once with 100 µL/well assay buffer. A 100 µL/well aliquot of assay buffer was added back to the plate, and the real-time assay was commenced. The fluorescence of cells was measured using a fluorescence plate reader (FLIPRTETRA® or FLIPR384®, MDS, Molecular Devices, Sunnyvale, CA) Samples were excited by either a laser or a PMT light source (Excitation wavelength = 470-495 nM) and the emissions are filtered (Emission wavelength = 515-575 nM). The additions of compound and the channel activators in this cell-based, medium-to-high throughput assay were performed on the fluorescence plate reader and the results (expressed as relative fluorescence units) were captured by means of camera shots every 1-3 sec., then displayed in real-time and stored. Generally, there was a 15 sec. base line, with camera shots taken every 1.5 sec., then the test compounds were added, then another 120 sec. baseline was conducted, with camera shots taken every 3 sec.; and finally, the agonist solution (containing veratridine and scorpion venom) was added. The amplitude of fluorescence increase, resulting from the binding of Na+ ions to the CoroNa™ Green dye, was captured for ∼180 sec. thereafter. Results were expressed in relative fluorescence units (RFU) and can be determined by using the maximum signal during the latter part of the stimulation; or the maximum minus the minimum during the whole agonist stimulation period; or by taking the area under the curve for the whole stimulation period.
  • The assay can be performed as a screening assay as well with the test articles present in standard amounts (e.g., 10 µM) in only one or two wells of a multi-well plate during the primary screen. Hits in this screen were typically profiled more exhaustively (multiple times), subjected to dose-response or competition assays and tested in counter screens against other voltage-gate sodium channels or other biologically relevant target molecules.
  • FLIPR® or FLIPRTETRA ® membrane potential assay with KCl and test article pre-incubation: Cells are prepared by plating the recombinant HEK293 cells or other host cells expressing either recombinant or non-recombinant, native, NaV1.7 alpha subunit, alone or in combination with various beta and gamma subunits at a density of ∼40,000 cells/well into a 96-well black, clear-bottom, PDL-coated plate. The assay can be adapted to 384-well or 1,536-well format, if desired, using proportionately less cells and media. The plate is then incubated in growth media, with or without selective antibiotic, overnight at 37°C at 5% CO2, 95% humidity, in preparation for the assay (see, e.g., Benjamin et. al., J. Biomol. Screen 10(4):365-373 (2005)). For screens and counter-screens of other voltage-gated sodium channels, the assay protocol is similar, though optimal densities of cells, media and subsequent assay components can be fine-tuned for the particular cell line or sodium channel isoform being tested.
  • The next day, at the start of the assay, the media is flicked from the cells and the wells are washed once with 50 µL/well assay buffer (1X Hank's balanced salt solution without sodium bicarbonate or phenol red, 20 mM Hepes, pH 7.3) and then pre-incubated with the test articles, the membrane potential dye (for cell loading), and the KCl for re-polarization and synchronization of the channels in the entire population of cells. For this dye-loading and pre-stimulation step, the components are added as follows, immediately after the wash step: 1) first, the compound dilutions and controls are added as 4X concentrates in assay buffer at 50 µL/well; 2) membrane potential dye is diluted from the stock solution in assay buffer (4X concentrate) and added to the plate at 50 µL/well; and 3) finally, a solution of 180 mM KCl (2X) is prepared by diluting a 2M stock solution into assay buffer and the solution added to the cells at 100 µL/well. The cells are incubated at 37°C in the dark for 30-60 min. before their fluorescence is measured.
  • The plates containing dye-loaded cells are then flicked to remove the pre-incubation components and washed once with 50 µL/well assay buffer. A 50 µL/well aliquot of membrane potential dye is added back to the plate, and the real-time assay is commenced. The fluorescence of cells is measured using a fluorescence plate reader (FLIPRTETRA® or FLIPR384®, MDS, Molecular Devices, Sunnyvale, CA). Samples are excited by either a laser or a PMT light source (Excitation wavelength = 510-545 nM) and the emissions are filtered (Emission wavelength = 565-625 nM). The additions of the compounds (first) and then the channel activators (later) in this are performed on the fluorescence plate reader and the results, expressed as relative fluorescence units (RFU), are captured by means of camera shots every 1-3 sec., then displayed in real-time and stored. Generally, there is a 15 sec. base line, with camera shots taken every 1.5 sec., then the test compounds are added, then another 120 sec. baseline is conducted, with camera shots taken every 3 sec.; and finally, the agonist solution (containing veratridine and scorpion venom) is added. The amplitude of fluorescence increase, resulting from the detection of membrane potential change, is captured for ∼120 sec. thereafter. Results are expressed in relative fluorescence units (RFU) and can be determined by using the maximum signal during the latter part of the stimulation; or the maximum minus the minimum during the whole stimulation period; or by taking the area under the curve for the whole stimulation period.
  • The assay can be performed as a screening assay as well with the test articles present in standard amounts (e.g., 10 µM) in only one or two wells of a multi-well plate during the primary screen. Hits in this screen are typically profiled more exhaustively (multiple times), subjected to dose-response or competition assays and tested in counter screens against other voltage-gate sodium channels or other biologically relevant target molecules.
  • FLIPR® or FLIPRTETRA ® sodium dye assay without KCl and test article pre-incubation: Cells are prepared by plating the recombinant HEK293 cells or other host cells expressing either recombinant or non-recombinant, native, NaV1.7 alpha subunit, alone or in combination with various beta and gamma subunits at a density of ∼40,000 cells/well into a 96-well black, clear-bottom, PDL-coated plate. The assay can be adapted to 384-well or 1,536-well format, if desired, using proportionately less cells and media. The plate is then incubated in growth media, with or without selective antibiotic, overnight at 37°C at 5% CO2, 95% humidity, in preparation for the assay. For counter-screens of other voltage-gated sodium channels, the procedure is very similar, though optimal densities of cells, media and subsequent assay components can be fine-tuned for the particular cell line or isoform.
  • The next day, at the start of the assay, the media is flicked from the cells and the wells washed once with 50 µL/well assay buffer (1X Hank's balanced salt solution without sodium bicarbonate or phenol red, 20 mM Hepes, pH 7.3). Membrane potential dye is then added to each well of the 96-well plate (50 µL/well), from a freshly diluted sample of the stock (now at 4X concentration) in the assay buffer. The cells are incubated at 37°C in the dark for 30-60 min. before their fluorescence is measured.
  • In this standard membrane potential assay, the 96-well plate containing dye-loaded cells is then loaded directly onto the plate reader without aspirating the dye solution and without any further washing of the cells. The fluorescence of cells is measured using a fluorescence plate reader (FLIPRTETRA® or FLIPR384®, MDS, Molecular Devices, Sunnyvale, CA). Samples are excited by either a laser or a PMT light source (Excitation wavelength = 510-545 nM) and the emissions are filtered (Emission wavelength = 565-625 nM). The additions of the compounds (first, 50 µL/well from a 4X stock plate) and then the channel activators (later, 100 µL/well from a 2X stock solution) in this kinetic assay are performed on the fluorescence plate reader and the results, expressed as relative fluorescence units (RFU), are captured by means of camera shots every 1-3 sec., then displayed in real-time and stored. Generally, there is a 15 sec. base line, with camera shots taken every 1.5 sec., then the test compounds are added, then another 120 sec. baseline is conducted, with camera shots taken every 3 sec.; and finally, the agonist solution (containing veratridine and scorpion venom) is added. The amplitude of fluorescence increase, resulting from the detection of membrane potential change, is captured for ∼120 sec. thereafter. Results are expressed in relative fluorescence units (RFU) and can be determined by using the maximum signal during the latter part of the stimulation; or the maximum minus the minimum during the whole stimulation period; or by taking the area under the curve for the whole stimulation period.
  • The assay can be performed as a screening assay as well, with the test articles present in standard amounts (e.g. 10 µM) in only one or two wells of a multi-well plate during the primary screen. Hits in this screen are typically profiled more exhaustively (multiple times), subjected to dose-response or competition assays and tested in counter screens against other voltage-gate sodium channels or other biologically relevant target molecules.
    • Electrophysiology Assay
  • Cells: The hNav1.7 expressing HEK-293 cells were plated on 35 mm culture dishes pre-coated with poly-D-lysine in standard DMEM culture media (Mediatech, Inc., Herndon, VA) and incubated in a 5% CO2 incubator at 37°C. Cultured cells were used approximately 12 - 48 hours after plating.
  • Electrophysiology: On the day of experimentation, the 35 mm dish was placed on the stage of an inverted microscope equipped with a perfusion system that continuously perfuses the culture dish with fresh recording media. A gravity driven superfusion system was used to apply test solutions directly to the cell under evaluation. This system consists of an array of glass pipette glass connected to a motorized horizontal translator. The outlet of the shooter was positioned approximately 100 µm from the cell of interest.
  • Whole cell currents were recorded using the whole-cell patch clamp configuration using an Axopatch 200B amplifier (Axon Instruments, Foster City CA), 1322A A/D converter (Axon Instruments) and pClamp software (v. 8; Axon Instruments) and stored on a personal computer. Gigaseals were formed and the whole-cell configuration was established in voltage clamp mode, and membrane currents generated by hNav1.7 were recorded in gap-free mode. Borosilicate glass pipettes have resistance values between 1.5 and 2.0 MΩ when filled with pipette solution and series resistance (< 5 MΩ) was compensated 75 - 80%. Signals were sampled at 50 kHz and low pass filtered at 3 kHz.
  • Voltage protocols: After establishing the whole-cell configuration in voltage clamp mode, two voltage protocols were run to establish: 1) the holding potential; and 2) the test potential for each cell.
  • Resting block: To determine a membrane potential at which the majority of channels are in the resting state, a standard steady-state inactivation (SSIN) protocol was run using 100 ms prepulses x 10 mV depolarizing steps. The holding potential for testing resting block (Vh1) was 20 mV more hyperpolarized than the first potential where inactivation was observed with the inactivation protocol.
  • From this holding potential a standard I-V protocol was run to determine the potential at which the maximal current (Imax) is elicited. This potential was the test potential (Vt).
  • The compound testing protocol was a series of 10ms depolarizations from the Vh1 (determined from the SSIN) to the Vt (determined from the I-V protocol) repeated every 10-15 seconds. After a stable baseline was established, a high concentration of a test compound (highest concentration solubility permits or that which provides -50% block) was applied and block of the current assessed. Washout of the compound was attempted by superfusing with control solution once steady-state block was observed. The fractional response was calculated as follows: FR = I after drug / I control ,
    Figure imgb0317
     where I is the peak current amplitude and was used for estimating resting block dissociation constant, Kr : K r = drug ∗ FR / 1 − FR ,
    Figure imgb0318
     where [drug] is the concentration of a drug.
  • Block of inactivated channels: To assess the block of inactivated channels the holding potential was depolarized such that 20-50% of the current amplitude was reduced when pulsed to the same Vt as above. The magnitude of this depolarization depends upon the initial current amplitude and the rate of current loss due to slow inactivation. This was the second holding potential (Vh2). The current reduction was recorded to determine the fraction of available channels at this potential (h). h = I @ Vh 2 / Imax .
    Figure imgb0319
  • At this membrane voltage a proportion of channels was in the inactivated state, and thus inhibition by a blocker includes interaction with both resting and inactivated channels.
  • To determine the potency of the test compound on inactivated channels, a series of currents were elicited by 10ms voltage steps from Vh2 to Vt every 10-15 seconds. After establishing a stable baseline, the low concentration of the compound was applied. Multiple cumulative concentrations may have to be applied to identify a concentration that will block between 40-60 % of the current. Washout will be attempted to reestablish baseline. Fractional responses were measured with respect to a projected baseline to determine K app. K app = drug ∗ FR / 1 − FR ,
    Figure imgb0320
     where [drug] is the concentration of a drug.
  • This K app value, along with the calculated K r and h values, were used to calculate the affinity of the compound for the inactivated channels (Ki) using the following equation: K i = 1 − h / 1 / K app − h / K r .
    Figure imgb0321
  • In the alternative, the voltage clamp protocol to examine hNav1.7 currents was as follows. First, the standard current-voltage relationship was tested by pulsing the cell from the holding voltage (Vh) of -120 mV by a series of 5 msec long square-shaped test pulses incrementing in +10 mV steps over the membrane voltage range of -90 mV to + 60 mV at the pace of stimulation of 0.5 Hz. This procedure determines the voltage that elicits the maximal current (Vmax). Second, Vh was re-set to -120 mV and a steady-state inactivation (SSIN) curve was taken by the standard double-pulse protocol: 100 ms depolarizing pre-pulse was incremented in steps of +10 mV (voltage range from -90mV to 0 mV) immediately followed by the 5ms long test pulse to -10 mV at the pace of stimulation of 0.2 Hz. This procedure determines the voltage of full inactivation (Vfull). Third, the cell was repeatedly stimulated with the following protocol, first in the absence of the test compound then in its presence. The protocol consisted of depolarizing the cell from the holding potential of -120 mV to the Vfull value for 4.5 seconds then repolarizing the cell to the holding potential for 10 ms before applying the test pulse to the Vmax for 5 ms. The amount of inhibition produced by the test compound was determined by comparing the current amplitude elicited by the test pulse in the absence and presence of the compound.
  • Solutions and chemicals: For electrophysiological recordings the external solution was either standard, DMEM supplemented with 10 mM HEPES (pH adjusted to 7.34 with NaOH and the osmolarity adjusted to 320) or Tyrodes salt solution (Sigma, USA) supplemented with 10 mM HEPES (pH adjusted to 7.4 with NaOH; osmolarity = 320). The internal pipette solution contained (in mM): NaCl (10), CsF (140), CaCl2 (1), MgCl2 (5), EGTA (11), HEPES (10: pH 7.4, 305 mOsm). Compounds were prepared first as series of stock solutions in DMSO and then dissolved in external solution; DMSO content in final dilutions did not exceed 0.3%. At this concentration, DMSO did not affect sodium currents. Vehicle solution used to establish base line was also contacting 0.3% DMSO.
  • Data analysis: Data was analyzed off-line using Clampfit software (pClamp, v. 8; Axon Instruments) and graphed using GraphPad Prizm (v. 4.0) software.
    • In Vivo Assay for Pain
  • The compounds can be tested for their antinociceptive activity in the formalin model as described in Hunskaar et al., J. Neurosci. Methods 14: 69-76 (1985). Male Swiss Webster NIH mice (20-30 g; Harlan, San Diego, CA) can be used in all experiments. Food is withdrawn on the day of experiment. Mice are placed in Plexiglass jars for at least 1 hour to acclimate to the environment. Following the acclimation period, mice are weighed and given either the compound of interest administered i.p. or p.o., or the appropriate volume of vehicle (for example, 10 % Tween-80 or 0.9 % saline, and other pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles) as control. Fifteen minutes after the i.p. dosing, and 30 minutes after the p.o. dosing mice are injected with formalin (20 µL of 5% formaldehyde solution in saline) into the dorsal surface of the right hind paw. Mice are transferred to the Plexiglass jars and monitored for the amount of time spent licking or biting the injected paw. Periods of licking and biting are recorded in 5-minute intervals for 1 hour after the formalin injection. All experiments are done in a blinded manner during the light cycle. The early phase of the formalin response is measured as licking / biting between 0-5 minutes, and the late phase is measured from 15-50 minutes. Differences between vehicle and drug treated groups can be analyzed by one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA). A P value <0.05 is considered significant. Compounds are considered to be efficacious for treating acute and chronic pain if they have activity in blocking both the early and second phase of formalin-induced paw-licking activity.
    • In Vivo Assays for Inflammatory or Neuropathic Pain
  • Test Animals: Each experiment uses rats weighing between 200-260 g at the start of the experiment. The rats are group-housed and have free access to food and water at all times, except prior to oral administration of a test compound when food is removed for 16 hours before dosing. A control group acts as a comparison to rats treated with a compound of Formulae I-XXXIII. The control group is administered the carrier as used for the test compound. The volume of carrier administered to the control group is the same as the volume of carrier and test compound administered to the test group.
  • Inflammatory Pain: To assess the actions of the compounds of Formulae I-XXXIII on the treatment of inflammatory pain the Freund's complete adjuvant ("FCA") model of inflammatory pain is used. FCA-induced inflammation of the rat hind paw is associated with the development of persistent inflammatory mechanical and thermal hyperalgesia and provides reliable prediction of the anti-hyperalgesic action of clinically useful analgesic drugs (Bartho et al., Naunyn-Schmiedeberg's Archives of Pharmacol. 342:666-670 (1990)). The left hind paw of each animal is administered a 50 µL intraplantar injection of 50% FCA. 24 hour post injection, the animal is assessed for response to noxious mechanical stimuli by determining the paw withdrawal threshold (PWT), or to noxious thermal stimuli by determining the paw withdrawal latency (PWL), as described below. Rats are then administered a single injection of either a test compound or 30 mg/kg of a positive control compound (indomethacin). Responses to noxious mechanical or thermal stimuli are then determined 1, 3, 5 and 24 hours post administration (admin). Percentage reversal of hyperalgesia for each animal is defined as: % reversal = − post administration PWT or PWL − pre-administration PWT or PWL baseline PWT or PWL − pre-administration PWT or PWL × 100
    Figure imgb0322
  • Neuropathic Pain: To assess the actions of the test compounds for the treatment of neuropathic pain the Seltzer model and the Chung model were used.
  • In the Seltzer model, the partial sciatic nerve ligation model of neuropathic pain was used to produce neuropathic hyperalgesia in rats (Seltzer et al., Pain 43:205-218 (1990)). Partial ligation of the left sciatic nerve was performed under inhalation anesthesia, e.g., isoflurane/O2. Following induction of anesthesia, the left thigh of the rat was shaved and the sciatic nerve exposed at high thigh level through a small incision and was carefully cleared of surrounding connective tissues at a site near the trocanther just distal to the point at which the posterior biceps semitendinosus nerve branches off of the common sciatic nerve. A 7-0 silk suture was inserted into the nerve, e.g., with a 3/8 curved, reversed-cutting mini-needle, and tightly ligated so that the dorsal 1/3 to ½ of the nerve thickness was held within the ligature. The wound was closed, e.g., with a single muscle suture (4-0 nylon (Vicryl)) and vetbond tissue glue. Following surgery, the wound area was dusted with antibiotic powder. Sham-treated rats undergo an identical surgical procedure except that the sciatic nerve is not manipulated. Following surgery, animals were weighed and placed on a warm pad until they recovered from anesthesia. Animals were then returned to their home cages until behavioral testing began. The animals were assessed for response to noxious mechanical stimuli by determining PWT, as described below, prior to surgery (baseline), then immediately prior to and 1, 3, and 5 hours after drug administration for rear paw of the animal. Percentage reversal of neuropathic hyperalgesia is defined as: % reversal = post administration PWT − pre-administration PWT baseline PWT − pre-administration PWT × 100
    Figure imgb0323
  • The following compounds were tested and produced a statistically significant increase in paw withdrawal threshold when administered at 30 mg/kg p.o. in the Seltzer model of neuropathic pain at the time points indicated:
    Cpd No. Vehicle Time post-dose (h)
    5 0.5% carboxymethylcellulose 1
    13 10% Tween 80 in water 1, 3, and 5
    18 10% Tween 80 in water 1
    30 0.5% carboxymethylcellulose 1
    40 0.5% carboxymethylcellulose 1
    68 0.5% carboxymethylcellulose 1
  • Cpd No. 63 (vehicle: 10% Tween 80 in water) did not produce a statistically significant increase in paw withdrawal threshold in the Seltzer model at 30 mg/kg p.o.
  • In the Chung model, the spinal nerve ligation model of neuropathic pain is used to produce mechanical hyperalgesia, thermal hyperalgesia and tactile allodynia in rats. Surgery is performed under isoflurane/O2 inhalation anesthesia. Following induction of anesthesia a 3 cm incision is made and the left paraspinal muscles are separated from the spinous process at the L4 - S2 levels. The L6 transverse process is carefully removed with a pair of small rongeurs to identify visually the L4 - L6 spinal nerves. The left L5 (or L5 and L6) spinal nerve(s) is (are) isolated and tightly ligated with silk thread. A complete hemostasis is confirmed and the wound is sutured using non-absorbable sutures, such as nylon sutures or stainless steel staples. Sham-treated rats undergo an identical surgical procedure except that the spinal nerve(s) is (are) not manipulated. Following surgery animals are weighed, administered a subcutaneous (s.c.) injection of saline or ringers lactate, the wound area is dusted with antibiotic powder and they are kept on a warm pad until they recover from the anesthesia. Animals are then returned to their home cages until behavioral testing begins. The animals are assessed for response to noxious mechanical stimuli by determining PWT, as described below, prior to surgery (baseline), then immediately prior to and 1, 3, and 5 hours after being administered a compound of Formulae I-XXXIII for the left rear paw of the animal. The animals can also be assessed for response to noxious thermal stimuli or for tactile allodynia, as described below. The Chung model for neuropathic pain is described in Kim et al., Pain 50(3):355-363 (1992).
  • Tactile Allodynia: Sensitivity to non-noxious mechanical stimuli can be measured in animals to assess tactile allodynia. Rats are transferred to an elevated testing cage with a wire mesh floor and allowed to acclimate for five to ten minutes. A series of von Frey monofilaments are applied to the plantar surface of the hindpaw to determine the animal's withdrawal threshold. The first filament used possesses a buckling weight of 9.1 gms (.96 log value) and is applied up to five times to see if it elicits a withdrawal response. If the animal has a withdrawal response, then the next lightest filament in the series would be applied up to five times to determine if it also could elicit a response. This procedure is repeated with subsequent lesser filaments until there is no response and the identity of the lightest filament that elicits a response is recorded. If the animal does not have a withdrawal response from the initial 9.1 gms filament, then subsequent filaments of increased weight are applied until a filament elicits a response and the identity of this filament is recorded. For each animal, three measurements are made at every time point to produce an average withdrawal threshold determination. Tests can be performed prior to, and at 1, 2, 4 and 24 hours post drug administration.
  • Mechanical Hyperalgesia: Sensitivity to noxious mechanical stimuli can be measured in animals using the paw pressure test to assess mechanical hyperalgesia. In rats, hind paw withdrawal thresholds ("PWT"), measured in grams, in response to a noxious mechanical stimulus are determined using an analgesymeter (Model 7200, commercially available from Ugo Basile of Italy), as described in Stein (Biochemistry & Behavior 31: 451-455 (1988)). The rat's paw is placed on a small platform, and weight is applied in a graded manner up to a maximum of 250 grams. The endpoint is taken as the weight at which the paw is completely withdrawn. PWT is determined once for each rat at each time point. PWT can be measured only in the injured paw, or in both the injured and non-injured paw. In one non-limiting embodiment, mechanical hyperalgesia associated with nerve injury induced pain (neuropathic pain) can be assessed in rats. Rats are tested prior to surgery to determine a baseline, or normal, PWT. Rats are tested again 2 to 3 weeks post-surgery, prior to, and at different times after (e.g. 1, 3, 5 and 24 hr) drug administration. An increase in PWT following drug administration indicates that the test compound reduces mechanical hyperalgesia.
    • In Vivo Assay for Anticonvulsant Activity
  • The compounds of the present invention of the present invention can be tested for in vivo anticonvulsant activity after i.v., p.o., or i.p. injection using any of a number of anticonvulsant tests in mice, including the maximum electroshock seizure test (MES). Maximum electroshock seizures are induced in male NSA mice weighing between 15-20 g and in male Sprague-Dawley rats weighing between 200-225 g by application of current (for mice: 50 mA, 60 pulses/sec, 0.8 msec pulse width, 1 sec duration, D.C.; for rats: 99 mA, 125 pulses/sec, 0.8 msec pulse width, 2 sec duration, D.C.) using a Ugo Basile ECT device (Model 7801). Mice are restrained by gripping the loose skin on their dorsal surface and saline-coated corneal electrodes are held lightly against the two corneae. Rats are allowed free movement on the bench top and ear-clip electrodes are used. Current is applied and animals are observed for a period of up to 30 seconds for the occurrence of a tonic hindlimb extensor response. A tonic seizure is defined as a hindlimb extension in excess of 90 degrees from the plane of the body. Results can be treated in a quantal manner.
    • Pharmaceutical Compositions
  • Although a Compound of the Invention can be administered to a mammal in the form of a raw chemical without any other components present, the compound is preferably administered as part of a pharmaceutical composition containing the compound combined with a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Such a carrier can be selected from pharmaceutically acceptable excipients and auxiliaries.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions within the scope of the present invention include all compositions where a Compound of the Invention is combined with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In one embodiment, the compound is present in the composition in an amount that is effective to achieve its intended therapeutic purpose. While individual needs may vary, a determination of optimal ranges of effective amounts of each compound is within the skill of the art. Typically, a compound can be administered to a mammal, e.g., a human, orally at a dose of from about 0.0025 to about 1500 mg per kg body weight of the mammal, or an equivalent amount of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof, per day to treat the particular disorder. A useful oral dose of a Compound of the Invention administered to a mammal is from about 0.0025 to about 50 mg per kg body weight of the mammal, or an equivalent amount of the pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof. For intramuscular injection, the dose is typically about one-half of the oral dose.
  • A unit oral dose may comprise from about 0.01 to about 50 mg, and preferably about 0.1 to about 10 mg, of the compound. The unit dose can be administered one or more times daily, e.g., as one or more tablets or capsules, each containing from about 0.01 to about 50 mg of the compound, or an equivalent amount of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  • A pharmaceutical composition of the present invention can be administered to any animal that may experience the beneficial effects of a compound of the present invention. Foremost among such animals are mammals, e.g., humans and companion animals, although the invention is not intended to be so limited.
  • A pharmaceutical composition of the present invention can be administered by any means that achieves its intended purpose. For example, administration can be by the oral, parenteral, subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, transdermal, intranasal, transmucosal, rectal, intravaginal or buccal route, or by inhalation. The dosage administered and route of administration will vary, depending upon the circumstances of the particular subject, and taking into account such factors as age, gender, health, and weight of the recipient, condition or disorder to be treated, kind of concurrent treatment, if any, frequency of treatment, and the nature of the effect desired.
  • In one embodiment, a pharmaceutical composition of the present invention can be administered orally and is formulated into tablets, dragees, capsules or an oral liquid preparation. In one embodiment, the oral formulation comprises extruded multiparticulates comprising the compound of the invention.
  • Alternatively, a pharmaceutical composition of the present invention can be administered rectally, and is formulated in suppositories.
  • Alternatively, a pharmaceutical composition of the present invention can be administered by injection.
  • Alternatively, a pharmaceutical composition of the present invention can be administered transdermally.
  • Alternatively, a pharmaceutical composition of the present invention can be administered by inhalation or by intranasal or transmucosal administration.
  • Alternatively, a pharmaceutical composition of the present invention can be administered by the intravaginal route.
  • A pharmaceutical composition of the present invention can contain from about 0.01 to 99 percent by weight, and preferably from about 0.25 to 75 percent by weight, of active compound(s).
  • The Compound of the Invention for use in treating a disorder responsive to the blockade of sodium channels in an animal in need thereof, can further be administered in combination with a second therapeutic agent. In one embodiment, the other therapeutic agent is administered in an effective amount.
  • Effective amounts of the other therapeutic agents are known to those skilled in the art. However, it is well within the skilled artisan's purview to determine the other therapeutic agent's optimal effective-amount range.
  • A compound of the present invention (i.e., the first therapeutic agent) and the second therapeutic agent can act additively or, in one embodiment, synergistically. Alternatively, the second therapeutic agent can be used to treat a disorder or condition that is different from the disorder or condition for which the first therapeutic agent is being administered, and which disorder or condition may or may not be a condition or disorder as defined herein. In one embodiment, a compound of the present invention is administered concurrently with a second therapeutic agent; for example, a single composition comprising both an effective amount of a compound of the invention, and an effective amount of the second therapeutic agent can be administered. Accordingly, the present invention further provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a combination of a compound of the present invention, the second therapeutic agent, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Alternatively, a first pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a compound of the invention and a second pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of the second therapeutic agent can be concurrently administered. In another embodiment, an effective amount of a compound of the present invention is administered prior or subsequent to administration of an effective amount of the second therapeutic agent. In this embodiment, the compound of the present invention is administered while the second therapeutic agent exerts its therapeutic effect, or the second therapeutic agent is administered while the compound of the present invention exerts its therapeutic effect for treating a disorder or condition.
  • The second therapeutic agent can be an opioid agonist, a non-opioid analgesic, a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agent, an antimigraine agent, a Cox-II inhibitor, a β-adrenergic blocker, an anticonvulsant, an antidepressant, an anticancer agent, an agent for treating addictive disorder, an agent for treating Parkinson's disease and parkinsonism, an agent for treating anxiety, an agent for treating epilepsy, an agent for treating a seizure, an agent for treating a stroke, an agent for treating a pruritic condition, an agent for treating psychosis, an agent for treating ALS, an agent for treating a cognitive disorder, an agent for treating a migraine, an agent for treating vomiting, an agent for treating dyskinesia, or an agent for treating depression, or a mixture thereof.
  • Examples of useful opioid agonists include, but are not limited to, alfentanil, allylprodine, alphaprodine, anileridine, benzylmorphine, bezitramide, buprenorphine, butorphanol, clonitazene, codeine, desomorphine, dextromoramide, dezocine, diampromide, diamorphone, dihydrocodeine, dihydromorphine, dimenoxadol, dimepheptanol, dimethylthiambutene, dioxaphetyl butyrate, dipipanone, eptazocine, ethoheptazine, ethylmethylthiambutene, ethylmorphine, etonitazene, fentanyl, heroin, hydrocodone, hydromorphone, hydroxypethidine, isomethadone, ketobemidone, levorphanol, levophenacylmorphan, lofentanil, meperidine, meptazinol, metazocine, methadone, metopon, morphine, myrophine, nalbuphine, narceine, nicomorphine, norlevorphanol, normethadone, nalorphine, normorphine, norpipanone, opium, oxycodone, oxymorphone, papaveretum, pentazocine, phenadoxone, phenomorphan, phenazocine, phenoperidine, piminodine, piritramide, proheptazine, promedol, properidine, propiram, propoxyphene, sufentanil, tilidine, tramadol, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and mixtures thereof.
  • In certain embodiments, the opioid agonist is selected from codeine, hydromorphone, hydrocodone, oxycodone, dihydrocodeine, dihydromorphine, morphine, tramadol, oxymorphone, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and mixtures thereof.
  • Examples of useful non-opioid analgesics include non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents, such as aspirin, ibuprofen, diclofenac, naproxen, benoxaprofen, flurbiprofen, fenoprofen, flubufen, ketoprofen, indoprofen, piroprofen, carprofen, oxaprozin, pramoprofen, muroprofen, trioxaprofen, suprofen, aminoprofen, tiaprofenic acid, fluprofen, bucloxic acid, indomethacin, sulindac, tolmetin, zomepirac, tiopinac, zidometacin, acemetacin, fentiazac, clidanac, oxpinac, mefenamic acid, meclofenamic acid, flufenamic acid, niflumic acid, tolfenamic acid, diflurisal, flufenisal, piroxicam, sudoxicam, isoxicam, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and mixtures thereof. Examples of other suitable non-opioid analgesics include the following, non limiting, chemical classes of analgesic, antipyretic, nonsteroidal antiinflammatory drugs: salicylic acid derivatives, including aspirin, sodium salicylate, choline magnesium trisalicylate, salsalate, diflunisal, salicylsalicylic acid, sulfasalazine, and olsalazin; para aminophennol derivatives including acetaminophen and phenacetin; indole and indene acetic acids, including indomethacin, sulindac, and etodolac; heteroaryl acetic acids, including tolmetin, diclofenac, and ketorolac; anthranilic acids (fenamates), including mefenamic acid, and meclofenamic acid; enolic acids, including oxicams (piroxicam, tenoxicam), and pyrazolidinediones (phenylbutazone, oxyphenthartazone); and alkanones, including nabumetone. For a more detailed description of the NSAIDs, see Paul A. Insel, Analgesic Antipyretic and Antiinflammatory Agents and Drugs Employed in the Treatment of Gout, in Goodman & Gilman's The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics 617-57 (Perry B. Molinhoff and Raymond W. Ruddon eds., 9th ed 1996) and Glen R. Hanson, Analgesic, Antipyretic and Anti Inflammatory Drugs in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy Vol. II 1196-1221 (A.R. Gennaro ed. 19th ed. 1995). Suitable Cox-II inhibitors and 5-lipoxygenase inhibitors, as well as combinations thereof, are described in U.S. Patent No. 6,136,839 . Examples of useful Cox II inhibitors include, but are not limited to, rofecoxib and celecoxib.
  • Examples of useful antimigraine agents include, but are not limited to, alpiropride, bromocriptine, dihydroergotamine, dolasetron, ergocornine, ergocorninine, ergocryptine, ergonovine, ergot, ergotamine, flumedroxone acetate, fonazine, ketanserin, lisuride, lomerizine, methylergonovine, methysergide, metoprolol, naratriptan, oxetorone, pizotyline, propranolol, risperidone, rizatriptan, sumatriptan, timolol, trazodone, zolmitriptan, and mixtures thereof.
  • Examples of useful β-adrenergic blockers include, but are not limited to, acebutolol, alprenolol, amosulabol, arotinolol, atenolol, befunolol, betaxolol, bevantolol, bisoprolol, bopindolol, bucumolol, bufetolol, bufuralol, bunitrolol, bupranolol, butidrine hydrochloride, butofilolol, carazolol, carteolol, carvedilol, celiprolol, cetamolol, cloranolol, dilevalol, epanolol, esmolol, indenolol, labetalol, levobunolol, mepindolol, metipranolol, metoprolol, moprolol, nadolol, nadoxolol, nebivalol, nifenalol, nipradilol, oxprenolol, penbutolol, pindolol, practolol, pronethalol, propranolol, sotalol, sulfinalol, talinolol, tertatolol, tilisolol, timolol, toliprolol, and xibenolol.
  • Examples of useful anticonvulsants include, but are not limited to, acetylpheneturide, albutoin, aloxidone, aminoglutethimide, 4-amino-3-hydroxybutyric acid, atrolactamide, beclamide, buramate, calcium bromide, carbamazepine, cinromide, clomethiazole, clonazepam, decimemide, diethadione, dimethadione, doxenitroin, eterobarb, ethadione, ethosuximide, ethotoin, felbamate, fluoresone, gabapentin, 5-hydroxytryptophan, lamotrigine, magnesium bromide, magnesium sulfate, mephenytoin, mephobarbital, metharbital, methetoin, methsuximide, 5-methyl-5-(3-phenanthryl)-hydantoin, 3-methyl-5-phenylhydantoin, narcobarbital, nimetazepam, nitrazepam, oxcarbazepine, paramethadione, phenacemide, phenetharbital, pheneturide, phenobarbital, phensuximide, phenylmethylbarbituric acid, phenytoin, phethenylate sodium, potassium bromide, pregabaline, primidone, progabide, sodium bromide, solanum, strontium bromide, suclofenide, sulthiame, tetrantoin, tiagabine, topiramate, trimethadione, valproic acid, valpromide, vigabatrin, and zonisamide.
  • Examples of useful antidepressants include, but are not limited to, binedaline, caroxazone, citalopram, (S)-citalopram, dimethazan, fencamine, indalpine, indeloxazine hydrocholoride, nefopam, nomifensine, oxitriptan, oxypertine, paroxetine, sertraline, thiazesim, trazodone, benmoxine, iproclozide, iproniazid, isocarboxazid, nialamide, octamoxin, phenelzine, cotinine, rolicyprine, rolipram, maprotiline, metralindole, mianserin, mirtazepine, adinazolam, amitriptyline, amitriptylinoxide, amoxapine, butriptyline, clomipramine, demexiptiline, desipramine, dibenzepin, dimetacrine, dothiepin, doxepin, fluacizine, imipramine, imipramine N-oxide, iprindole, lofepramine, melitracen, metapramine, nortriptyline, noxiptilin, opipramol, pizotyline, propizepine, protriptyline, quinupramine, tianeptine, trimipramine, adrafinil, benactyzine, bupropion, butacetin, dioxadrol, duloxetine, etoperidone, febarbamate, femoxetine, fenpentadiol, fluoxetine, fluvoxamine, hematoporphyrin, hypericin, levophacetoperane, medifoxamine, milnacipran, minaprine, moclobemide, nefazodone, oxaflozane, piberaline, prolintane, pyrisuccideanol, ritanserin, roxindole, rubidium chloride, sulpiride, tandospirone, thozalinone, tofenacin, toloxatone, tranylcypromine, L-tryptophan, venlafaxine, viloxazine, and zimeldine.
  • Examples of useful anticancer agents include, but are not limited to, acivicin, aclarubicin, acodazole hydrochloride, acronine, adozelesin, aldesleukin, altretamine, ambomycin, ametantrone acetate, aminoglutethimide, amsacrine, anastrozole, anthramycin, asparaginase, asperlin, azacitidine, azetepa, azotomycin, batimastat, benzodepa, bicalutamide, bisantrene hydrochloride, bisnafide dimesylate, bizelesin, bleomycin sulfate, brequinar sodium, bropirimine, busulfan, cactinomycin, calusterone, caracemide, carbetimer, carboplatin, carmustine, carubicin hydrochloride, carzelesin, cedefingol, chlorambucil, cirolemycin, and cisplatin.
  • Therapeutic agents useful for treating an addictive disorder include, but are not limited to, methadone, desipramine, amantadine, fluoxetine, buprenorphine, an opiate agonist, 3-phenoxypyridine, or a serotonin antagonist.
  • Examples of useful therapeutic agents for treating Parkinson's disease and parkinsonism include, but are not limited to, carbidopa/levodopa, pergolide, bromocriptine, ropinirole, pramipexole, entacapone, tolcapone, selegiline, amantadine, and trihexyphenidyl hydrochloride.
  • Examples of useful therapeutic agents for treating anxiety include, but are not limited to, benzodiazepines, such as alprazolam, brotizolam, chlordiazepoxide, clobazam, clonazepam, clorazepate, demoxepam, diazepam, estazolam, flumazenil, flurazepam, halazepam, lorazepam, midazolam, nitrazepam, nordazepam, oxazepam, prazepam, quazepam, temazepam, and triazolam; non-benzodiazepine agents, such as buspirone, gepirone, ipsapirone, tiospirone, zolpicone, zolpidem, and zaleplon; tranquilizers, such as barbituates, e.g., amobarbital, aprobarbital, butabarbital, butalbital, mephobarbital, methohexital, pentobarbital, phenobarbital, secobarbital, and thiopental; and propanediol carbamates, such as meprobamate and tybamate.
  • Examples of useful therapeutic agents for treating epilepsy or seizure include, but are not limited to, carbamazepine, ethosuximide, gabapentin, lamotrigine, phenobarbital, phenytoin, primidone, valproic acid, trimethadione, benzodiazepines, gamma-vinyl GABA, acetazolamide, and felbamate.
  • Examples of useful therapeutic agents for treating stroke include, but are not limited to, anticoagulants such as heparin, agents that break up clots such as streptokinase or tissue plasminogen activator, agents that reduce swelling such as mannitol or corticosteroids, and acetylsalicylic acid.
  • Examples of useful therapeutic agents for treating a pruritic condition include, but are not limited to, naltrexone; nalmefene; danazol; tricyclics such as amitriptyline, imipramine, and doxepin; antidepressants such as those given below; menthol; camphor; phenol; pramoxine; capsaicin; tar; steroids; and antihistamines.
  • Examples of useful therapeutic agents for treating psychosis include, but are not limited to, phenothiazines such as chlorpromazine hydrochloride, mesoridazine besylate, and thoridazine hydrochloride; thioxanthenes such as chloroprothixene and thiothixene hydrochloride; clozapine; risperidone; olanzapine; quetiapine; quetiapine fumarate; haloperidol; haloperidol decanoate; loxapine succinate; molindone hydrochloride; pimozide; and ziprasidone.
  • Examples of useful therapeutic agents for treating ALS include, but are not limited to, baclofen, neurotrophic factors, riluzole, tizanidine, benzodiazepines such as clonazepan and dantrolene.
  • Examples of useful therapeutic agents for treating cognitive disorders include, but are not limited to, agents for treating dementia such as tacrine; donepezil; ibuprofen; antipsychotic drugs such as thioridazine and haloperidol; and antidepressant drugs such as those given below.
  • Examples of useful therapeutic agents for treating a migraine include, but are not limited to, sumatriptan; methysergide; ergotamine; caffeine; and beta-blockers such as propranolol, verapamil, and divalproex.
  • Examples of useful therapeutic agents for treating vomiting include, but are not limited to, 5-HT3 receptor antagonists such as ondansetron, dolasetron, granisetron, and tropisetron; dopamine receptor antagonists such as prochlorperazine, thiethylperazine, chlorpromazine, metoclopramide, and domperidone; glucocorticoids such as dexamethasone; and benzodiazepines such as lorazepam and alprazolam.
  • Examples of useful therapeutic agents for treating dyskinesia include, but are not limited to, reserpine and tetrabenazine.
  • Examples of useful therapeutic agents for treating depression include, but are not limited to, tricyclic antidepressants such as amitryptyline, amoxapine, bupropion, clomipramine, desipramine, doxepin, imipramine, maprotiline, nefazadone, nortriptyline, protriptyline, trazodone, trimipramine, and venlafaxine; selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors such as citalopram, (S)-citalopram, fluoxetine, fluvoxamine, paroxetine, and setraline; monoamine oxidase inhibitors such as isocarboxazid, pargyline, phenelzine, and tranylcypromine; and psychostimulants such as dextroamphetamine and methylphenidate.
  • A pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is preferably manufactured in a manner which itself will be known in view of the instant disclosure, for example, by means of conventional mixing, granulating, dragee-making, dissolving, extrusion, or lyophilizing processes. Thus, pharmaceutical compositions for oral use can be obtained by combining the active compound with solid excipients, optionally grinding the resulting mixture and processing the mixture of granules, after adding suitable auxiliaries, if desired or necessary, to obtain tablets or dragee cores.
  • Suitable excipients include fillers such as saccharides (for example, lactose, sucrose, mannitol or sorbitol), cellulose preparations, calcium phosphates (for example, tricalcium phosphate or calcium hydrogen phosphate), as well as binders such as starch paste (using, for example, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, or potato starch), gelatin, tragacanth, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, and/or polyvinyl pyrrolidone. If desired, one or more disintegrating agents can be added, such as the above-mentioned starches and also carboxymethyl-starch, cross-linked polyvinyl pyrrolidone, agar, or alginic acid or a salt thereof, such as sodium alginate.
  • Auxiliaries are typically flow-regulating agents and lubricants such as, for example, silica, talc, stearic acid or salts thereof (e.g., magnesium stearate or calcium stearate), and polyethylene glycol. Dragee cores are provided with suitable coatings that are resistant to gastric juices. For this purpose, concentrated saccharide solutions can be used, which may optionally contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyethylene glycol and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures. In order to produce coatings resistant to gastric juices, solutions of suitable cellulose preparations such as acetylcellulose phthalate or hydroxypropymethyl-cellulose phthalate can be used. Dye stuffs or pigments can be added to the tablets or dragee coatings, for example, for identification or in order to characterize combinations of active compound doses.
  • Examples of other pharmaceutical preparations that can be used orally include push-fit capsules made of gelatin, or soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin and a plasticizer such as glycerol or sorbitol. The push-fit capsules can contain a compound in the form of granules, which can be mixed with fillers such as lactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate and, optionally, stabilizers, or in the form of extruded multiparticulates. In soft capsules, the active compounds are preferably dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils or liquid paraffin. In addition, stabilizers can be added.
  • Possible pharmaceutical preparations for rectal administration include, for example, suppositories, which consist of a combination of one or more active compounds with a suppository base. Suitable suppository bases include natural and synthetic triglycerides, and paraffin hydrocarbons, among others. It is also possible to use gelatin rectal capsules consisting of a combination of active compound with a base material such as, for example, a liquid triglyceride, polyethylene glycol, or paraffin hydrocarbon.
  • Suitable formulations for parenteral administration include aqueous solutions of the active compound in a water-soluble form such as, for example, a water-soluble salt, alkaline solution, or acidic solution. Alternatively, a suspension of the active compound can be prepared as an oily suspension. Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles for such as suspension may include fatty oils (for example, sesame oil), synthetic fatty acid esters (for example, ethyl oleate), triglycerides, or a polyethylene glycol such as polyethylene glycol-400 (PEG-400). An aqueous suspension may contain one or more substances to increase the viscosity of the suspension, including, for example, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sorbitol, and/or dextran. The suspension may optionally contain stabilizers.
  • The following examples are illustrative, but not limiting, of the compounds, compositions and methods of the present invention. Suitable modifications and adaptations of the variety of conditions and parameters normally encountered in clinical therapy and which are obvious to those skilled in the art in view of this disclosure are within the scope of the invention.
    • EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Synthesis of 1-(6-(4-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethane-1,2-diol (Compound Example No. 3) and related ethane-1,2-diol-containing compounds
  • Figure imgb0324
    Figure imgb0325
  • As described in Scheme 1, compound 1 (2.4 g, 10 mmol, Aldrich) was added to a solution of n-BuLi (2.5N in hexanes, 5 mL Aldrich) in 20 mL THF at -70°C over 40 min. After 1 h, compound 2 (2 g, Aldrich) was added, and the reaction mixture was kept at -70 °C for 30 min. The reaction was quenched with MeOH (4 mL) and HCl (4 mL) and warmed to room temperature for 3 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water, neutralized with NaOH (2N) and extracted with CHCl3 (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were concentrated and purified by column chromatography (CHCl3/MeOH 10/0.2) to give compound 4 as yellow oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 7.62 (dd, 1H, 7.6 and 7.8 Hz), 7.46 (d, 1H, 7.8 Hz), 7.40 (d, 1H, 7.6Hz), 4.82 - 4.86 (m, 1H), 3.94 - 3.98 (m, 1H), 3.79 - 3.84 (m, 1H), 3.74 - 3.76 (m, 1H), 2.34 - 2.4 (m, 1H). 2,2,
  • Dimethoxypropane (6 mL, 8.4 mmol, Aldrich) and toluenesulfonic acid (0.50 g, Aldrich) were added to a solution of compound 4 (8 g, 1.0 eq.) in DMF (150 mL). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 24 h. K2CO3 (2 g) was added and the reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum at 40°C for 1 h. The residue was diluted with 200 mL EtOH (0.5 mL water) and K2CO3 (14 g) and 4-HYDROXYPHENYLBORONIC ACID (compound 13, 1.05 eq., Accela Chembio) and [(o-tolyl)3P]2PdCl2 (1 g, Aldrich) were added. The reaction mixture was flushed with argon and shaken at 80°C for 16 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was filtered, concentrated, diluted with 0.2N HCl (100 mL), and extracted with CHCl3 (500 mL). The organic layer was concentrated and purified to give compound 6 as brown oil.
  • A mixture of compound 6 (0.3 g, 1.1 mmol), 4-IODOBENZOTRIFLUORIDE (0.35 g, Aldrich), K2CO3 and CuI (0.1 g) in DMF (5 mL) was shaken at 110°C for 48 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with water, extracted with CHCl3 and concentrated to give a brown oil. The brown oil was dissolved in THF/MeOH (4 mL/1 mL) and treated with 1N (HCl 5 mL) at room temperature for 10 h. The solvent was evaporated, diluted with CHCl3 (20 mL), neutralized with IN NaOH, concentrated and purified by column chromatography (CHCl3/MeOH 10/1) to give 1-(6-(4-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) pyridin-2-yl)ethane-1,2-diol (Compound Example No. 3) as a white solid (200 mg, yield 50%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 7.92 - 7.96 (m, 2H), 7.75 (dd, 1H, 7.6 and 7.8 Hz), 7.6 (d, 1H, 7.6Hz), 7.53 - 7.56 (m, 2H), 7.23 (d, 1H, 7.6Hz), 7.03 - 7.11 (m, 4H), 4.81 - 4.84 (m, 1H), 3.91 - 3.95 (m, 1H), 3.74 - 3.78 (m, 1H); LC/MS: m/z = 376.5 [M + H]+. Unless otherwise indicated all 1H NMR chemical shifts reported herein are denoted by the delta (δ) scale.
    • EXAMPLE 2 General procedure for the synthesis of 1-(6-(4-((5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethane-1,2-diol (Compound Example No. 8) and related compounds (Compound Example Nos. 9, 10, 12, 15, 16, 20, and 29):
  • Figure imgb0326
  • As described in Scheme 2, a mixture of compound 6 (200 mg, 1.0 eq.), 1.05 eq. of:
    • 2-BROMO-5-(TRIFLUOROMETHYL)PYRIDINE (compound 8a; Maybridge);
    • 2-FLUORO-5-(TRIFLUOROMETHYL)BENZONITRILE (compound 8b; Matrix Scientific);
    • 4-FLUORO-3-(TRIFLUOROMETHYL)BENZONITRILE (compound 8c; Matrix Scientific);
    • 3-CHLORO-2-FLUORO-5-(TRIFLUOROMETHYL)PYRIDINE (8d; Aldrich);
    • 2-CHLORO-3-(TRIFLUOROMETHYL)PYRIDINE (compound 8e; Oakwood);
    • 4'-FLUORO-3'-(TRIFLUOROMETHYL)ACETOPHENONE (compound 8f; Matrix Scientific);
    • 4-FLUORO BENZONITRILE (compound 8g; Aldrich); or
    • 5-FLUORO-2-(TRIFLUOROMETHYL)BENZONITRILE (compound 8h; Oakwood), K2CO3 (4 eq.) and DMF (5 mL) was shaken at 110°C for 16 h. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was diluted with water (20 mL), extracted with CHCl3 (3 x 20 mL), and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in THF/MeOH (10 mL/4 mL), and treated with HCl (1N, 3 mL) at room temperature for 12 h. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was diluted with CHCl3 (20 mL), neutralized with NH4OH (28% aqueous) and purified by column chromatography (CH3Cl/MeOH 10/1) to give:
      • 1-(6-(4-((5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethane-1,2-diol (Compound Example No. 16, white solid): 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 8.41 (s, 1H), 7.88 - 8.01 (m, 2H), 7.85 - 7.88 (m, 1H), 7.72 - 7.76 (m, 1H), 7.62 (d, 1H, 7.5Hz), 7.2 - 7.25 (m, 3H), 7.01 (d, 1H, 8.8 Hz), 4.81 - 4.84 (m, 1H), 4.5 (br, 1H, -OH), 3.91 - 3.95 (m, 1H), 3.74 - 3.78 (m, 1H), 2.65 (Br, 1H, -OH); LC/MS: m/z = 377.4 [M + H]+.
      • 2-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-5-(trifluoromethyl) benzonitrile (Compound Example No. 10, white solid): %): 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): 8.06 - 8.1 (m, 2H), 7.98 - 7.99 (m, 1H), 7.85 (dd, 1H, 7.6 and 7.8 Hz), 7.74 - 7.78 (m, 1H), 7.68 (d, 1H, 7.8 Hz), 7.48 (d, 1H, 8.1 Hz), 7.22 - 7.26 (m, 2H), 7.02 (d, 1H, 8.9 Hz), 4.84 - 4.88 (m, 1H), 3.94 - 3.97 (m, 1H), 3.77 - 3.82 (m, 1H); LC/MS: m/z = 401.5 [M + H]+.
      • 4-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-3-(trifluoromethyl) benzonitrile (Compound Example No. 9, white solid): 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): 8.01 - 8.1 (m, 3H), 7.76 - 7.85 (m, 2H), 7.67 (d, 1H, 7.9 Hz), 7.44 - 7.48 (m, 1H), 7.18 - 7.22 (m, 2H), 7.03 (d, 1H, 8.9 Hz), 4.84 - 4.88 (m, 1H), 3.94 - 3.97 (m, 1H), 3.77 - 3.82 (m, 1H); LC/MS: m/z = 401.4 [M + H]+.
      • 1-(6-(4-((3-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl) ethane-1,2-diol (Compound Example No. 15, white solid): 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.03 - 8.07 (m, 3H), 7.82 (dd, 1H, 7.6 and 7.8 Hz), 7.68 (d, 1H, 7.8 Hz), 7.45 (d, 1H, 7.6Hz), 7.25 - 7.29 (m, 2H), 4.84 - 4.88 (m, 1H), 3.92 - 3.95 (m, 1H), 3.76 - 3.81 (m, 1H); LC/MS: m/z = 411.5 [M + H]+.
      • 1-(6-(4-((3-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethane-1,2-diol (Compound Example No. 29, white solid): 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): 8.2 - 8.23 (m, 1H), 7.96 - 8.03 (m, 3H), 7.77 (dd, 1H, 7.8 and 7.9 Hz), 7.62 (d, 1H, 7.7 Hz), 7.41 (d, 1H, 7.7 Hz), 7.11 - 7.21 (m, 3H), 4.76 - 4.81 (m, 1H), 3.85 - 3.89 (m, 1H), 3.69 - 3.74 (m, 1H); LC/MS: m/z = 377.4 [M + H]+.
      • 1-(4-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl) ethanone (Compound Example No. 20, white solid): 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): 8.3 (d, 1H, 1.9 Hz), 8.04 - 8.11 (m, 3H), 7.84 (dd, 1H, 7.8 and 7.9 Hz), 7.68 (d, 1H, 7.6Hz), 7.48 (d, 1H, 7.7 Hz), 7.18 - 7.21 (m, 2H), 7.02 (d, 1H, 7.8 Hz), 4.84 - 4.88 (m, 1H), 3.94 - 3.97 (m, 1H), 3.77 - 3.82 (m, 1H), 2.62 (s, 3H); LC/MS: m/z = 418.5 [M + H]+.
      • 4-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)benzonitrile (Compound Example No. 8, white solid): 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): 8.3 (d, 1H, 1.9 Hz), 8.01 - 8.02 (m, 2H), 7.84 (dd, 1H, 7.8 and 7.9 Hz), 7.64 - 7.66 (m, 3H), 7.44 (d, 1H, 7.7 Hz), 7.14 - 7.17 (m, 2H), 7.06 - 7.09 (m, 2H), 4.84 - 4.88 (m, 1H), 3.94 - 3.97 (m, 1H), 3.77 - 3.87 (m, 1H); LC/MS: m/z = 333.5 [M + H]+.
      • 5-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile (Compound Example No. 12, white solid): 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): 8.06 - 8.1 (m, 2H), 7.85 (dd, 1H, 7.8 and 7.9 Hz), 7.79 (d, 1H, 8.9 Hz), 7.69 (d, 1H, 7.7 Hz), 7.44 - 7.5 (m, 2H), 7.33 - 7.37 (m, 1H), 7.18 - 7.22 (m, 2H), 4.84 - 4.88 (m, 1H), 3.94 - 3.98 (m, 1H), 3.78 - 3.82 (m, 1H); LC/MS: m/z = 401.4 [M + H]+.
    EXAMPLE 3 General procedure for the synthesis of 1-(6-(4-((6-methylpyridin-3-yl)oxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethane-1,2-diol (Compound Example No. 17) and 1-(6-(4-((6-methylpyridin-3-yl)oxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethane-1,2-diol (Compound Example No. 27)
  • Figure imgb0327
  • As described in Scheme 3, a mixture of compound 6 (200 mg, 1.0 eq.), compound 9a or 9b (1.1 eq., Combi-Blocks, LLC), triethylamine (4 eq.), Cu(OAc)2 (0.3 eq., Aldrich), and 4 Å molecular sieves (0.4 g, Aldrich) in 10 mL of DCM was shaken at 40°C for 96 h. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was filtered, diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with CHCl3 (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were concentrated. The residue was dissolved in THF/MeOH (10 mL/4 mL), and treated with HCl (IN, 3 mL) at room temperature for 12 h. The solvent was evaporated, and the residue was treated with CHCl3 (20 mL), neutralized with NH4OH (28% aqueous) and purified by column chromatography (CH3Cl/MeOH 10/1) to give:
  • 1-(6-(4-((6-methylpyridin-3-yl)oxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethane-1,2-diol (Compound Example No. 27, brown solid, 20%): ): 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): 8.16 (d, 1H, 2.8 Hz), 7.88 - 7.91 (m, 2H), 7.96 - 8.03 (m, 3H), 7.74 (dd, 1H, 7.6 and 7.8 Hz), 7.56 (d, 1H, 7.8 Hz), 7.35 (d, 1H, 7.6Hz), 7.28 (dd, 1H, 2.8 and 8.5Hz), 7.16 (d, 1H, 8.5Hz), 7.0 - 7.08 (m, 2H), 4.76 - 4.79 (m, 1H), 3.85 - 3.89 (m, 1H), 3.69 - 3.74 (m, 1H), 2.47 (s, 3H); LC/MS: m/z = 323.1 [M + H]+.
  • 1-(6-(4-((6-methylpyridin-3-yl)oxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethane-1,2-diol (Compound Example No. 17, white solid, 30%): ): 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): 8.4 (d, 1H, 2.6Hz), 7.96 - 8.01 (m, 2H), 7.74 (dd, 1H, 7.6 and 7.8 Hz), 7.59 - 7.62 (m, 2H), 7.38 - 7.42 (m, 2H), 7.1 - 7.14 (m, 2H), 4.76 - 4.79 (m, 1H), 3.85 - 3.89 (m, 1H), 3.69 - 3.74 (m, 1H); LC/MS: m/z = 377.1 [M + H]+.
    • EXAMPLE 4 Synthesis of (R)-1-(6-(4-((5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethane-1,2-diol (Compound Example No. 23) and related compounds (Compound Example Nos. 6, 11, 13, 14, 18, 22, and 24)
  • Figure imgb0328
  • As described in Scheme 4, n-BuLi (22 mL, 2.5N in hexane) was added to a suspension of compound 11 (19 g, Aldrich) in 300 mL THF at-30°C. The mixture was stirred under argon at -20°C for 1 h to give a yellow solution, and then it was added a solution of compound 10 (10 g, Accela Chembio) in 50 mL THF over 5 min. The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature over 1 h and heated at 35°C for 10 h. The reaction was quenched with water (150 mL) and extracted with CHCl3 (3x150 mL). The combined organic layers were concentrated and purified by column chromatography (CHCl3/hexanes 1/2) to give compound 12 as colorless oil (7 g): 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 7.42 (dd, 1H, 7.6 and 7.8 Hz), 7.27 (d, 1H, 7.6Hz), 7.2 (dd, 1H, 0.7 and 7.6Hz), 6.66 (dd, 1H, 10.2 and 17.5Hz), 6.17 (dd, 1H, 1.0 and 17.3 Hz), 5.44 (dd, 1H, 0.8 and 17.3 Hz).
  • A mixture of compound 12 (4.5 g), K2CO3 (10 g), 13 (4 g) and Pd[(o-Tolyl)3P]2Cl2 (400 mg) in 100 mL EtOH was heated under argon at 60°C for 24 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction was quenched with water (100 mL) and extracted with CHCl3 (2x200 mL). The combined organic layers were concentrated to give compound 14 as brown solid.
  • A mixture of compound 14 (0.3 g, 1.0 eq.), compound 8a (1.0 eq.), and K2CO3 (3 eq.) in 4 mL DMF was shaken at 95°C for 24 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with CHCl3 (2 x 40 mL). The combined organic layers were concentrated and purified by column chromatography (silica gel, CHCl3/MeOH 10/0.5) to give compound 15 as white solid (200 mg, yield: 40%): 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) : 8.4 (m, 1H), 8.04 - 8.07 (m, 2H), 7.85 (dd, 1H, 2.6 and 8.5Hz), 7.65 (dd, 1H, 7.6 and 7.8 Hz), 7.54 (dd, 1H, 0.8 and 7.7 Hz), 7.18 - 7.22 (m, 3H), 6.98 (d, 1H, 8.8 Hz), 6.83 (dd, 1H, 10.2 and 17.5Hz), 6.17 (dd, 1H, 1.5 and 17.3 Hz), 5.44 (dd, 1H, 1.5 and 10.7 Hz).
  • Admix-α (0.43 g, Aldrich) was added to a solution of compound 15 (0.1 g) in 30 mL (t-BuOH/water 1/1) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature for two days. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (40 mL) and extracted with CHCl3. The organic layer was concentrated and purified by column chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc/hexanes 1/1) to get (R)-1-(6-(4-((5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethane-1,2-diol (Compound Example No. 23) as white solid (70 mg, yield 60%): 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 8.35 (m, 1H), 7.96 - 8.01 (m, 2H), 7.92 (dd, 1H, 2.6 and 8.5Hz), 7.62 (d, 1H, 7.7 Hz), 7.4 (d, 1H, 7.7 Hz), 7.18 - 7.22 (m, 2H), 7.03 (d, 1H, 8.7 Hz), 4.77 - 4.81 (m, 1H), 3.85 - 3.90 (m, 1H), 3.7 - 3.74 (m, 1H); LC/MS: m/z = 377.4 [M + H]+.
  • Compound Example Nos. 11, 13, and 14 were prepared following the same procedure as Compound Example No. 23 using compounds 8c, 8g, and 8h instead of compound 8a:
  • (R)-4-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-3-(trifluoromethyl) benzonitrile (Compound Example No. 11, white solid): 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 7.92 - 8.01 (m, 3H), 7.77 (dd, 1H, 7.6 and 7.8 Hz), 7.66 (dd, 1H, 1.9 and 8.7 Hz), 7.62 (d, 1H, 7.6Hz), 7.27 (d, 1H, 7.4 Hz), 7.12 - 7.15 (m, 2H), 6.94 (d, 1H, 8.8 Hz), 4.82 - 4.85 (m, 1H), 4.44 (br, 1H), 3.92 - 3.96 (m, 1H), 3.75 - 3.79 (m, 1H), 2.5 (br, 1H); LC/MS: m/z = 401.0 [M + H]+.
  • (R)-4-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)benzonitrile (Compound Example No. 13, white solid): 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) : 7.96 - 7.99 (m, 2H), 7.76 (dd, 1H, 7.6 and 7.8 Hz), 7.61 (d, 1H, 7.7 Hz), 7.55 - 7.58 (m, 2H), 7.24 (d, 1H, 7.4 Hz), 7.09 - 7.12 (m, 2H), 6.99 - 7.02 (m, 2H), 4.82 - 4.85 (m, 1H), 4.49 (br, 1H), 3.92 - 3.96 (m, 1H), 3.75 - 3.79 (m, 1H), 2.6 (br, 1H); LC/MS: m/z = 333.1 [M + H]+.
  • (R)-5-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl) benzonitrile (Compound Example No. 14, white solid): 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 7.92 - 8.03 (m, 2H), 7.77 (dd, 1H, 7.6 and 7.8 Hz), 7.66 (d, 1H, 8.7 Hz), 7.62 (d, 1H, 7.9 Hz), 7.24 - 7.35 (m, 3H), 7.11 - 7.14 (m, 2H), 4.82 - 4.85 (m, 1H), 4.44 (br, 1H), 3.92 - 3.96 (m, 1H), 3.75 - 3.79 (m, 1H), 2.55 (br, 1H); LC/MS: m/z = 401.0 [M + H]+.
  • Compound Example Nos. 6, 18, 22, and 24 were prepared following the same procedure for Compound Example No. 23 using compounds 8a, 8c, 8g, and 8h and Admix-β (Aldrich) instead of Admix-a:
  • (S)-1-(6-(4-((5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethane-1,2-diol (Compound Example No. 24, white solid): 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 8.35 (m, 1H), 7.96 - 8.01 (m, 2H), 7.92 (dd, 1H, 2.6 and 8.5Hz), 7.62 (d, 1H, 7.7 Hz), 7.4 (d, 1H, 7.7 Hz), 7.18 - 7.22 (m, 2H), 7.03 (d, 1H, 8.7 Hz), 4.77 - 4.81 (m, 1H), 3.85 - 3.90 (m, 1H), 3.7 - 3.74 (m, 1H); LC/MS: m/z = 377.4 [M + H]+.
  • (S)-4-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-3-(trifluoromethyl) benzonitrile (Compound Example No. 22, white solid): 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 7.99 - 8.01 (m, 2H), 7.93 (d, 1H, 1.9 Hz), 7.77 (dd, 1H, 7.6 and 7.8 Hz), 7.66 (dd, 1H, 1.9 and 8.7 Hz), 7.62 (d, 1H, 7.6Hz), 7.27 (d, 1H, 7.4 Hz), 7.12 - 7.15 (m, 2H), 6.94 (d, 1H, 8.8 Hz), 4.82 - 4.85 (m, 1H), 4.44 (br, 1H), 3.92 - 3.96 (m, 1H), 3.75 - 3.79 (m, 1H), 2.5 (br, 1H); LC/MS: m/z = 401.0 [M + H]+.
  • (S)-4-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)benzonitrile (Compound Example No. 6, white solid): 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 7.96 - 7.99 (m, 2H), 7.76 (dd, 1H, 7.6 and 7.8 Hz), 7.61 (d, 1H, 7.7 Hz), 7.55 - 7.58 (m, 2H), 7.24 (d, 1H, 7.4 Hz), 7.09 - 7.12 (m, 2H), 6.99 - 7.02 (m, 2H), 4.82 - 4.85 (m, 1H), 4.49 (br, 1H), 3.92 - 3.96 (m, 1H), 3.75 - 3.79 (m, 1H), 2.6 (br, 1H); LC/MS: m/z = 333.1 [M + H]+.
  • (S)-5-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl) benzonitrile (Compound Example No. 18, white solid): 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 7.92 - 8.03 (m, 2H), 7.77 (dd, 1H, 7.6 and 7.8 Hz), 7.66 (d, 1H, 8.7 Hz), 7.62 (d, 1H, 7.9 Hz), 7.24 - 7.35 (m, 3H), 7.11 - 7.14 (m, 2H), 4.82 - 4.85 (m, 1H), 4.44 (br, 1H), 3.92 - 3.96 (m, 1H), 3.75 - 3.79 (m, 1H), 2.55 (br, 1H); LC/MS: m/z = 401.0 [M + H]+.
    • EXAMPLE 5 General procedure for the synthesis of (R)-1-(6-(4-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethane-1,2-diol (Compound Example No. 5) and (S)-1-(6-(4-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethane-1,2-diol (Compound Example No. 4)
  • Figure imgb0329
  • As described in Scheme 5, a mixture of compound 14 (200 mg, 1.0 eq.), compound 16 (1.1 eq., Combi-Blocks, LLC), triethylamine (4 eq.), Cu(OAc)2 (0.3 eq., Aldrich), and 4 Å molecular sieve (0.4 g, Aldrich) in 15 mL of DCM was shaken at 40°C for 96 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was filtered, diluted with water (20 mL), and extracted with CHCl3 (3x20 mL). The combined organic layers were concentrated under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in t-BuOH/water (10 mL/10 mL), cooled in an ice-water bath, and Admix-α or Admix-β, 1.5 eq. (Aldrich) was added. The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature over night and kept at room temperature for two days. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (30 mL), and extracted with CHCl3 (3x30 mL). The combined organic layers were concentrated and purified by column chromatography (silica gel, CHCl3/MeOH 10/0.5) to afford the products as white solids (∼ 30% in two steps):
  • (R)-1-(6-(4-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethane-1,2-diol (Compound Example No. 5): 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): 8.01 - 8.03 (m, 2H), 7.85 (dd, 1H, 7.6 and 7.8 Hz), 7.68 (d, 1H, 7.6Hz), 7.61 - 7.63 (m, 2H), 7.47 (d, 1H, 7.6Hz), 7.13 - 7.17 (m, 4H), 4.84 - 4.87 (m, 1H), 3.93 - 3.97 (m, 1H), 3.77 - 3.82 (m, 1H); LC/MS: m/z = 376.5 [M + H]+.
  • (S)-1-(6-(4-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethane-1,2-diol (Compound Example No. 4): 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD/CD3Cl 1/1): 7.93 - 7.96 (m, 2H), 7.76 (dd, 1H, 7.6 and 7.8 Hz), 7.61 (d, 1H, 7.6Hz), 7.53 - 7.55 (m, 2H), 7.39 (d, 1H, 7.6Hz), 7.04 - 7.09 (m, 4H), 4.76 - 4.79 (m, 1H), 3.85 - 3.89 (m, 1H), 3.69 - 3.74 (m, 1H); LC/MS: m/z = 376.5 [M + H]+.
    • EXAMPLE 6 Synthesis of (S)-2-({6-[4-(4-Fluoro-phenoxyl)-phenyl]-pyridin-2-ylmethyl}-amino)propionamide (Compound Example No. 88)
  • Figure imgb0330
    Figure imgb0331
  • As described in Scheme 6, Na(OAc)3BH (216 mg, 1.02 mmol) was added to a solution of aldehyde (200 mg, 0.68 mmol), triethylamine (0.94 mL, 0.68 mmol), L-alanine methyl ester (95 mg, 0.68 mmol) in dichloroethane (15 mL) under argon atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred for 15 h at room temperature. After the reaction was complete, ethyl acetate (8.0 mL) was added to reaction mixture which was then washed with sat. NaHCO3. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and the solvent was removed in vacuo to give the oily residue. The crude product was chromatographed to give the ester (228 mg, 88% yield). Rf: 0.3 (EtOAc: Hexanes = 1:1), LC/MS: m/z = 381 [M+H]+.
  • The ester (60 mg, 0.16 mmol) was dissolved in 7N NH3/MeOH (5 mL) and stirred for 2 h. After the reaction was complete, the solvent was removed. The residue was purified by preparative TLC to give (S)-2-({6-[4-(4-fluoro-phenoxyl)-phenyl]-pyridin-2-ylmethyl}-amino)propionamide (Compound Example No. 88) as white solid (43 mg, 74% yield). LC/MS: m/z = 366 [M+H]+, 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 8.06 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.82 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.03-7.18 (m, 6H), 3.91 (q, J = 14 Hz, 2H), 3.3 (s, 1H), 1.35 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H).
    • EXAMPLE 7 Synthesis of (S)-1-{4-((S)-1,2-Dihydroxy-ethyl)-6-[4-(4-fluoro-phenoxy)-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-ethane-1,2-diol (Compound Example No. 26) and (R)-1-{4-((R)-1,2-Dihydroxy-ethyl)-6-[4-(4-fluoro-phenoxy)-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-ethane-1,2-diol (Compound Example No. 19)
  • Figure imgb0332
  • As described in Scheme 7, in a 50-mL vial with a screw-top septum, 4-(4'-fluorophenoxy)phenyl pinacol boronate (compound A) (3 g, 9.55 mmol) was reacted with 2,4,6-trichloropyridine (compound B) (1.73 grams, 9.55 mmol, Sigma Aldrich), sodium carbonate (2 g, 19.1 mmol), and PdCl2(PPh3)2 (335 mg, 0.48 mmol, Sigma Aldrich), in a 20-mL solution of 2 parts dimethoxyethane, 1 part ethanol, and 2 parts water. The reaction mixture was heated to 80°C overnight. When the reaction was complete as indicated by LC/MS, the mixture was diluted with water (100 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 100 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was chromatographed by CombiFlash® (220-gram silica gel, 0-100% EtOAc/Hexane) to provide 2,4-dichloro-6-[4-(4-fluoro-phenoxy)-phenyl]-pyridine (compound C) as a waxy solid (1 g, 3 mmol). 1H NMR (CHCl3): 7.97-7.92 (m, 2 H), 7.60-7.57 (m, 1 H), 7.27-7.24 (m, 1 H), 7.11-6.99 (m, 6 H). LC/MS: m/z 333.
    Figure imgb0333
  • As described in Scheme 8, in a 20-mL microwaveable vial with a crimp-cap septum, compound C (824 mg, 2.47 mmol) was treated with vinyl boronic acid pinacol ester (compound D) (953 mg, 4.94 mmol, Sigma Aldrich), and PdCl2(dppf)*CH2Cl2 (202 mg, 0.247 mmol, Sigma Aldrich), under nitrogen in a solution of tetra-n-butylammonium fluoride (2.5 mL, 1 M in THF, Sigma Aldrich) and dimethylformamide (0.3 mL). The mixture was heated to 120°C for 30 min. When the reaction was complete, the mixture was adsorbed onto silica gel and chromatographed by CombiFlash® (40-gram silica gel, 0-40% EtOAc/Hexane) to provide 2-[4-(4-Ffluoro-phenoxy)-phenyl]-4,6-divinyl-pyridine (compound E) (435 mg, 1.37 mmol) as a clear oil.
    Figure imgb0334
  • As described in Scheme 9, In a 50-mL vial with a screw-top septa, compound E (103 mg, 0.325 mmol) was suspended in a 1:1 solution of tert-butanol (3 mL) and water (3 mL) and cooled in an ice water bath for 10 min. AD Mix alpha (884 mg, Sigma Aldrich) was added to the suspension in one portion. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stir for 18 h. When the reaction was complete, the mixture was diluted with 20 mL water and extracted ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated under vacuum, and chromatographed by CombiFlash® (40-gram silica gel, 0- 30% EtOAc/Hexane) to provide (S)-1-{4-((S)-1,2-Dihydroxy-ethyl)-6-[4-(4-fluoro-phenoxy)-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-ethane-1,2-diol (Compound Example No. 26, 29 mg, 0.075 mmol) as a white solid. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.09-8.03 (m, 2 H), 7.69 (s, 1 H), 7.44 (s, 1 H), 7.32-7.23 (m, 2 H), 7.18-7.11 (m, 2 H), 7.11-7.05 (m, 2 H), 5.52-5.47 (m, 1 H), 5.43-5.38 (m, 1 H), 4.85-4.78 (m, 1 H), 4.74-4.69 (m, 1 H), 4.67-4.58 (m, 2 H), 3.81-3.72 (m, 1 H), 3.58-3.47 (m, 3 H). LC/MS: m/z 385.
    Figure imgb0335
    Figure imgb0336
  • As described in Scheme 10, in a 50-mL vial with a screw-top septa, compound E (331 mg, 1.04 mmol) was suspended in a 1:1 solution of tert-butanol (3 mL) and water (3 mL) and cooled in an ice water bath for 10 min. AD Mix beta (2.84 g, Sigma Aldrich) was added to the suspension in one portion. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stir for 18 h. When the reaction was complete, the mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated under vacuum, and chromatographed by CombiFlash® (40-gram silica gel, 0-30% EtOAc/Hexane) to provide (R)-1-{4-((R)-1,2-dihydroxy-ethyl)-6-[4-(4-fluoro-phenoxy)-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-ethane-1,2-diol (Compound Example No. 19, 177 mg, 0.46 mmol) as a white solid. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.09-8.03 (m, 2 H), 7.69 (s, 1 H), 7.44 (s, 1 H), 7.32-7.23 (m, 2 H), 7.18-7.11 (m, 2 H), 7.11-7.05 (m, 2 H), 5.52-5.47 (m, 1 H), 5.43-5.38 (m, 1 H), 4.85-4.78 (m, 1 H), 4.74-4.69 (m, 1 H), 4.67-4.58 (m, 2 H), 3.81-3.72 (m, 1 H), 3.58-3.47 (m, 3 H). LC/MS: m/z 385.
    • EXAMPLE 8 Synthesis of 2-(2,5,8,11-tetraoxadodecy)-6-(4-(4-trifluoromethyl)phenoxy) phenyl)pyridine (Compound Example No. 1) and 2-(2,5,8,11,14,17,20,23-octaoxatetracosyl)-6-(4-(4-trifluoromethyl)phenoxy) phenyl)pyridine (Compound Example No. 2)
  • Figure imgb0337
  • As described in Scheme 11, to a solution of compound 1 (190 mg, 0.55 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) at room temperature was added NaH (40 mg, 1.6 mmol) and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 min under nitrogen. To this mixture was added a solution of compound 2 (170 mg, 0.72 mmol) in DMF (1 mL). After stirring for 15 min at room temperature, the reaction mixture was heated to 50°C and stirred for 2 h. The solvent was removed, and the residue was purified by column chromatography (12 gram silica gel, 0-100% EtOAc/Hexane) to give the 2-(2,5,8,11-tetraoxadodecy)-6-(4-(4-trifluoromethyl)phenoxy) phenyl)pyridine (Compound Example No. 1) (39 mg, 0.079 mmol). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 8.01 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.70 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 3H), 7.44 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.77 (s, 2H), 3.63-3.81 (m, 10H), 3.53-3.57 (m, 2H), 3.38 (s, 3H). LC/MS: m/z = 492 [M+H]
    Figure imgb0338
  • As described in Scheme 12, 2-(2,5,8,11,14,17,20,23-octaoxatetracosyl)-6-(4-(4-trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) pyridine (Compound Example No. 2) was synthesized similarly to Compound Example No. 1 by using compound 3 instead of compound 2. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): 8.07 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.87 (t, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 4H), 4.73 (s, 2H), 3.56-3.79 (m, 28H), 3.33 (s, 3H). LC/MS: m/z = 668 [M+H]
    • EXAMPLE 9 Synthesis of 1-(2-(((6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)methyl)amino)ethyl)imidazolidin-2-one (Compound Example No. 62)
  • Figure imgb0339
    • Step 1: Synthesis of 1-fluoro-4-(4-nitrophenoxy)benzene (compound 1)
    • Method A: As described in Scheme 13, a 500 mL round bottom flask was charged with 4-fluorophenol (11.2 g, 0.1 mmol), 4-fluoro-4-nitrobenzene (14.1 g, 0.1 mol), K2CO3 (27.6 g, 0.2 mol) and DMF (50 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred vigorously at 120°C for 4 h, cooled to room temperature, and then poured into 300 mL water. The resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO4 and concentrated to give compound 1 as an off-white solid which was used in the next step without further purification (23.3 g, 100% yield). (m/z + H) = 234).
    • Method B: As described in Scheme 13, mixture of 4-fluorophenol (30 g, 0.27 mol), 1-fluoro-4-nitrobenzene (38 g, 0.27 mol) and K2CO3 (37.8 g, 0.27 mol) in DMF (300 mL) was heated at 95°C overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with ethyl acetate (150 mL). The organic layer was washed with water. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgSO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to give an oily residue. The residue was purified by automated column chromatography on silica gel using a CombiFlash® system (5% EtOAc in Hexanes) to give compound 1 as brown crystals (44 g, 70% yield, Rf = 0.7, eluent (30% diethyl ether in hexanes), 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3Cl): 8.2 (d, J = 9.4 Hz, 2H), 7.04-7.17 (m, 4H), 6.99 (d, J = 9.4, 2H)).
    Figure imgb0340
     Step 2: Synthesis of 4-(4-fluorophenoxy)aniline (compound 2)
    • Method A: Compound 1 (23.3 g, 0.1 mol) was dissolved in ca. 50 mL MeOH and to this solution two spatulas of palladium on carbon (5%) (ca. 50 mg) were added. The reaction mixture was purged with nitrogen and hydrogen (three times) and stirred overnight at room temperature under a balloon of hydrogen. The palladium on carbon was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated by rotary evaporation to give compound 2 as an off-white solid (20.4 g, 100% yield, (m/z + H) = 204).
    • Method B: Compound 1 (10 g, 42.9 mmol) was dissolved in 10% ethyl acetate in methanol (250 mL) and 10% palladium on carbon (2.0 g) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 5.0 h at room temperature. After the reaction was complete, the mixture was filtered through a pad of celite. The filtrate was concentrated to give compound 2 as a reddish brown solid which was used in the next step without purification (8.5 g, 97% yield, Rf = 0.2, eluent (25% ethyl acetate in hexanes).
    Figure imgb0341
     Step 3: Synthesis of 1-fluoro-4-(4-iodophenoxy)benzene (compound 3)
    • Method A: To a DME (272 mL) solution of compound 2 (20.4 g, 0.1 mol) was added a solution of H2SO4 (41 mL concentrated H2SO4 in 204 mL of H2O) dropwise. The resulting mixture was cooled to 0°C and a solution of NaNO2 (10.3 g, 0.15 mol) in H2O (68 mL) was added over 20 min. After the addition was complete, the reaction mixture was stirred at 0°C-5°C for an additional 30 min and a solution of NaI (75 g, 0.5 mol) in H2O (204 mL) was added dropwise at 0°C. After the addition was complete, the mixture was stirred for and additional 30 min and diluted with EtOAc. The organic layer was collected and washed with an aqueous solution of Na2S2O3 and brine and dried over MgSO4. The solvent was removed by evaporation and the residue solidified instantly. The pale solid product (compound 3) was used in the next step without further purification (96% yield, (m/z + H) = 315).
    • Method B: To a solution of p-TsOH . H2O (56.0 g, 300 mmol) in acetonitrile (500 mL), was added compound 2. The suspension was cooled to 0-5°C and stirred for 15 min. A solution of NaNO2 (13.8 g, 200 mmol) and KI (41.5 g, 250 mmol) in H2O (150 mL) was added slowly thereto. During the addition, N2 evolved. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h at room temperature. After the reaction was complete, saturated NaHCO3 was added to adjust the pH to 9∼10 and 2M Na2S2O3 (6.0 mL) was added. The aqueous layer was separated and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried with anhydrous MgSO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by automated column chromatography on silica gel using a CombiFlash® system (10% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give compound 3 as a pale brown crystal (19.3 g, 67% yield, Rf = 0.8, eluent (25% ethyl acetate in hexanes), LC/MS: m/z = 315 [M+H]+).
    Figure imgb0342
     Step 4: Synthesis of 2-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (compound 4)
    • Method A: A 100 mL round bottom flask was charged with compound 3 (Netchem, 5 g, 15.9 mmol), pinacol diborane (4.43 g, 17.4 mmol), KOAc (4.68 g, 47.7 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2 (402 mg, 0.49 mmol) and dioxane (60 mL). The reaction mixture was purged with argon and then stirred at 90°C under argon for 20 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with EtOAc, and dried over MgSO4. The EtOAc was evaporated and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (hexanes/EtOAc) to give compound 4 as a white solid (2.5 g, 50% yield, (m/z + H) = 315).
    • Method B: To a suspension of compound 3 (10 g, 31.8 mmol) in dioxane (320 mL) was added Pd(dppf)Cl2·CH2Cl2 (0.82 g, 1.0 mmol) and reaction mixture was degassed by repeating argon/vacuum cycles. The suspension was stirred for 10 min at room temperature, bis(pinacolato)diboron (8.9 g, 35.0 mmol) and potassium acetate (0.97 g, 95.4 mmol) were added, and the reaction mixture was heated at 90°C for 18 h under argon. Upon cooling to room temperature, the mixture was filtered through a pad of celite and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by automated column chromatography on silica gel using a CombiFlash® system (5% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give compound 4 as a pale brown solid (9.0 g, 90% yield, Rf = 0.4, eluent (10% ethyl acetate in hexanes), LC/MS: m/z = 315 [M+H]+, 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3Cl): 7.67 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.06-6.96 (m, 4H), 6.93 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 1.33 (s, 12H)).
    Figure imgb0343
     Step 5: Synthesis of compound 6
  • According to Scheme 17, a 100 mL round bottom flask was charged with compound 4 (3.14 g, 10 mmol), bromopyridine aldehyde 5 (Aldrich, 1.86 g, 10 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2 (408 mg, 0.50 mmol) and a THF solution of TBAF (1N in THF). The mixture was purged with argon and then stirred at 60°C under argon for 20 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with EtOAc. The EtOAc was isolated and dried over MgSO4. The EtOAc was evaporated and the residue was subjected to flash column chromatography (hexanes/EtOAc) to give compound 6 as white solid (yield 75%) (m/z + H) 294.
    Figure imgb0344
    • Step 6: Synthesis of 1-(2-(((6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)methyl)amino)ethyl) imidazolidin-2-one
  • According to Scheme 18, a mixture of the compound 6 (100 mg, 0.34 mmol) and amine 9 (44 mg, 0.34 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was stirred for 14 h at room temperature. NaBH4 (13 mg, 0.34 mmol) was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 min. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was subjected to flash column chromatography (silica gel, eluent: EtOAc/MeOH) to give 1-(2-(((6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)methyl)amino)ethyl)imidazolidin-2-one (Compound Example No. 62) (100 mg, 72%). LC/MS: m/z = 407 [M+H]+, 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): 7.95 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.70 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.6 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 8.56, 1H), 6.9-7.06 (m, 6H), 3.83 (s, 2H), 3.17-3.19 (m, 6H), 2.70 (t, J = 6.39 Hz, 2H).
    • EXAMPLE 10 Synthesis of 2-(((6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)methyl)(2-(2-oxoimidazolidin-1-yl)ethyl)amino)acetonitrile (Compound Example No. 69)
  • Figure imgb0345
  • According to Scheme 19, a mixture of Compound Example No. 62 (300 mg, 0.73 mmol), 2-bromoacetonitrile (106 mg, 0.88 mmol) and TEA in DMF (5 mL) was stirred at 40°C for 3 h. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc and water. The EtOAc was isolated, washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated. The residue was subjected to flash column chromatography (silica gel, eluent: EtOAc) to give 2-(((6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)methyl)(2-(2-oxoimidazolidin-1-yl)ethyl)amino) acetonitrile (Compound Example No. 69) (300 mg, 92%). LC/MS: m/z = 446 [M+H]+, 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): 8.02 (d, J = 8.61 Hz, 2H), 7.83 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (d, J = 7.8, 1H), 6.9-7.01 (m, 6H), 3.91 (s, 2H), 3.84 (s, 1H), 3.23-3.4 (m, 6H), 2.81 (t, J = 5.7 Hz, 2H)
    • EXAMPLE 11 Synthesis of 2-(((6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)methyl)(2-(2-oxoimidazolidin-1-yl)ethyl)amino)acetamide (Compound Example No. 72)
  • Figure imgb0346
  • According to Scheme 20, Compound Example No. 62 (100 mg, 0.25 mmol), 2-bromoacetamide (34 mg, 0.25 mmol) and DIEA (0.1 mL) were dissolved in 1.5 mL of DMF. The mixture was heated at 140°C for 20 min in a microwave oven, cooled to room temperature, and worked-up with EtOAc. The EtOAc was removed and the residue was recrystalized from EtOAc/MeOH to give 2-(((6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)methyl)(2-(2-oxoimidazolidin-1-yl)ethyl)amino) acetamide (Compound Example No. 72) (100 mg, 87%) as white solid. LC/MS: m/z = 464 [M+H]+, 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.80 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.78-7.85 (m, 2H), 7.5 (s, 1H), 7.35 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 1H), 7.04-7.29 (m, 7H), 6.25 (s, 1H), 3.80 (s, 1H), 3.07-3.32 (m, 8H), 2.60 (t, J = 5.9 Hz, 2H)
    • EXAMPLE 12 Synthesis of 1-(2-(((6-(4-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)methyl)amino) ethyl)imidazolidin-2-one (Compound Example No. 61)
  • Figure imgb0347
    • Step 1: Synthesis of compound 7
  • According to Scheme 21, a 50 mL round bottom flask was charged with 4-hydroxyl phenyl borate (2.2 g, 10 mmol), 6-bromopyridine aldehyde (1.86 g, 10 mmol), Pd(PPh3)2Cl2 (0.5 mmol), Na2CO3 (2.76 g, 20 mmol) and DME/EtOH/H2O (5 mL/2.5 mL/5 mL). The mixture was purged with argon and stirred at 90°C under argon for 14 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, acidified to pH 1 with conc. HCl and extracted with EtOAc. The EtOAc was isolated and dried over MgSO4. The EtOAc was evaporated and the residue was subjected to flash column chromatography (hexanes/EtOAc) to give compound 7 as yellow solid (yield 75%) (m/z + H) 200.
    Figure imgb0348
    • Step 2: Synthesis of 1-(2-(((6-(4-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)methyl)amino)ethyl)imidazolidin-2-one
  • According to Scheme 22, a 20 mL round bottom flask was charged with compound 7 (150 mg, 0.75 mmol), 4-fluoro trifluorobenzene (123 mg, 0.75 mmol), and K2CO3 (138 mg g, 1 mmol) in 3 mL DMF. The mixture was stirred at 80°C for 3 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and worked up with EtOAc. The EtOAc layer was isolated, dried over MgSO4, and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was used for next step without further purification (258 mg, yield 100%) (m/z + H) = 344.
  • A mixture of compound 8 (117 mg, 0.34 mmol) and amine 9 (44 mg, 0.34 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was stirred for 14 h at room temperature. NaBH4 (13 mg, 0.34 mmol) was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 min. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was subjected to flash column chromatography (silica gel, eluent: EtOAc/MeOH) to give 1-(2-(((6-(4-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)methyl)amino)ethyl) imidazolidin-2-one (Compound Example No. 61) (108 mg, 70%). LC/MS: m/z = 457 [M+H]+; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): 8.18 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.79-7.80 (m, 2H), 7.70 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.15-7.23 (m. 3H), 4.11 (s, 2H), 3.34-3.51 (m, 6H), 2.80 (t, J = 6.1 Hz, 2H)
    • EXAMPLE 13 Synthesis of 4-(4-(6-(((2-(2-oxoimidazolidin-1-yl)ethyl)amino)methyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy) benzonitrile (Compound Example No. 67)
  • Figure imgb0349
  • According to Scheme 23, 4-(4-(6-(((2-(2-oxoimidazolidin-1-yl)ethyl)amino)methyl) pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)benzonitrile (Compound Example No. 67) was synthesized in 60% yield in a similar way as that of Compound Example No. 61 in Scheme 22. LC/MS: m/z = 414 [M+H]+, 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): 8.17 (d, J = 9.06 Hz, 2H), 7.85 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.7-7.8 (m, 3H), 7.3 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.2-7.13 (m, 4H), 4.0 (s, 2H), 3.28-3.50 (s, 6H), 2.84 (t, J = 6.1 Hz, 2H).
    • EXAMPLE 14 Synthesis of 1-(2-(((6-(4-((5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)methyl)amino)ethyl)imidazolidin-2-one (Compound Example No. 68)
  • Figure imgb0350
  • According to Scheme 24, 1-(2-(((6-(4-((5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)methyl)amino)ethyl)imidazolidin-2-one (Compound Example No. 68) was synthesized in 75% yield in a similar way as that of Compound Example No. 61 in Scheme 22. LC/MS: m/z = 458 [M+H]+, 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): □8.35 (s, 1H), 7.07-8.13 (m, 3H), 7.62-7.80 (m, 2H), 7.13-7.28 (m, 3H), 7.09 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 3.87 (s, 2H), 3.13-3.39 (m, 6H), 2.65-2.76 (m, 2H).
    • EXAMPLE 15 Synthesis of 4-(4-(6-(((2-(2-oxoimidazolidin-1-yl)ethyl)amino)methyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile (Compound Example No. 65)
  • Figure imgb0351
  • According to Scheme 25, 4-(4-(6-(((2-(2-oxoimidazolidin-1-yl)ethyl)amino)methyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile (Compound Example No. 65) was synthesized in 75% yield in a similar way as that of Compound Example No. 61 in Scheme 22. LC/MS: m/z = 482 [M+H]+, 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): 8.23 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.2 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.78-7.97 (m, 3H), 7.4 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 7.3 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.1 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 3.3-3.5 (m, 6H), 2.85 (t, J = 6.1 Hz, 2H).
    • EXAMPLE 16 Synthesis of 2-(4-(6-(((2-(2-oxoimidazolidin-1-yl)ethyl)amino)methyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile (Compound Example No. 63)
  • Figure imgb0352
  • According to Scheme 26, 2-(4-(6-(((2-(2-oxoimidazolidin-1-yl)ethyl)amino)methyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile (Compound Example No. 63) was synthesized in 75% yield in a similar way as that of Compound Example No. 61 in Scheme 22. LC/MS: m/z = 482 [M+H]+, 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): 8.25 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.1 (s, 1H), 7.75-7.94 (m, 3H), 7.28-7.37 (m, 3H), 7.14 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (s, 2H), 3.3-3.5 (m, 6H), 2.86 (t, J = 6.1 Hz, 2H).
    • EXAMPLE 17 Synthesis of 1-(2-(((6-(4-((3-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)methyl)amino)ethyl)imidazolidin-2-one (Compound Example No. 66)
  • Figure imgb0353
  • According to Scheme 27, 1-(2-(((6-(4-((3-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy) phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)methyl)amino)ethyl)imidazolidin-2-one (Compound Example No. 66) was synthesized in 75% yield in a similar way as that of Compound Example No. 61 in Scheme 22. LC/MS: m/z = 492 [M+H]+, 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): 8.36 (m, 1H), 8.32 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.18 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.78-7.88 (m, 2H), 7.30-7.36 (m, 3H), 3.99 (s, 2H), 3.33- 3.47 (m, 6H), 2.84 (t, d = 6.3 Hz, 2H).
    • EXAMPLE 18 Synthesis of 1-(2-(((6-(4-(4-(methylsulfonyl)phenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)methyl)amino)ethyl)imidazolidin-2-one (Compound Example No. 71)
  • Figure imgb0354
  • According to Scheme 28, 1-(2-(((6-(4-(4-(methylsulfonyl)phenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)methyl) amino)ethyl)imidazolidin-2-one (Compound Example No. 71) was synthesized in 65% yield in a similar way as that of Compound Example No. 61 in Scheme 22. LC/MS: m/z = 467 [M+H]+, 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): 8.13 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.95-8.0 (m, 4H), 7.38-7.4 (m, 1H), 7.21-7.29 (m, 4H), 4.52 (s, 2H), 3.5-3.60 (m, 4H), 3.35-3.47 (m, 4H), 3.15 (s, 3H).
    • EXAMPLE 19 Synthesis of 5-(4-(6-(((2-(2-oxoimidazolidin-1-yl)ethyl)amino)methyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile (Compound Example No. 70)
  • Figure imgb0355
  • According to Scheme 29, 5-(4-(6-(((2-(2-oxoimidazolidin-1-yl)ethyl)amino)methyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile (Compound Example No. 70) was synthesized in 86% yield in a similar way as that of Compound Example No. 61 in Scheme 22. LC/MS: m/z = 482 [M+H]+, 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): 8.03 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.63-7.70 (m, 2H), 7.54 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.20-7.25 (m, 2 H), 7.08-7.15 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.48 (br, s, 1H), 3.40-3.46 (m, 2H), 3.41-3.46 (m, 2H), 3.30-3.37 (m, 4H), 2.87 (t, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H).
    • EXAMPLE 20 Synthesis of 1-(2-((2-(6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethyl)amino)ethyl)imidazolidin-2-one (Compound Example No. 64)
  • Figure imgb0356
    • Step 1: Synthesis of compound 15
  • According to Scheme 30, at 0°C, a suspension of Ph3PCH2OMeCl (0.16 g,0.46 mmol) in THF (10 mL) under argon was treated with t-BuOK (57.8 mg, 0.6 mmol) in one portion. The red orange suspension was stirred for additional 10 min, then compound 6 was added in 3 portions. The mixture was stirred at 0°C for additional 15 min, quenched with H2O/HCl (2 N), and worked up with ether. The ether was removed and compound 14 was used for next step without further purification.
  • Compound 14 was dissolved in methanol and cooled to 0°C. A NaBH4 aqueous solution (2 N) was added to the above mixture dropwise. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, and dried over MgSO4. Removal of EtOAc followed by flash column chromatography (Hexanes/EtOAc) gave compound 15 as a sticky oil (Yield 70% over 2 steps) (m/z + H) 310.
    Figure imgb0357
    • Step 2: Synthesis of compound 16
  • According to Scheme 31, compound 15 (100 mg, 0.32 mmol) and TEA (0.1 mL) were dissolved in DCM (3 mL) and cooled to 0°C. MsCl (37 mg, 0.3 4 mmol) was added to the mixture slowly and the resulting mixture was stirred at 0°C for 30 min and then worked up with DCM. Removal of the DCM gave compound 16, which was used for next step without further purification (m/z + H) 388.
    Figure imgb0358
    • Step 3: Synthesis of 1-(2-((2-(6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethyl)amino)ethyl)imidazolidin-2-one
  • According to Scheme 32, a mixture of compound 16 (50 mg, 0.13 mmol), 2-aminoethyl imidazolidone (compound 17) (30 mg, 0.13 mmol), and K2CO3 (50 mg, 0.36 mmol) in acetonitrile (3 mL) was stirred at 40°C for 14 h, worked up with EtOAc, and purified by reverse phase (C18) column chromatography (H2O/ACN with 0.1% TFA) to give 1-(2-((2-(6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethyl)amino)ethyl) imidazolidin-2-one (Compound Example No. 64) as white solid (yield 70%). LC/MS: m/z = 421 [M+H]+, 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4): 7.5-7.9 (4H,m), 6.8-7.3 (7H, m), 2.9-3.6 (12H, m).
    • EXAMPLE 21 Synthesis of 1-(2-(((2-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)amino)ethyl)imidazolidin-2-one (Compound Example No. 105)
  • Figure imgb0359
  • According to Scheme 33, to a solution of compound 84 (100 mg, 0.29 mmol) in MeOH (2 mL) was added solid NaBH4 in several portions until LC/MS showed complete conversion to compounds 93 and 94. The mixture was purified by column chromatography (12 g silica gel, 0-80% EtOAc/Hexane) to give compound 94 (72 mg, 0.24 mmol).
  • The tosylate (compound 95) was prepared from compound 94 as described in Compound Example No. 51 and made to react with 2-aminoethyl imidazolidone to give 1-(2-(((2-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)amino)ethyl) imidazolidin-2-one (Compound Example No. 105). 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.69 (d, 1H, J = 6Hz), 8.01 (d, 2H, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.98 (s, 1H), 7.45 (dd, 1H, J1 = 2, J2 = 5.6Hz), 7.06-7.18 (m, 6H), 4.40 (s, 2H), 3.42-3.56 (m, 6H), 3.32 (m, 2H). LC/MS: m/z = 407 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 22 Synthesis of 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(3-phenylureido)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 84) and 2-(3-(2-carbamoyl-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-4-yl)ureido)acetic acid (Compound Example No. 87)
  • Figure imgb0360
    • Step 1: Synthesis of Pyridine amide 10
  • According to Scheme 34, a 100 mL round bottom flask was charged with diphenyl ether borate 4 (3.14 g, 10 mmol), 2,4-dichloropyridine ester (Astatech, 2.05 g, 10 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2 (408 mg, 0.50 mmol) and a THF solution of TBAF (1N in THF). The mixture was purged with argon and stirred at 60°C under argon for 14 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with EtOAc. The EtOAc was isolated and dried over MgSO4. The EtOAc was evaporated and the residue was subjected to flash column chromatography (hexanes/EtOAc) to give compound 9 as white solid (yield 75%) (m/z + H) 358.
  • Compound 9 was dissolved in 7 N NH3 in MeOH and stirred at room temperature for 14 h. The solvent was removed to give compound 10, which was used for next step without further purification (m/z + H) 343.
    Figure imgb0361
    • Step 2: Synthesis of compound 12
  • According to Scheme 35, a 10 mL microwavable vial was charged with compound 10 (250 mg, 0.73 mmol), 2,4-dimethoxybenzylamine (Aldrich, 0.54 mL, 3.63 mmol), Pd2(dba)3 (21 mg, 0.036 mmol), NaOBu-t (140 mg, 1.46 mmol), BINAP (45 mg, 0.07 mmol) and dioxane/DMF (3 mL/1 mL). The mixture was purge with argon and then stirred at 160°C under microwave for 20 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with EtOAc. The EtOAc was isolated and dried over MgSO4. The EtOAc was evaporated and the residue was subjected to flash column chromatography (hexanes/EtOAc) to give compound 11 as white solid (yield 55%) (m/z + H) 474.
  • Compound 11 was dissolved in TFA and stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The TFA was removed and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc, which was washed with sat. NaHCO3 and brine. The EtOAc was isolated and concentrated to give crude 12, which was used for next step without further purification (m/z + H) 324.
    Figure imgb0362
    • Step 3: Synthesis of 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(3-phenylureido)picolinamide
  • According to Scheme 36, 25 mL round bottom flask was charged with compound 12 (40 mg, 0.124 mmol), phenylisocyanate (0.013 mL, 0.124 mmol), DIEA (0.1 mL) and DMF (2 mL). The mixture was stirred at 60°C overnight and then worked up with EtOAc. Removal of EtOAc followed by flash column chromatography (hexanes/EtOAc) gave 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(3-phenylureido)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 84) as off-white solid (yield 75%). LC/MS: m/z = 443 [M+H]+, 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): 7.5-8.5 (4H, m); 6.8-7.5 (11H, m).
    • EXAMPLE 23 Synthesis of 2-(3-(2-carbamoyl-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-4-yl)ureido)acetic acid (Compound Example No. 87)
  • Figure imgb0363
  • According to Scheme 37, and following the similar procedure as that of Compound Example No. 84 in Scheme 36, intermediate 13 was synthesized. Compound 13 (43.8 mg, 0.2 mmol) was suspended in THF (2 mL) and 0.5 mL) 0.5 N NaOH. The mixture was stirred at 60°C for 2 h and then acidified with 1 N HCl at 0°C. The precipitate was collected by vacuum filtration and dried to give 2-(3-(2-carbamoyl-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-4-yl)ureido)acetic acid (Compound Example No. 87) as off-white solid (yield 90%). LC/MS: m/z = 425[M+H]+, 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 9.5 (1H, s); 9.1 (1H, s), 8.8 (1H, s), 7.9 (1H,s), 6.3-8.8 (10H, m), 3.8 (2H, s).
    • EXAMPLE 24 General synthesis of 4-amino substituted pyridines
  • Figure imgb0364
  • Compound 18 was synthesized according to the procedures reported in the literature (J. Org. Chem. 1998, 63, 1740-1741) as shown in Scheme 38.
  • A suspension of compound 18, amine NHR1R2 (5 eq.), K3PO4 (3 eq.), Pd2(dba)3 (0.08 eq.), BINAP (0.16 eq.) in dioxane (0.45 mL) and DMF (0.05 mL) was blanked with argon, then heated at 160°C in a Microwave oven (Biotage, Initiator 2.5) for 10-30 min. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was purified by column chromatography (4 g silica gel, 20-60% EtOAc/Hexane) to give compound 19.
  • To a solution of compound 19 in EtOH (2 mL) and H2O (2 mL) was added platinum catalyst (0.01 eq., Strem) and heated at 100°C oil bath for 10 min. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (4 X 20 mL) and the combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified either by silica gel column chromatography using MeOH/CH2Cl2 (containing 1% NH3) as the eluent or by C18 column chromatography (reverse phase HPLC) to give compound 20.
    • EXAMPLE 25 Synthesis of 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-((2-morpholinoethyl)amino)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 53)
  • Figure imgb0365
  • 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-((2-morpholinoethyl)amino)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 53) was prepared according to general procedure of Scheme 38. 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.07 (m, 2H), 7.29 (m, 2H), 7.0-7.2 (m, 6H), 3.74 (t, 4H, J = 4.8 Hz), 3.43 (t, 2H, J = 6.4 Hz), 2.67 (t, 2H, J = 6.4 Hz), 2.57 (m, 4H). LC/MS: m/z = 437 (M+1)
    • EXAMPLE 26 Synthesis of 4-((3-(1H-imidazol)-1-yl)propyl)amino)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenylpicolinonitrile (Compound Example No. 110)
  • Figure imgb0366
  • 4-((3-(1H-imidazol)-1-yl)propyl)amino)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl picolinonitrile (Compound Example No. 110) was prepared according to general procedure of Scheme 38. 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.97 (s, 1H), 7.88 (d, 2H, J = 9.2 Hz), 7.70 (t, 1H, J = 2 Hz), 7.60 (t, 1H, J = 2 Hz), 7.0-7.18 (m, 6H), 4.40 (t, 2H, J = 7.6Hz), 3.36 (t, 2H, J = 6.8 Hz), 2.25 (m, 2H). LC/MS: m/z = 414(M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 27 Synthesis of 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(piperazin-1-yl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 55)
  • Figure imgb0367
  • According to Scheme 39, compound 62, which was prepared according to the general procedure of Scheme 38, was treated with 10% TFA in CH2Cl2 at room temperature for 5 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated, and the residue was purified via C18 column reverse HPLC to obtain 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(piperazin-1-yl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 55) 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.08 (m, 2H), 7.63 (d, 1H, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.47 (d, 1H, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.06-7.18 (m, 6H), 3.84 (t, 4H, J = 4 Hz), 3.41 (t, 4H, J = 5.2 Hz). LC/MS: m/z = 393 (M+1).
  • 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(piperazin-1-yl)pyridine-2-yl)(piperazin-1-yl)methanone (Compound Example No. 78) was isolated as a minor impurity in the synthesis of Compound Example No. 55. 1H NMR (CD3OD): 7.85 (d, 2H, J = 9.2 Hz), 7.31 (d, 1H, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.12 (d, 1H, J = 2.4 Hz), 6.93-7.09 (m, 6H), 3.93 (m, 2H), 3.82 (m, 2H), 3.75 (t, 4H, J = 5.2 Hz), 3.306 (t, 4H, J = 5.2 Hz), 3.27 (b, 4H). LC/MS: m/z = 462 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 28 Synthesis of 4-(4-carbamimidoylpiperazin-1-yl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 80)
  • Figure imgb0368
  • According to Scheme 40, a solution of Compound Example No. 55 (180 mg, 0.46 mmol), compound 64 (143 mg, 0.68 mmol, Aldrich), DIEA (254 µL, 1.38 mmol) in THF (4 mL) and DMF (0.04 mL) was heated at 100°C (Biotage, Initiator 2.5 Microwave) for 10 min. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was purified by column chromatography (12 g silica gel, 0-100% EtOAc/Hexane) to give compound 63.
  • Compound 63 was treated with 4 N HCl in 1,4-dioxane (Aldrich) at room temperature to remove the Boc protecting group. The resulting mixture was concentrated and purified by C18 reverse phase HPLC to give 4-(4-carbamimidoylpiperazin-1-yl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy) phenyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 80) (66 mg, 0.15 mmol). 1H NMR (CD3OD): 7.80 (d, 2H, J = 9.2 Hz), 7.56 (s, 1H), 7.34 (s, 2H, NH), 7.23 (d, 1H, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.01-7.12 (m, 6H), 3.91 (bs, 4H), 3.71 (m, 4H). LC/MS: m/z = 435 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 29 Synthesis of 4-(2-cyano-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-4-yl)piperazine-1-carboximidamide (Compound Example No. 83)
  • Figure imgb0369
  • According to Scheme 41, to a solution of compound 65 (266 mg, 0.56 mmol), which was prepared according general procedure of Scheme 38, in EtOAc (6 mL) was added 4 N HCl in 1,4-dioxane (2 mL, 8 mol). The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 12 h. The solvent was removed and the precipitate was rinsed with EtOAc. Compound 66 was obtained as the HCl salt (246 mg, 0.55 mmol, 2HCl).
  • A solution of compound 66 (98 mg, 0.24 mmol), compound 64 (50 mg), and Et3N (0.3 mL,2 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) was heated at 90°C in an oil bath for 12 h. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was purified by C18 reverse phase HPLC to give 4-(2-cyano-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-4-yl)piperazine-1-carboximidamide (Compound Example No. 83) as yellow solid (4.7 mg, 0.01 mmol). 1H NMR (CD3OD): 7.98 (d, 2H, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.38 (b, 1H, NH), 7.35 (d, 1H, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.28 (d, 1H, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.03-7.17 (m, 6H), 3.72 (m, 8H). LC/MS: m/z = 417 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 30 Synthesis of 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-((piperidin-4-ylmethyl)amino)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 57)
  • Figure imgb0370
  • 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-((piperidin-4-ylmethyl)amino)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 57) was prepared according general procedure of Scheme 38. 1H NMR (CD3OD): 7.84 (d, 2H, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.43 (b, 1H), 7.12-7.23 (m, 7H), 3.45 (m, 4H), 3.04 (t, 2H, J = 12 Hz), 2.11 (m, 3H), 1.56 (m, 2H). LC/MS: m/z = 421 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 31 Synthesis of 4-((2-(1,1-dioxidothiomorpholino)ethyl)amino)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy phenyl) picolinamide (Compound Example No. 48)
  • Figure imgb0371
  • 4-((2-(1,1-dioxidothiomorpholino)ethyl)amino)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide (Compound Example No. 48) was prepared according general procedure of Scheme 38. 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.05 (m, 2H), 7.29 (m, 1H), 7.01-7.16 (m, 7H), 3.39 (t, 2H, J = 6.4 Hz), 3.04-3.14 (m, 8H), 2.82 (m, 2H). LC/MS: m/z = 485 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 32 Synthesis of 4-((3-(1H-imidazol-1-yl)propyl)amino)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 54)
  • Figure imgb0372
  • 4-((3-(1H-imidazol-1-yl)propyl)amino)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide (Compound Example No. 54) was prepared according general procedure of Scheme 38. 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.89 (s, 1H), 7.78 (d, 2H, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.61 (t, 1H, J = 2 Hz), 7.51 (t, 1H, J = 2 Hz), 7.22 (d, 1H, J = 2 Hz), 6.96-7.10 (m, 7H), 4.32 (t, 2H, J = 7.6Hz), 3.39 (t, 2H, J = 7.2 Hz), 2.22 (m, 2H). LC/MS: m/z = 432 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 33 Synthesis of 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-((2-(2-oxoimidazolidin-1-yl)ethyl)amino) picolinamide (Compound Example No. 58)
  • Figure imgb0373
  • 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-((2-(2-oxoimidazolidin-1-yl)ethyl)amino) picolinamide (Compound Example No. 58) was prepared according general procedure of Scheme 38. 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.32 (d, 1H, J = 2 Hz), 8.17 (d, 1H, J = 2 Hz),8.14 (d, 2H, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.06-7.20 (m, 6H), 4.06 (m, 2H), 3.67 (m, 4H), 3.23 (t, 2H, J = 6Hz). LC/MS: m/z = 436 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 34 Synthesis of 4-(((1-2(2-amino-2-oxoethyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)amino)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 52)
  • Figure imgb0374
  • According to Scheme 42, to a solution of Compound Example No. 57 (174 mg HCl salt, 0.4 mmol) and DIEA (0.173 mL 1.2 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (5 mL) was added compound 67 (54 mg, 0.4 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 12 h. After removal of the solvent, the residue was purified by column chromatography (40 g silica gel, 0-50% MeOH/CH2Cl2) and further purified by C18 reverse column chromatography to give 4-(((1-2(2-amino-2-oxoethyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)amino)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 52) (40 mg, 0.08 mmol). 1H NMR (CD3OD): 7.93 (d, 2H, J = 9.2 Hz), 7.14 (d, 1H, J = 2.4 Hz), 6.90-7.05 (m, 7H), 3.06 (d, 2H, J = 6.8 Hz), 2.89 (s, 2H), 2.83 (d, 2H, J = 11 Hz), 2.06 (t, 2H, J = 11 Hz), 1.72 (d, 2H, J = 12 Hz), 1.56 (m, 1H), 1.33 (m, 2H). LC/MS: m/z = 478 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 35 Synthesis of 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 74)
  • Figure imgb0375
  • 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl) picolinamide (Compound Example No. 74) was prepared according general procedure of Scheme 38. 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.38 (d, 2H, J = 4.4 Hz), 8.07 (bd, 1H, NH), 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.67 (b, 1H), 7.16 (s, 1H), 7.04-7.11 (m, 6H), 6.59 (t, 1H, J = 4.4 Hz), 5.57 (b, 1H, NH), 4.03 (m, 4H), 3.63 (m, 4H). LC/MS: m/z = 471 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 36 Synthesis of 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-((pyrimidin-2-ylmethyl)amino)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 49)
  • Figure imgb0376
  • 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-((pyrimidin-2-ylmethyl)amino)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 49) was prepared according general procedure of Scheme 38. 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.82 (m, 2H), 7.83 (m, 2H), 7.46 (m, 2H), 7.10-7.25 (m, 7H), 4.91 (s, 2H). LC/MS: m/z = 416 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 37 Synthesis of 4-(2-cyano-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridine-4-yl)-N-isopropylpiperazine-1-carboxamide (Compound Example No. 82) and 4-(2-carbamoyl-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridine-4-yl)-N-isopropylpiperazine-1-carboxamide (Compound Example No. 73)
  • Figure imgb0377
  • According to Scheme 43, a solution of compound 66 (266 mg, 0.56 mmol) in 4N HCl in 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 12 h. The solvent was removed and the solid was washed with EtOAc/Hexane. Compound 68 was obtained (246 mg, 0.5 mmol) as white solid (HCl salt).
  • To a solution of compound 68 (95 mg, 0.21 mmol) and Et3N (0.151 mL, 1.05 mmol) in CH2Cl2 was added compound 69 (18 mg, 0.21 mmol) and the resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 10 min. The mixture was purified without aqueous workup by column chromatography (12 g silica gel, 0-100% EtOAc/Hexane) to give 4-(2-cyano-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridine-4-yl)-N-isopropylpiperazine -1-carboxamide (Compound Example No. 82). 1H NMR (CDCl3): 7.83 (d, 2H, J = 9.2 Hz), 6.91-7.02 (m, 8H), 4.14 (b, 1H, NH), 3.94 (m, 1H), 3.54 (m, 4H), 3.48 (m, 4H), 1.12 (d, 6H, J = 6.4 Hz). LC/MS: m/z = 460 (M+1).
  • To a solution of Compound Example No. 82 in EtOH (2 mL) and H2O (2 mL) was added the platinum catalyst and the reaction mixture was heated at 100°C in an oil bath for 10 min. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (4 X 20 mL) and the organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (12 g silica gel, MeOH/CH2Cl2,0-20% with 1% NH3) to give 4-(2-carbamoyl-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridine-4-yl)-N-isopropylpiperazine-1-carboxamide (Compound Example No. 73) (29 mg, 0.06 mmol). 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.01 (m, 2H), 7.45 (s, 1H), 7.28 (s, 1H), 6.94-7.07 (m, 6H), 6.14 (d, 0.66H, J = 8 Hz, NH), 3.83 (m, 1H), 3.50 (m, 4H), 3.46 (m, 4H), 1.10 (d, 6H, J = 7.6Hz). LC/MS: m/z = 478 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 38 Synthesis of 4-(4-carbamoylpiperidin-1-yl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 56)
  • Figure imgb0378
  • According to Scheme 44, a solution of compound 70 (89 mg, 0.2 mmol), which was prepared according general procedure of Scheme 38, and the platinum catalyst in EtOH (2.5 mL) and H2O (1 mL) was heated at 100°C (Biotage, Initiator 2.5 Microwave) for 15 min. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (4 X 20 mL) and the combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (12 silica gel, 0-100% EtOAc/Hexane) to give compound 71 (69 mg, 0.14 mmol). Compound 71 (47 mg, 0.1 mmol) was treated with 7N NH3 in methanol at room temperature for 24 h. After concentration, the resulting solid was recrystalized in methanol to give 4-(4-carbamoylpiperidin-1-yl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide (Compound Example No. 56) (11 mg, 0.025 mmol). 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.08 (d, 2H, J = 9.2 Hz), 7.94 (s, 0.6H, NH), 7.53 (d, 1H, J = 2.8 Hz), 7.35 (d, 1H, J = 2.8 Hz), 7.02-7.15 (m, 6H), 4.17 (d, 2H, J = 13 Hz), 3.04 (m, 2H), 2.52 (m, 1H), 1.93 (m, 2H), 1.79 (m, 2H). LC/MS: m/z = 435 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 39 Synthesis of 1-(2-carbamoyl-6-(4-(4-phenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-4-yl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (Compound Example No. 59)
  • Figure imgb0379
  • According to Scheme 45, a solution of compound 71 (22 mg, 0.047 mmol) in 2 N NaOH aqueous (2 mL, 4 mmol) and MeOH (1 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 48 h. The methanol was then removed under vacuum. The residue was adjusted to pH 3 with aqueous HCl and then extracted with EtOAc (2X 5 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to give 1-(2-carbamoyl-6-(4-(4-phenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-4-yl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (Compound Example No. 59) (15 mg, 0.034 mmol). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.30 (m, 2H), 8.18 (m, 1H, NH), 7.67 (m, 1H, NH), 7.49 (m, 2H), 7.33 (m, 2H), 7.20 (m, 2H), 7.12 (m, 2H), 4.12 (m, 2H), 3.15 (m, 2H), 1.97 (m, 2H), 1.65 (m, 2H). LC/MS: m/z = 436 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 40 Synthesis of 4-(2-carbamoyl-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridine-4-yl)piperazine-1-carboxamide (Compound Example No. 76)
  • Figure imgb0380
  • According to Scheme 46, a solution of Compound Example No. 55 (404 mg, 0.87 mmol, 2HCl salt), 72 (137 mg, 1 mmol), and Et3N (0.63 mL, 4.3 mmol) in DME (10 mL) and DMSO (1 mL) was heated at 70°C for 12 h. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was purified by column chromatography without workup (40 g silica gel, 0-50% MeOH, CH2Cl2) to give 4-(2-carbamoyl-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridine-4-yl)piperazine-1-carboxamide (Compound Example No. 76) as white solid (130 mg, 0.30 mmol). 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.56 (b, 1H, NH), 8.05 (b, 3H, contains NH), 7.61 (s, 1H), 7.43 (s, 1H), 7.31 (m, 2H), 7.11-7.18 (m, 4H), 3.70 (m, 4H), 3.49 (m, 4H). LC/MS: m/z = 436 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 41 Synthesis of 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(4-(1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 77)
  • Figure imgb0381
  • 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(4-(1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 77) was prepared according general procedure of Scheme 38. 1H NMR (CD3OD): 7.8 (d, 2H, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.4 (d, 1H, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.2 (d, 1H, J = 2.4 Hz), 6.98-7.1 (m, 6H), 3.7 (m, 4H), 3.5 (m, 4H), 3.3 (m, 4H), 1.8 (m, 2H). LC/MS: m/z = 475 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 42 Synthesis of 4-(4-(2-amino-2-oxoethyl)piperazin-1-yl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 75)
  • Figure imgb0382
  • 4-(4-(2-amino-2-oxoethyl)piperazin-1-yl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide (Compound Example No. 75) was synthesized similarly to Compound Example No. 52 in Scheme 42. 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.09 (d, 2H, J = 9.2 Hz), 7.54 (d, 1H, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.36 (d, 1H, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.02-7.16 (m, 6H), 3.57 (m, 4H), 3.09 (s, 2H), 2.71 (m, 4H). LC/MS: m/z = 450 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 43 Synthesis of 2-(4-(2-chloro-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridine-4-yl)piperazin-1-yl)acetamide (Compound Example No. 109)
  • Figure imgb0383
  • 2-(4-(2-chloro-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridine-4-yl)piperazin-1-yl) acetamide (Compound Example No. 109) was synthesized similarly to Compound Example No. 52 in Scheme 42. 1H NMR (CD3OD): 7.79 (d, 2H, J = 8.8 Hz), 6.90-7.06 (m, 7H), 6.69 (d, 1H, J = 2 Hz), 3.43 (m, 4H), 2.98 (s, 2H), 2.58 (m, 4H). LC/MS: m/z = 441 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 44 Synthesis of (R)-1-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-2-yl)ethan-1, 2-diol (Compound Example No. 21)
  • Figure imgb0384
  • According to Scheme 47, a solution of compound 73 (1.2 g, 6.25 mmol, Aldrich), compound 74 (1.2 g, 6.25 mmol, Aldrich), Et3N (0.9 mL, 6.25 mmol) in THF (10 mL) and DMF (3 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 4 h. After concentration, the residue was purified by column chromatography (40 g silica gel, 0-10% EtOAc/Hexane) to give compound 75 (615 mg, 1.8 mmol). A suspension of compound 75 (357 mg, 1.1 mmol), compound 2a (337 mg, 1.1 mmol), PdCl2(dppf)2 (70 mg, 0.08 mmol, Aldrich) in TBAF (5 mL, 5 mmol) was heated at 70°C for 1 h. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was purified without workup by column chromatography (40 g silica gel, 0-20% EtOAc/Hexane) give compound 76 (293 mg, 0.6 mmol).
  • A suspension of compound 76 (293 mg, 0.6 mmol), compound 9 (92 mg, 0.6 mmol), and PdCl2(dppf)2 (39 mg, 0.05 mmol) in TBAF (2 mL, 2 mmol) was heated at 80°C for 5 h. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was purified by column chromatography without workup to obtain a mixture of compounds 77 and 76. The mixture was used without further purification. To a milky suspension of compound 77 in t-Butanol (1 mL) and H2O (1 mL) at 0°C was added in one portion of ADMix-α (816 mg). The resulting mixture was stirred vigorously at room temperature for 48 h. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2 X 5 mL) and the combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (12 g silica gel, 20-100% EtOAc/Hexane) to give compound 78 (44 mg, 0.087 mmol).
  • Compound 78 was treated with 4 N HCl in 1,4-dioxane (0.5 mL) and EtOAc (1 mL) for 12 h. After concentration, the residue was purified via C18 reverse HPLC to give (R)-1-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-2-yl)ethan-1,2-diol (Compound Example No. 21) as the TFA salt (28 mg, 0.068 mmol). 1H NMR (CD3OD): 7.76 (d, 2H, J = 9.2 Hz), 7.27 (d, 1H, J = 2.8 Hz), 7.22 (d, 1H, J = 2.8 Hz), 7.05-7.18 (m, 6H), 4.88 (t, 1H, J = 5.2 Hz), 4.00 (m, 4H), 3.81 (m, 2H), 3.39 (m, 4H). LC/MS: m/z = 410 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 45 Synthesis of (R)-1-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-((2-morpholinoethyl)amino)pyridine-2-yl)ethan-1,2-diol (Compound Example No. 111)
  • Figure imgb0385
  • (R)-1-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-((2-morpholinoethyl)amino)pyridine-2-yl)ethan-1,2-diol (Compound Example No. 111) was synthesized similarly to Compound Example No. 21 in Scheme 47. 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.39 (b, 1H, NH), 7.82 (m, 2H), 7.10-7.25 (m, 6H), 7.00 (s, 1H), 6.91 (s, 1H), 4.93 (m, 1H), 3.92 (m, 4H), 3.82 (m, 4H), 3.33 (m, 3H), 3.0-3.3 (b, 3H). LC/MS: m/z = 454 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 46 Synthesis of (R)-4-(2-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-4-yl)-N-isopropylpiperazine-1-carboxamide (Compound Example No. 7)
  • Figure imgb0386
  • According to Scheme 48, a solution of compound 76 (220 mg, 0.46 mmol) in 4N HCl in 1,4-dioxane (2 mL, 8 mol) and EtOAc (5 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 12 h. The solvent was removed, the residue was rinsed with EtOAc, and the solvent was removed, to give compound 79 as HCl salt (217 mg, 0.46 mmol).
  • To a solution of compound 79 (150 mg, 0.33 mol) and Et3N (0.142 mL, 0.99 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (5 mL) was added compound 69 (0.031 mL, 0.36 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. The reaction mixture was purified by column chromatography without workup (12 g silica gel, 0-100% EtOAc/Hexane) to give compound 80.
  • Compound 80 was converted to (R)-4-(2-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-4-yl)-N-isopropylpiperazine-1-carboxamide (Compound Example No. 7) similarly to the route used for Compound Example No. 21 in Scheme 47. 1H NMR (CD3OD): 7.80 (d, 2H, J = 8.8 Hz), 6.85-7.06 (m, 8H), 4.63 (dd, 1H, J1 = 4, J2 = 6.4 Hz), 3.79 (m, 2H), 3.61 (dd, 1H, J1 = 6.8, J2 = 11 Hz), 3.47 (m, 4H), 3.41 (m, 4H), 1.06 (d, 6H, J = 6.4 Hz). LC/MS: m/z = 495 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 47 Synthesis of 2-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-6-((2-(piperidin-1-yl)ethyl)carbamoyl)isonicotinic acid (Compound Example No. 85); 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-N2-(2-(piperidin-1-yl)ethyl)pyridine-2,4-dicarboxamide (Compound Example No. 81); and 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-N-(2-(piperidin-1-yl)ethyl)-4-(2H-tetrazol-5-yl) picolinamide (Compound Example No. 86)
  • Figure imgb0387
  • According to Scheme 49, a solution of compound 31 (1.1 g, 5.9 mmol, Aldrich), 4-(4'-fluorophenoxy)phenyl pinacol boronate (1.85 g, 5.9 mmol), Pd(dppf)2Cl2 (385 mg, 0.47 mmol, Aldrich) in 1.0 M TBAF THF solution (10 mL) was heated at 75°C for 3 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, 0-30% EtOAc/Hexane) to give compound 32 (1.0 g, 3.2 mmol).
  • A mixture of compound 32 (1 g, 3.2 mmol) and SeO2 (32 mmol, Aldrich) in pyridine (100 mL) was heated at 100°C for 48 h. The pyridine was removed under vacuum and the residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, 50% EtOAc/Hexane, then 30% MeOH/CH2Cl2) to give compound 33 (165 mg, 0.44 mmol) and recovered compound 32. A solution of compound 33 (165 mg, 0.45 mmol), 2-(piperidin-1-yl)-ethaneamine (73 µL, 0.5 mmol), HOBt (60 mg, 0.45 mmol, Aldrich), 1-[3-(dimethylamino) propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (86 mg, 0.45 mmol, Aldrich), and DIEA (166 µL, 0.9 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (5 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 12 h. The reaction mixture was purified by column chromatography without work-up (12 g silica gel, 0-30% MeOH/CH2Cl2) to give compound 34 (100 mg, 0.21 mmol).
  • To a solution of compound 34 (60 mg, 0.125 mmol) in MeOH (2 mL) was added 2N NaOH aqueous solution (0.5 mL) and the resulting mixture was stirred for 24 h. After the solvent was removed under vacuum, H2O (1 mL) was added, mixture was sonicated, and the aqueous solution was removed. The solid was washed with solvent (30% EtOAc/Hexane) and dried under vacuum to give 2-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-6-((2-(piperidin-1-yl)ethyl)carbamoyl)isonicotinic acid (Compound Example No. 85) (34 mg, 0.07 mmol). 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.46 (d, 2H, J = 15 Hz), 8.26 (d, 2H, J = 9.2 Hz), 7.2-7.0 (m, 6H), 3.63 (t, 2H, J = 6.8 Hz), 2.67 (t, 2H, J = 6.8 Hz), 2.57 (m, 4H), 1.67 (m, 4H), 1.52 (m, 2H). LC/MS: m/z = 464 (M+1).
  • A solution of compound 34 (40 mg, 0.084 mmol) in 7N NH3 in methanol (2 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 12 h. After concentration to dryness, the residue was washed with solvent (30% EtOAc/Hexane) and then dried under vacuum to give 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-N2-(2-(piperidin-1-yl)ethyl)pyridine-2,4-dicarboxamide (Compound Example No. 81) (16 mg, 0.035 mmol). 1H NMR (CD3OD, ):8.46 (dd, 2H, J1 = 7.6, J2 = 1.6 Hz), 8.30 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 7.0-7.2 (m, 6H), 3.90 (t, 2H, J = 6.4 Hz), 3.75 (bd, 2H, J = 12 Hz), 3.41 (t, 2H, J = 6 Hz), 3.02 (bt, 2H, J = 13 Hz), 2.0 (bd, 2H, J = 16 Hz), 1.82 (m, 3H), 1.57 (m, 1H). LC/MS: m/z = 463 (M+1).
  • To a solution of compound 36 (39 mg, 0.084 mmol), Et3N (36 µL, 0.24 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (2 mL) was added TFAA (0.16 mmol) at 0°C. After 5 min, the mixture was purified by column chromatography (12 g silica gel, 0-100% EtOAc/Hexane) to give compound 38 (27 mg, 0.061 mmol).
  • A suspension of compound 38 (64 mg, 0.14 mmol), NaN3 (14 mg, 0.22 mmol), ZnBr2 (50 mg, 0.22 mmol) in DMF (1.5 mL) and H2O (1 mL) was heated at 120°C for 10 min in a microwave (Biotage Initiator). The mixture was concentrated to dryness under vacuum and the residue was purified by column chromatography (12 g silica gel, 15-50% MeOH/CH2Cl2) to give 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-N-(2-(piperidin-1-yl)ethyl)-4-(2H-tetrazol-5-yl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 86) (40 mg, 0.082 mmol). 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.66 (dd, 2H, J1 = 14, J2 = 2 Hz), 8.56 (bs, 0.5H, interchangeable NH), 8.29 (d, 2H, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.0-7.2 (m, 6H), 3.80 (t, 2H, J = 6.4 Hz), 3.15 (b, 6H), 1.83 (m, 4H), 1.65 (b, 2H). LC/MS: m/z = 488 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 48 Synthesis of 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(hydroxymethyl)-N-(2-(piperidin-1-yl)ethyl) picolinamide (Compound Example No. 79)
  • Figure imgb0388
    Figure imgb0389
  • According to Scheme 50, to a solution of compound 33 (313 mg, 0.85 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) was added NaBH4 as a solid in several batches until LCMS indicated that no starting material remained. The reaction was then quenched at 0°C with dilute HCl aqueous solution to pH 6. The methanol was removed under vacuum and the residue was diluted with H2O (20 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3 X 50 mL), and the organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to dryness to give compound 37 (238 mg, 0.7 mmol).
  • A solution of compound 37 (77 mg, 0.23 mmol), 2-(piperidin-1-yl)-ethaneamine (37 µL, 0.25 mmol), HOBt (30 mg, 0.23 mmol, Aldrich), 1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (43 mg, 0.23 mmol, Aldrich), and DIEA (166 µL, 0.9 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (5 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 12 h. The mixture was purified by column chromatography without work-up (12 g silica gel, 0-15% MeOH/CH2Cl2), then C18 reverse column chromatography to give 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(hydroxymethyl)-N-(2-(piperidin-1-yl)ethyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 79) (30 mg, 0.067 mmol). 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.12 (d, 2H, J = 8.8 Hz), 8.95 (d, 2H, J = 6Hz), 6.96-7.0 (m, 6H), 4.69 (s, 2H), 3.77 (t, 2H, J = 6Hz), 3.63 (bd, 2H, J = 12 Hz), 3.29 (t, 2H, J = 6Hz), 2.91 (bt, 2H, J = 12 Hz), 1.88 (bd, 2H, J = 14 Hz), 1.71 (m, 1H). LC/MS: m/z = 450 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 49 Synthesis of 2-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-6-methyl-N-(2-(piperidin-1-yl)ethyl)isonicotinamide (Compound Example No. 107)
  • Figure imgb0390
  • 2-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-6-methyl-N-(2-(piperidin-1-yl)ethyl) isonicotinamide (Compound Example No. 107) was isolated during the synthesis of Compound Example No. 79. 1H NMR (CD3OD): 7.96 (m, 1H), 7.92 (d, 2H, J = 9.2 Hz), 7.55 (m, 1H), 7.2-7.0 (m, 6H), 3.71 (t, 2H, J = 6.4 Hz), 3.61 (bd, 2J, J = 13 Hz), 3.27 (t, 2H, J = 6Hz), 2.90 (bt, 2H, J = 14 Hz), 2.60 (s, 3H), 1.88 (bd, 2H, J = 14 Hz), 1.71 (m, 3H), 1.46 (m, 1H). LC/MS: m/z = 434 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 50 Synthesis of 2-(5-(2-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-6-methylpyridin-4-yl)-2H-tetrazol-2-yl)acetamide (Compound Example No. 108)
  • Figure imgb0391
  • According to Scheme 51, a solution of compound 32 (345 mg, 1 mmol) and 7N NH3 in MeOH (2 mL) was stirred for 12 h. After removal of solvent under vacuum, the residue was purified by column chromatography (12 gram silica gel, 0-20% MeOH/CH2Cl2) to give compound 40 (330 mg, 1 mmol).
  • To a solution of compound 40 (330 mg, 1.0 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (2 mL) was added Et3N (0.288 mL, 2 mmol) and TFAA (0.168 mL, 1.2 mmol) at 0°C. The resulting solution was stirred at 0°C for 1 h. After removal of solvent under vacuum, the residue was purified by column chromatography (12 gram silica gel, 0-30% EtOAc/Hexane) to give compound 41 (168 mg, 0.55 mmol).
  • To a solution of compound 41 in DMF (2 mL) and H2O (1 mL) was added NaN3 (40 mg, 0.61 mmol) and ZnBr2 (137 mg, 0.61 mmol). The resulting mixture was heated at 120°C in a microwave oven (Biotage, Initiator) for 10 min. After removal of solvent under vacuum, the residue was purified by column chromatography (12 gram silica gel, 0-15% MeOH/CH2Cl2) to give compound 42 (110 mg, 0.34 mmol).
  • To a solution of compound 42 (110 mg, 0.34 mmol) in THF (0.5 mL) was added TMS2NNa (0.51 mL, 0.51 mmol) at room temperature, followed by compound 44 (0.033 mL, 0.36 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 4 h. After removal of solvent, the residue was dissolved in 7 N NH3 in methanol (2 mL) at room temperature and stirred for 12 h. After removal of solvent the residue was purified by column chromatography (12 gram silica gel, 0-50% MeOH/CH2Cl2) to give 2-(5-(2-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-6-methylpyridin-4-yl)-2H-tetrazol-2-yl)acetamide (Compound Example No. 108) (9 mg, 0.022 mmol). 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.94 (d, 2H, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.79 (s, 1H), 6.96-7.0 (m, 6H), 5.47 (s, 2H), 2.59 (s, 3H). LC/MS: m/z = 405 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 51 Synthesis of 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(piperazin-1-ylmethyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 51)
  • Figure imgb0392
  • According to Scheme 52, to a solution of compound 82 (13.7 g, 0.1 mol) in CH2Cl2 at room temperature was added H2O2 (20 mL, 50% v/v, Aldrich), and methyltrioxorhennium (MTO, 250 mg, 1 mmol, Aldrich). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 h. MnO2 (25 mg) was added and the mixture was left at room temperature for 1 h or until there is no more gas release (O2) from the mixture. The organic layer of the mixture was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2 (100 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to dryness. The residue was washed with 30% EtOAc/Hexane and the solid was dried under vacuum to give compound 83 (12.7 g, 84 mmol).
  • A suspension of compound 83 (576 mg, 3.76 mmol), compound 14 (500 mg, 1.9 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (43 mg, 0.19 mmol, Aldrich), P(tBu)3HBF4 (165 mg, 0.57 mmol, Aldrich) and K2CO3 (524 mg, 3.8 mmol) in toluene (6 mL) was heated to reflux for 24 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was purified without work-up by column chromatography (40 g silica, EtOAc) to give compound 84 (265 mg, 0.78 mmol).
  • To a solution of compound 84 (265 mg, 0.78 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (2 mL) was added TMSCN (196 mg, 1.98 mmol, Aldrich) and ClCONMe2 (181 µL, 1.98 mmol, Aldrich) at room temperature. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 h. Acetone (1 mL), followed by methanol (0.5 mL) were added sequentially. The mixture was concentrated to dryness and the residue was purified by column chromatography (40 g, 0-100% EtOAc/Hexane) to give compounds 85 (120 mg, 0.34 mmol) and 84 (100 mg, 0.29 mmol).
  • To a suspension of compound 85 (120 mg, 0.34 mmol) in methanol (5 mL) at 0°C, was added solid NaBH4 in several batches, until LCMS indicated complete conversion to compound 86. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the residue was purified by column chromatography (12 g silica gel, 0-100% EtOAc/Hexane) to give compound 86 (114 mg, 0.34 mmol).
  • To a solution of compound 86 (114 mg, 0.34 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (2 mL) was added Et3N (77 µL, 0.53 mmol) and p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (75 mg, 0.4 mmol, Aldrich). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 6 h. The mixture was purified by column chromatography (4 g silica gel, 10-40% EtOAc/Hexane) to give compound 87 (114 mg, 0.24 mmol).
  • To a solution of compound 87 (93 mg, 0.196 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (2 mL) was added Et3N (69 µL, 0.48 mmol) and t-butyl piperazine-1-carboxylate. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 h. After removal of the solvent under vacuum, the residue was purified by column chromatography (4 g silica gel, 20-100% EtOAc/Hexane) to give compound 88 (90 mg, 0.18 mmol).
  • A suspension of compound 88 (90 mg, 0.18 mmol) and the platinum catalyst in EtOH (1.5 mL) and H2O (1.5 mL) was heated at 100°C in a microwave oven for 15 min. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (4 X 10 mL) and the organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to dryness. The residue was purified by column chromatography (12 g silica gel, 0-60% EtOAc/Hexane) to give compound 89.
  • Compound 89 was treated with 4N HCl in 1,4-dioxane (1 mL) and EtOAc (2 mL) at room temperature for 12 h. After removal of the solvent, the residue was washed with Et2O, washed with hexane, and dried under vacuum to give 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(piperazin-1-ylmethyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 51) (68 mg, 0.14 mmol, 2 HCl salt). 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.26 (d, 2H, J = 8.8 Hz), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 7.09-7.20 (m, 6H), 4.24 (s, 2H), 3.48 (t, 4H, J = 4.8 Hz), 3.22 (m, 4H). LC/MS: m/z = 407 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 52 Synthesis of 2-(4-((2-carbamoyl-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridine-4-yl)methyl)piperazin-1-yl)acetic acid (Compound Example 104)
  • Figure imgb0393
  • According to Scheme 53, to a solution of Compound Example No. 51 (68 mg, 0.14 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added (TMS)2NNa (1 mL, 1.0 M, 1 mmol, Aldrich) and compound 91 (54 mg, 0.28 mmol, Aldrich). The resulting mixture was heated at 50°C for 2 h. The mixture was purified by column chromatography (12 g silica gel, 20-100% EtOAc/Hexane) to give compound 92.
  • Compound 92 was treated with 4N HCl in 1,4-dioxane (1 mL) and EtOAc (2 mL) at room temperature for 2 h. After removal of the solvent under vacuum, the solid was washed with Et2O and then dried under vacuum to give 2-(4-((2-carbamoyl-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridine-4-yl)methyl)piperazin-1-yl)acetic acid (Compound Example No. 104) (7.4 mg, 0.014 mmol) as the HCl salt. 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.11 (d, 2H, J = 8.9 Hz), 8.00 (s, 2H), 6.96-7.10 (m, 6H), 3.93 (m, 4H), 3.31 (m, 2H), 3.16 (s, 2H), 2.92 (m, 4H). LC/MS: m/z = 465 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 53 Synthesis of 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(((2-(2-oxoimidazolidin-1-yl)ethyl)amino)methyl) picolinonitrile (Compound Example No. 106)
  • Figure imgb0394
  • 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(((2-(2-oxoimidazolidin-1-yl)ethyl)amino) methyl)picolinonitrile (Compound Example No. 106) was synthesized similarly to Compound Example No. 51 in Scheme 52 using 1-(2-aminoethyl)imidazolin-2-one as amine instead of t-butyl piperazine-1-carboxylate. 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.13 (d, 2H, J = 9.2 Hz), 7.84 (d, 1H, J = 1.6Hz), 7.07-7.20 (m, 6H), 4.43 (s, 2H), 3.25-3.58 (m, 8H). LC/MS: m/z = 432 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 54 Synthesis of 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(((2-(2-oxoimidazolidin-1-yl)ethyl)amino)methyl) picolinamide (Compound Example No. 60)
  • Figure imgb0395
  • 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(((2-(2-oxoimidazolidin-1-yl)ethyl)amino) methyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 60) was synthesized similarly to Compound Example No. 51 in Scheme 52 by using 1-(2-aminoethyl)imidazolin-2-one as amine instead of t-butyl piperazine-1-carboxylate. 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.19 (d, 2H, J = 8.8 Hz), 8.04 (dd, 2H, J1 = 11, J2 = 1.6Hz), 7.05-7.20 (m, 6H), 3.9 6 (s, 2H), 3.48 (m, 2H), 3.38 (m, 2H), 2.79 (t, 2H, J = 6.4 Hz). LC/MS: m/z = 450 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 55 Synthesis of 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(methylsulfonamidomethyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 50)
  • Figure imgb0396
  • To a solution of compound 96 (43 mg, 0.092 mmol), which was synthesized similarly to compound 88 in Scheme 52, and DIEA (55µL, 0.3 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (2 mL) was added MeSO2Cl (11.5 µL, 0.15 mmol, Aldrich). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The mixture was purified by column chromatography (12 g silica gel, 0-20% MeOH/CH2Cl2) to give compound 97.
  • Compound 97 was treated with trifluoroacetic acid (TFA, 2 mL, Aldrich) at room temperature for 12 h. After removal of solvent under vacuum, the residue was purified by column chromatography (12 g silica gel, 5-10% MeOH/CH2Cl2) to give compound 98.
  • Compound 98 was converted to 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(methylsulfonamidomethyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 50) using methodology as previously described. 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.20 (d, 2H, J = 8.8 Hz), 8.07 (s, 2H), 7.06-7.19 (m, 6H), 4.45 (s, 2H), 3.01 (s, 3H). LC/MS: m/z = 416 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 56 Synthesis of boronates: Compounds 5a - 5f
  • Figure imgb0397
  • Compound 2a: A mixture of 4-fluorophenol (30g, 0.27 mol, Aldrich), 1-fluoro-4-nitrobenzene (38g, 0.27 mol, Aldrich) and K2CO3 (37.8 g, 0.27 mol) in DMF (300mL) was heated at 95°C overnight. After the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, ethyl acetate (150mL) was added. The organic layer was separated and washed with water. The organic layer was dried with anhydrous MgSO4 and concentrated under the reduced pressure to give an oily residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (5% EtOAc in Hexanes) to give compound 2a as brown crystals (44 g, 70%). 1H NMR (400MHz, CDCl3): 8.2 (d, J = 9.4 Hz, 2H), 7.04-7.17 (m, 4H), 6.99 (d, J = 9.4, 2H).
  • Compound 3a: Compound 2a (10 g, 42.9 mmol) was dissolved in 10% ethyl acetate in methanol (250mL) and 10% palladium on carbon (2.0g) was added. The mixture was degassed via vacuum and then filled with argon (Vacuum/argon). After degassing, the mixture was treated with a hydrogen balloon and stirred for 5.0 hr at room temperature, during the period the balloon was refilled with hydrogen so that a positive pressure of hydrogen was maintained throughout the reaction period. After the reaction was complete, the hydrogen balloon was removed. The mixture was degassed under vacuum and filled with argon. The mixture was then filtered through a pad of Celite. The filtrate was concentrated to give compound 3a as a reddish brown solid (8.5 g, 97%).
  • Compound 4a: To a solution of p-TsOH . H2O (56.0 g, 300 mmol) in acetonitrile (500mL), compound 3a was added and cooled to 0-5°C. The suspension was stirred at 0°C for 15 min and a solution of NaNO2 (13.8g, 200mmol), KI (41.5g, 250mmol) in H2O (150mL) was added slowly thereto. During the addition, N2 was evolved. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h at room temperature. After the reaction was complete, saturated NaHCO3 aqueous solution was added to adjust the pH to 9∼10 and 2M Na2S2O3 (6.0 mL) was added thereto. The aqueous layer was separated and extracted with ethyl acetate, the combined organic layer was dried with anhydrous MgSO4 and then concentrated under the reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, 10% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give compound 4a as pale brown crystals (19.3 g, 67%). LC/MS: m/z= 315 [M+H].
  • Compound 5a: To a suspension of compound 4a (10g, 31.8 mmol) in dioxane (320 mL), Pd(dppf)2Cl2 · CH2Cl2 (0.82g, 1.0mmol, Aldrich) was added and degassed by repeating with vac./argon. The suspension was stirred for 10 min at room temperature, bis(pinacolato)diboron (8.9 g, 35.0mmol, NetChem, Inc.,) and potassium acetate (0.97 g, 95.4 mmol) were added thereto. The reaction mixture was heated at 90°C for 18 h under the argon. Upon cooling to room temperature, the mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite and concentrated under the reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, 5% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give compound 5a ad a pale brown solid (9.0 g, 90%). 1H NMR (400MHz, CDCl3): 7.67 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.06-6.96 (m, 4H), 6.93 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 1.33 (s, 12H). LC/MS: m/z= 315 [M+H].
  • Compound 5b: Compound 5b was synthesized the same way as described for 5a. 1H NMR (400MHz, CDCl3): 8.47 (s, 1H), 8.13 (m, 1H), 7.83 (d, 2H, J=8.8Hz), 7.21-7.15(m, 3H), 1.38(s, 12H).
  • Compound 5c: Compound 5c was synthesized the same way as described for 5a. 1H NMR (400MHz, CD3OD): 7.69 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.57 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.03 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 1.25 (s, 12H). LC/MS: m/z= 365 [M+H].
    Figure imgb0398
  • Compound 5d: A mixture of compound 6 (2.1 g, 10.9 mmol), compound 7 (2.4g, 10.9 mmol) and Cs2CO3 (3.5 g, 10.9 mmol) in DMF (14 mL) was heated at 100°C for 4 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was filtered through a plug of silica gel and the plug was washed with EtOAc (50 mL). The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was purified by column chromatography (40 g silica gel, 0-30% EtOAc/Hexane) to obtain compound 5d (2.3 g, 6.9 mmol). 1H NMR (400MHz, CD3OD): 7.81 (d, 2H, J=8.8Hz), 7.63 (d, 1H, J=8.8Hz), 7.26 (d, 1H, J=2.4Hz), 7.17 (dd, 1H, J1=2.4, J2=8.8Hz), 6.98 (d, 2H, J=8.8Hz), 1.28 (s, 12H).
    Figure imgb0399
  • Compound 5e: A suspension of compound 9 (53 g, 0.28 mol, Aldrich), compound 8 (64 g, 0.29 mol, Aldrich) and sodium carbonate (45 g, 0.42 mol) in DMF was heated at 100°C for 12 hours. After cooling to room temperature the mixture was diluted with H2O (600 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2X 300 mL). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to dryness. The product was collected by vacuum filtration and washed with DCM to give a first batch of crystalline compound 10a (∼75 g). A suspension of compound 10a (20 g, 0.051 mol), bis pinacol boronate (13 g, 0.051 mol, NetChem), KOAc (10 g, 0.10 mol, Aldrich) and PdCl2(dppf)2CH2Cl2 (2.1 g, 2.57 mmol, Aldrich) in 1,4-dioxane (75 mL, Aldrich) was heated at 100°C for 12 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (500 mL) and extracted with EtOAc(2 x 300 m). The organic layer was washed with brine (250 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified via chromatograph(silica gel, 20% EtOAc/Hexane) to give compound 5e (11.45 g, 0.029 mol) as brown oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3): 7.93-7.87 (m, 2 H), 7.78-7.73 (m, 1 H), 7.37-7.33 (m, 1 H), 7.11-7.04 (m, 2 H), 7.17-7.12 (m, 1H),1.36 (s, 12H). LC/MS: m/z= 389, [M+H].
    Figure imgb0400
  • Compound 5f: Compound 5f was synthesized the same way as described for 5e by using 9' instead of 9. 1H NMR (400MHz, CDCl3): 7.97 (d, 1H, J=2.0 Hz), 7.88 (d, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 7.68 (dd, 1H, J1=2, J2=8.8Hz), 7.08 (d, 2H, J=8.8Hz), 6.91 (d, 1H, J=8.8Hz), 1.36 (s, 12H). LC/MS: m/z= 390 [M+H].
    • EXAMPLE 57 General procedures for the synthesis of 4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-phenoxyphenyl) picolinamides
  • Figure imgb0401
    • General Method 1:
  • To a pressure bottle was added 4,7-dichloropiconilic acid 6 (1.3 g, 6.76 mmol, Astatech), compound 5c (2.46 g, 6.76 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (379 mg, 0.5 mmol, Aldrich), Cs2CO3 (4.4 gram, 13.5 mmol, Aldrich), DME (16 mL), EtOH (8 mL), and H2O (16 mL). The mixture was placed under argon and then heated at 60°C in an oil bath for 3.5 h. After cooling to room temperature, brine (150 mL) was added and the pH of the mixture was adjusted to pH 1 with 4 N HCl aqueous solution. The mixture was then extracted with EtOAc (250 mL). The separated organic layer was dried with Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in MeOH, 4 N HCl in 1,4-dioxane (1 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 h. After concentration, the residue was purified via column chromatography (40 g silica gel, 0-50% EtOAc/Hexane) to give compound 8c (1.8 g, 4.4 mmol) as yellow liquid.
  • To a pressure bottle was added compound 8c (1.8g, 4.6 mmol), compound 9 (1.4 mL, 8.36 mmol, Aldrich), PdCl2(dppf)2 (300 mg, 0.37 mmol, Aldrich) and TBAF (14 mL, 14 mmol, Aldrich). The mixture was placed under Argon and heated at 80°C oil bath for 3 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was purified via column chromatography (40 g silica gel, 0-30% EtOAc/ Hexane, Combiflash®) to give compound 10c (680 mg) as yellow liquid.
  • To a milky suspension of compound 10c (680 mg, 1.7 mmol) in i-PrOH (5 mL) and H2O (5 mL) at room temperature was added in one portion AD Mix-α (2.09 g, Aldrich). The resulting mixture was vigorously stirred at room temperature for 12 h. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (5 X 20 mL) and the organic was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified via column chromatography (40 g silica gel, 0-100% EtOAc/Hexan) to give compound 11c (526 mg, 1.2 mmol).
  • Compound 11c (526 mg, 1.2 mmol) was dissolved in 7 N NH3 in methanol (5 mL, 35 mmol, Aldrich) and stirred for 12 h at room temperature. The mixture was concentrated to dryness and the residue was triturated with a mixture of EtOAc in hexane and sonicated to induce precipitation. After removal of the clear solution, compound 12c was obtained as solid (300 mg, 0.7 mmol).
    Figure imgb0402
    • General Method 2:
  • To a pressure bottle was added compound 18 (420 mg, 1.29 mmol), compound 9 (299 mg, 1.94 mmol), PdCl2(dppf)2 (85 mg, 0.1 mmol) and TBAF (3.89 mL, 3.89 mmol). The mixture was placed under argon and heated at 80°C oil bath for 3 h. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was poured on to the silica gel column and purified via chromatograph (40 g silica gel, 10-20% EtOAc/Hexane). The desired product 21 was obtained as solid. To a milky suspension of compound 21 in t-BuOH(5mL) and H2O(5 mL) at 0°C was added in one portion of AD Mix-α (1.69 g, Aldrich). After addition, the ice bath was removed and the resulting mixture was vigorously stirred at room temperature for 12 hours. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc(5 X 20 mL) and the organic was dried with Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to dryness. The residue was purified via column chromatography (40 g silica gel, 0-100% EtOAc/Hexane) to give compound 22 (350 mg, 1 mmol). To a milky suspension of compound 22 (350 mg, 1 mmol) in EtOH (2 mL) and H2O (2 mL) was added Pt catalyst (Strem) and the mixture was then heated at 100°C oil bath for 10 min. After cooling to room temperature, the resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3 X 20 mL) and the combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified via column chromatography (40 g silica gel, 50-100% EtOAc/Hexane) to give compound 12a.
    • EXAMPLE 58 Synthesis of (S)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinonitrile (Compound Example No. 112)
  • Figure imgb0403
  • (S)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinonitrile was synthesized according to General Method 2 of Example 57. 1H NMR(CD3OD): 8.02(s, 1H), 7.98(d, 2H, J=9.2Hz), 7.68(s, 1H), 6.96-7.0(m, 6H), 4.71(t, 1H, J=5.2Hz), 3.62(m, 2H); LC/MS: m/z= 351(M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 59 Synthesis of (S)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 41)
  • Figure imgb0404
  • (S)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide was synthesized according to General Method 1 of Example 57. 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.20 (d, 2H, J=8.8Hz), 8.09 (s, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.07-7.19 (m, 6H), 5.51 (0.6H, OH, partially exchanged hydrogen bond), 4.86 (t, 1H, J=6Hz), 3.73 (m, 2H); LC/MS: m/z= 369(M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 60 Synthesis of (R)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinonitrile (Compound Example No. 138)
  • Figure imgb0405
  • (R)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinonitrile was synthesized according to General Method 2 of Example 57. 1H NMR (CDCl3): 8.09 (d, 2H, J=9.2Hz), 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.64 (s,1H), 4.95 (dd, 1H, J1=3.2,J2=7.2 Hz), 3.94 (dd, 1H, J1=4, J2=11 Hz), 3.71 (dd, 1H, J1=7.6, J2=11 Hz); LC/MS: m/z= 351(M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 61 Synthesis of (R)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 40)
  • Figure imgb0406
  • (R)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide was synthesized according to the General Method 2 of Example 57. 1H NMR(DMS-d6): 8.29(d, 2H, J=8.8Hz), 8.28(bs, 1H, NH), 8.03(s, 1H), 7.98(s, 1H), 7.67(bs, 1H, NH), 7.28(m, 2H), 7.16(m, 2H), 7.08 (d, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 5.61(d, 1H, OH, J=4.8 Hz), 4.85(t, 1H, OH, J=5.6 Hz), 4.70(m, 1H), 3.56(m, 2H); LC/MS: m/z= 369(M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 62 Synthesis of (S)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-((5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy) phenyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 139)
  • Figure imgb0407
  • (S)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-((5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)phenyl) picolinamide was synthesized according to General Method 1 of Example 57. 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.37 (s, 1H), 8.18 (d, 2H, J=9.2 Hz), 8.03 (m, 3H), 7.21 (d, 2H, J=9.2 Hz), 7.12 (s, 1H), 7.09 (s, 1H), 4.76 (m, 1H), 3.65(m, 2H); LC/MS: m/z = 420(M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 63 Synthesis of (R)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-((5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy) phenyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 132)
  • Figure imgb0408
  • (R)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-((5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)phenyl) picolinamide was synthesized according to General Method 1 of Example 57. 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.48 (bs, 1H), 8.28 (d, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 8.17 (m, 3H), 7.34 (d, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 7.23 (d, 1H), 4.92 (m, 1H), 3.77(m, 2H); LC/MS: m/z= 420(M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 64 Synthesis of (S)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(4-trifluorometyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 30)
  • Figure imgb0409
  • (S)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(4-trifluorometyl)phenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide was synthesized according to General Method 1 of Example 57. 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.16 (d, 2H, J=9.2 Hz), 8.00 (s, 2H), 7.58 (d, 2H, J=8.4Hz), 7.10 (m, 4H), 4.76 (m, 1H), 3.64(m, 2H); LC/MS: m/z= 419(M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 65 Synthesis (R)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(4-trifluoromethyl)phenoxy) phenyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 103)
  • Figure imgb0410
  • (R)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(4-trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide was synthesized according to General Method 1 of Example 57. 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.16 (d, 2H, J=9.2 Hz), 8.00 (s, 2H), 7.58 (d, 2H, J=8.4Hz), 7.10 (m, 4H), 4.76 (m, 1H), 3.64 (m, 2H); LC/MS: m/z= 419(M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 66 Synthesis of (S)-6-(4-(4-cyano-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 31)
  • Figure imgb0411
  • (S)-6-(4-(4-cyano-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl) picolinamide was synthesized according to General Method 1 of Example 57. 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.23 (d, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 8.03 (s, 2H), 7.88 (d, 1H, J=8.8Hz), 7.41 (d, 1H, J=2.4 Hz), 7.26 (dd, 1H, J1=2.4, J2=8.4 Hz), 7.20 (d, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 4.76 (m, 1H), 3.64 (m, 2H); LC/MS: m/z= 444(M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 67 Synthesis (R)-6-(4-(4-cyano-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 127)
  • Figure imgb0412
  • (R)-6-(4-(4-cyano-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl) picolinamide was synthesized according to General Method 1 of Example 57. 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.34 (d, 2H, J=9.2 Hz), 8.14 (s, 2H), 8.03 (d, 1H, J=8.4Hz), 7.53 (d, 1H, J=2.0 Hz), 7.37 (dd, 1H, J1=1.2, J2=8.0 Hz), 7.31 (m, 2H), 4.84 (m, 1H), 3.68(m, 2H); LC/MS: m/z= 444(M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 68 Synthesis of (S)-6-(4-(3-cyano-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 33)
  • Figure imgb0413
  • (S)-6-(4-(3-cyano-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl) picolinamide was synthesized according to General Method 1 of Example 57. 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.21 (d, 2H, J=8.8Hz), 8.02 (s, 2H), 7.80 (d, 1H, J=8.8Hz), 7.53 (d, 1H, J=2.8Hz), 7.33 (dd, 1H, J1=8.8, J2=2.8Hz), 7.18 (d, 2H, J=9.2 Hz), 4.75 (m, 1H), 3.65 (m, 2H); LC/MS: m/z= 444(M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 69 Synthesis of (R)-6-(4-(3-cyano-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 34)
  • Figure imgb0414
  • (R)-6-(4-(3-cyano-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl) picolinamide was synthesized according to General Method 1 of Example 57. 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.21 (d, 2H, J=8.8Hz), 8.02 (s, 2H), 7.80 (d, 1H, J=8.8Hz), 7.53 (d, 1H, J=2.8Hz), 7.33 (dd, 1H, J1=8.8, J2=2.8Hz), 7.18 (d, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 4.75 (m, 1H), 3.65 (m, 2H); LC/MS: m/z= 444(M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 70 Synthesis of (S)-6-(4-(4-cyano-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 35)
  • Figure imgb0415
  • (S)-6-(4-(4-cyano-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl) picolinamide was synthesized according to General Method 1 of Example 57. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CD3OD): 8.30 (d, 2H,J=9 Hz), 8.17 (m, 1H), 8.12 (m, 1H), 7.93 (dd, 1H, J1=1.8, J2=8.4Hz), 7.26 (d, 2H, J=7.8Hz), 7.14 (d, 1H, J=9Hz), 4.85 (m, 1H), 3.74 (m, 2H); LC/MS: m/z= 444(M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 71 Synthesis of (R)-6-(4-(4-cyano-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 36)
  • Figure imgb0416
  • (R)-6-(4-(4-cyano-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl) picolinamide was synthesized according to General Method 1 of Example 57. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CD3OD): 8.32 (d, 2H,J=9 Hz), 8.17 (m, 1H), 8.12 (m, 1H), 7.93 (m, 1H), 7.26 (d, 2H, J=9 Hz), 7.14 (d, 1H, J=9Hz), 4.85 (m, 1H), 3.74 (m, 2H); LC/MS: m/z= 444 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 72 Synthesis of (S)-6-(4-(4-carbamoyl-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 32)
  • Figure imgb0417
  • (S)-6-(4-(4-carbamoyl-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)picolinamide was synthesized according to General Method 2 of Example 57 using compound 5f. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CD3OD): 8.32 (m, 3H), 8.12 (m, 3H), 7.23 (d, 2H, J=8.8Hz), 7.11 (d, 1H, J=8.8Hz), 3.78 (m, 2H); LC/MS: m/z= 462 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 73 Synthesis (S)-6-(4-(4-cyanophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 37)
  • Figure imgb0418
  • (S)-6-(4-(4-cyanophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)picolinamide was synthesized according to General Method 1 of Example 57. 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.18 (d, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 8.00 (s, 2H), 7.64 (d, 2H, J=8.4Hz), 7.13 (d, 2H, J=8.4Hz), 7.04 (d, 2H, J=8.8Hz), 4.74 (m, 1H), 3.64 (m, 2H); LC/MS; m/z= 376 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 74 Synthesis of (R)-6-(4-(4-cyanophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl) picolinamide (Compound Example No. 38)
  • Figure imgb0419
  • (R)-6-(4-(4-cyanophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl) picolinamide was synthesized according to General Method 1 of Example 57. 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.18 (d, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 8.00 (s, 2H), 7.64 (d, 2H, J=8.4Hz), 7.13 (d, 2H, J=8.4Hz), 7.04 (d, 2H, J=8.8Hz), 4.74 (m, 1H), 3.64 (m, 2H); LC/MS: m/z= 376 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 75 Synthesis of (S)-6-(5-chloro-2-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl) picolinamide (Compound Example No. 39)
  • Figure imgb0420
  • (S)-6-(5-chloro-2-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)picolinamide was synthesized according to General Method 1 of Example 57. 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.11 (d, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 7.97 (m, 2H), 7.21-7.08 (m, 3H), 7.01 (d, 2H, J=8.8Hz), 4.75 (m, 1H), 3.63 (m, 2H); LC/MS: m/z= 403 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 76 Synthesis of (R)-6-(5-chloro-2-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl) picolinamide (Compound Example No. 123)
  • Figure imgb0421
  • (R)-6-(5-chloro-2-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)picolinamide was synthesized according to General Method 1 of Example 57. 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.11(d, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 7.97 (m, 2H), 7.21-7.08 (m, 3H), 7.01 (d, 2H, J=8.8Hz), 4.75 (m, 1H), 3.63 (m, 2H); LC/MS: m/z= 403 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 77 Synthesis of (S)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-N-(2-(piperidin-1-yl)ethyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 42)
  • Figure imgb0422
  • A solution of compound 22a (65 mg, 0.18 mmol) and a catalytic amount of TsOH in acetone was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. After removal of solvent under vacuum, the residue was treated with 2N NaOH aqueous at 90°C for 2 h. After cooling to room temperature, the solvent was removed to give a mixture of compounds 50a and 50b. The mixture of compounds 50a and 50b was treated with HOBT (24.3 mg, 0.18 mmol), coupling agent, DIEA (99 µL, 0.54 mmol) and compound 47 (23 mg, 0.18 mmol) in CH2Cl2 for 12 h. The reaction mixture was purified via column chromatography (12 silica, 0-30% MeOH in CH2Cl2 containing 1% NH3 aqueous solution) to give (S)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-N-(2-(piperidin-1-yl)ethyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 42 (12 mg, 0.025 mmol). 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.12 (d, 2H, J=9.2Hz), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.96 (s, 1H), 6.96-7.0 (m, 6H), 4.74 (t, 1H, J=5.2Hz), 3.63 (m, 2H), 3.56 (m, 2H), 2.52-2.73 (b, 6H), 1.61 (m, 4H), 1.45 (m, 2H); LC/MS: m/z= 480 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 78 Synthesis of (R)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl) isonicotinamide (Compound Example No. 89)
  • Figure imgb0423
  • A solution of compound 58 (500 mg, 2.89 mmol, Aldrich), compound 3a (908mg, 2.89 mmol), PdC12(dppf)2 (169 mg, 0.23 mmol, Aldrich) in TBAF (9 mL, 9 mmol, Aldrich) under pressure was placed under argon and then heated at 60°C in an oil bath for 2 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was purified via column chromatography without aqueous workup (40 g silica gel, 0-30% EtOAc/Hexane) to obtain a mixture (0.7 g) of compounds 59 and 59' as a liquid.
  • A solution of the mixture of compounds 59 and 59', PdCl2(dppf)2 (141 mg, 0.17 mmol, Aldrich) in TBAF (6 mL, 6 mmol, Aldrich) placed under argon and heated at 80°C in an oil bath for 0.5 h. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was purified without aqueous workup via column chromatography (40 g silica gel, 0-20% EtOAc/Hexane) to obtain a mixture (540 mg) of compounds 60 and 59'.
  • To a milky suspension of the mixture of compounds 60 and 59' (540 mg, 1.7 mmol) in 2-PrOH (5 mL) and H2O (5 mL) was added in one portion of ADMix-β ((2.21 g, Aldrich) and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 h. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (4 X 20 mL) and the combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified via column chromatography (40 g silica gel, 0-80% EtOAc/Hexane) to give compound 61.
  • To a solution of compound 61 in EtOH (2mL)and H2O (2 mL) was added platinum catalyst and the reaction mixture heated at 100°C in an oil bath for 10 min. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (4 X 20 mL) and the combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The residue was recrystalized from methanol to give (R)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl) isonicotinamide (Compound Example No. 89) (86 mg, 0.23 mmol) as white solid. 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.01 (m, 3H), 7.77 (m, 1H), 7.07-7.94 (m, 6H), 4.79 (m, 1H), 3.87 (dd, 1H, J1=4, J2=11Hz), 3.71 (dd, 1H, J1=4, J2=11Hz); LC/MS: m/z=369.
    • EXAMPLE 79 Synthesis of (S)-2-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl) isonicotinamide (Compound Example No. 97)
  • Figure imgb0424
  • (S)-2-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)isonicotinamide was synthesized similarly to (R)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl) isonicotinamide as described in Example 78. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.35 (bs, 1H, NH), 8.17 (m, 3H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.72 (bs, 1H, NH), 7.27 (t, 2H), 7.15 (m, 4H), 5.6 (s, 1H, OH), 4.8 (d, 1H, OH), 4.7 (m, 1H), 3.8 (m, 1H), 3.57 (m, 1H); LC/MS: m/z=369.
    • EXAMPLE 80 Synthesis of (S)-6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-4-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 95)
  • Figure imgb0425
  • (S)-6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-4-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide was synthesized using methodology described in General Method 1 of Example 57. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.3 (m, 3H), 8.0 (d, 2H),7.7 (s, 1H), 7.3 (m, 2H), 7.18 (m, 2H), 7.1 (d, 2H), 5.65 (d, 1H, OH), 4.9 (d, 1H, OH), 4. 7(m, 1H), 3.5 (m, 2H); LC/MS: m/z=369.
    • EXAMPLE 81 Synthesis of (R)-6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-4-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 96)
  • Figure imgb0426
  • (R)-6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-4-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide was synthesized using methodology described in General Method 1 of Example 57. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.3(m, 3H), 8.0 (d, 2H), 7.7 (s, 1H), 7.3 (m, 2H), 7.18 (m, 2H), 7.1 (d, 2H), 5.65 (d, 1H, OH), 4.9 (d, 1H, OH), 4.7 (m, 1H), 3.5 (m, 2H); LC/MS: m/z=369.
    • EXAMPLE 82 Synthesis of (R)-4-(2,3-dihydroxypropyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 134)
  • Figure imgb0427
  • (R)-4-(2,3-dihydroxypropyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide was synthesized using methodology described in General Method 1 of Example 57. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.09 (m, 2H), 7.85 (d, 2H), 7.70 (m, 2H), 7.30 (t, 2H), 7.18 (m, 2H), 7.10 (d, 2H), 4.70 (m, 2H), 4.00 (m, 1H), 3.40 (m, 2H), 3.04 (m, 1H), 2.80 (m, 1H); LC/MS: m/z=383.
    • EXAMPLE 83 Synthesis of (S)-4-(2,3-dihydroxypropyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 135)
  • Figure imgb0428
  • (S)-4-(2,3-dihydroxypropyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide was synthesized using methodology described in General Method 1 of Example 57. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.09 (m, 2H), 7.87 (d, 2H), 7.70 (m, 2H), 7.30 (t, 2H), 7.18 (m, 2H), 7.10 (d, 2H), 4.70 (m, 2H), 4.00 (m, 1H), 3.40 (m, 2H), 3.04 (m, 1H), 2.80 (m, 1H); LC/MS: m/z=383.
    • EXAMPLE 84 Synthesis 4-((1S,2S)-1,2-dihydroxypropyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide (Compound Example No. 129)
  • Figure imgb0429
  • 4-((1S,2S)-1,2-dihydroxypropyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide was isolated as by-product during the synthesis of (S)-4-(2,3-dihydroxypropyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.39 (s, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.84 (m, 3H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.27 (m, 2H), 7.16 (m, 2H), 7.11 (d, 2H), 5.40 (bs, 1H), 4.50 (m, 2H), 4.0 (m, 1H), 1.0 (m, 3H); LC/MS: m/z=383.
    • EXAMPLE 85 Synthesis of 4-((1R, 2R)-1,2-dihydroxypropyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide (Compound Example No. 131)
  • Figure imgb0430
  • 4-((1R, 2R)-1,2-dihydroxypropyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide was isolated as a by product during the synthesis of Compound Example No. 133. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.39 (s, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.84 (m, 3H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.32 (m, 2H), 7.20 (m, 2H), 7.16 (d, 2H), 5.40 (m, 1H), 4.50 (m, 2H), 4.0 (m, 1H), 1.0 (m, 3H); LC/MS: m/z=383.
    • EXAMPLE 86 Synthesis of 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-((pyridine-3-ylmethyl)amino) picolinamide, 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-((pyridine-4-ylmethyl)amino) picolinamide, and 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-((pyridine-2-ylmethyl)amino) picolinamide (Compound Example Nos. 45-47)
  • Figure imgb0431
  • 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-((pyridine-3-ylmethyl)amino)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 45) was synthesized according to general procedure of Example 24 in 80% yield as a white solid. 1H NMR (CD3CN): 8.2-8.9 (m, 3H), 7.6-7.9 (m, 3H), 6.8-7.5 (m, 8H), 4.8 (s, 2H); (m/z + H) = 415.
    Figure imgb0432
  • 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-((pyridine-4-ylmethyl)amino)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 46) was synthesized according to general procedure of Example 24 in 80% yield as a white solid. 1HNMR (CD3CN): 8.9 (s, br, 2H), 7.6-7.9 (m, 4H), 6.8-7.5 (m, 9H), 4.8(s, 2H).
    Figure imgb0433
  • 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-((pyridine-2-ylmethyl)amino)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 47) was synthesized according to general procedure of Example 24. 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.44 (m, 1H), 7.89 (d, 2H, J=8.8Hz), 7.71 (dt, 1H, J1=1.6, J2=7.6 Hz), 7.38 (d, 1H, J=7.6 Hz), 7.23 (dd, 1H, J1=6, J2=7.6 Hz), 7.19 (d, 1H, J=2.4 Hz), 7.06-6.90 (m, 6H), 4.51(s, 2H); LC/MS: m/z= 415 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 87 Synthesis of 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-1',2',3',6'-tetrahydro-[4,4'-bipyridine]-2-carboxamide (Compound Example No. 122)
  • Figure imgb0434
  • To a flask containing methyl 4-chloro-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinate (compound A) (0.5g, 1.4 mmol) was added tert-butyl 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-5,6-dihydropyridine-1(2H)-carboxylate (compound B) (0.45 g, 1.47 mmol), dimethoxyethane (1.4 mL), and ethanol (0.7 mL). Sodium carbonate (0.296 g, 2.8 mmol) was dissolved in water (1.4 mL) and this solution was added to the reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was then evacuated and flushed with argon 3 times. Bis(triphenylphine) dichloropalladium was added and the reaction mixture was heated at 60°C for 1.5 h at which time analysis of an aliquot of the reaction mixture indicated the reaction was complete. The ethanol was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate (50 mL) and water (50 mL). The layers were separated, the aqueous layer was washed with ethyl acetate (20 mL) and the combined organic layers were dried (magnesium sulfate) and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield the crude product. Purification by column chromatography (silica gel, hexane/ethyl acetate gradient) yielded an approximately one to one mixture of the methyl and ethyl esters of compound C. This material was used as is for the next step.
    Figure imgb0435
  • Compound C as a mixture of esters from Scheme 63 was dissolved in 5 mL of 7N ammonia in methanol and heated at 60°C for 18 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to yield a pale yellow solid which was taken up in dichloromethane (10 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h at ambient temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel; methanol/ethyl acetate gradient) to give 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-1',2',3',6'-tetrahydro-[4,4'-bipyridine]-2-carboxamide (Compound Example No. 122).
    • EXAMPLE 88 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-methyl(phenyl)amino)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 43)
  • Figure imgb0436
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 7.93 (bd, 1H, NH), 7.63 (bd, 1H, NH), 7.56 (m, 3H), 7.47 (m, 2H), 7.39 (d, 2H), 7.25 (m, 3H), 7.12 (m, 2H), 7.02 (d, 2H), 6.79 (s, 1H), 3.5 (s, 3H); LC/MS: m/z= 414 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 89 4-((2-cyanoethyl)(phenyl)amino)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenylpicolinamide (Compound Example No. 44)
  • Figure imgb0437
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.12 (bs, 1H, NH), 7.69 (bs, 1H, NH), 7.61 (s, 1H), 7.51 (m, 4H), 7.43 (d, 2H), 7.38 (d, 1H), 7.24 (t, 2H), 7.12 (m, 2H), 7.01 (d, 2H), 6.59 (s, 1H), 4.31 (t, 2H), 2.85 (t, 2H); LC/MS: m/z= 453 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 90 4-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-6-methyl(phenyl)amino)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 113)
  • Figure imgb0438
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.19 (m, 3H), 7.58 (bs, 1H, NH), 7.51 (t, 2H), 7.34 (m, 3H), 7.25 (m, 3H), 7.15 (m, 3H), 7.04 (d, 2H), 3.40 (s, 3H); LC/MS: m/z= 414 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 91 6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-methyl(phenyl)amino)picolinic acid (Compound Example No. 114)
  • Figure imgb0439
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 12.80 (bs, 1H, CO2H), 7.50 (m, 3H), 7.40 (t, 2H), 7.32 (m, 2H), 7.19 (m, 3H), 7.05 (m, 2H), 6.96 (d, 2H), 6.74 (s, 1H), 3.40 (s, 3H); LC/MS: m/z= 415 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 92 6-((2-cyanoethyl)(phenyl)amino)-4-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 115)
  • Figure imgb0440
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.24 (d, 2H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.56 (m, 3H), 7.40 (m, 4H), 7.27 (m, 2H), 7.14 (m, 2H), 7.06 (d, 2H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 4.20 (t, 2H), 2.80 (t, 2H); LC/MS: m/z= 453 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 93 4-((6-carbamoyl-4-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridine-2-yl)(methyl)amino)benzoic acid (Compound Example No. 116)
  • Figure imgb0441
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.28 (m, 3H), 8.08 (d, 2H), 7.70 (s, 1H, NH), 7.50 (m, 3H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 7.32 (t, 2H), 7.20 (m, 2H), 7.10 (d, 2H), 3.50 (s, 3H); LC/MS: m/z= 458 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 94 6-((4-carboxyphenyl)(methyl)amino)-4-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinic acid (Compound Example No. 117)
  • Figure imgb0442
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.01 (d, 2H), 7.78 (m, 3H), 7.51 (d, 2H), 7.32 (m, 3H), 7.20 (m, 2H), 7.11 (d, 2H), 3.60 (s, 3H); LC/MS: m/z= 459 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 95 4-((2-cyanoethyl)phenyl)amino)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinic acid (Compound Example No. 118)
  • Figure imgb0443
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 7.62 (s, 1H), 7.52 (m, 4H), 7.44 (d, 2H), 7.38 (t, 1H), 7.24 (t, 2H), 7.12 (m, 2H), 7.01 (d, 2H), 6.62 (s, 1H), 4.25 (t, 2H), 2.92 (t, 2H); LC/MS: m/z= 454 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 96 4-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-6-(methyl(phenyl)amino)picolinic acid (Compound Example No. 119)
  • Figure imgb0444
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.18 (d, 2H), 7.60 (m, 2H), 7.42 (m, 3H), 7.34 (m, 3H), 7.21 (m, 3H), 7.15 (d, 2H), 3.50 (s, 3H); LC/MS: m/z= 415 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 97 6-((4-carboxyphenyl)(methyl)amino)-4-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinic acid (Compound Example No. 120)
  • Figure imgb0445
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.12 (d, 2H), 8.01 (d, 2H), 7.44 (m, 3H), 7.32 (s, 1H), 7.27 (t, 2H), 7.13 (m, 2H), 7.08 (d, 2H), 3.50(s, 3H); LC/MS: m/z= 459 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 98 6-((carboxymethyl)(phenyl)amino)-4-(4-(4-fluoeophenoxy)phenyl)picolinic acid (Compound Example No. 121)
  • Figure imgb0446
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.12 (d, 2H), 7.60 (m, 2H), 7.44 (m, 3H), 7.30 (m, 3H), 7.20 (m, 2H), 7.12 (m, 3H), 4.70 (s, 2H); LC/MS: m/z= 459(M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 99 4-((2-carbamoyl-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridine-4-yl)(methyl)amino)benzoic acid (Compound Example No. 91)
  • Figure imgb0447
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 7.95 (s, 1H, NH), 7.90 (d, 2H), 7.61 (s, 1H, NH), 7.55 (m, 3H), 7.23 (m, 4H), 7.12 (m, 2H), 7.04 (d, 2H), 6.81 (s, 1H), 3.50 (s, 3H); LC/MS: m/z= 458 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 100 4-((carboxymethyl)(phenyl)amino)-6-(4-(4-fluoeophenoxy)phenyl)picolinic acid (Compound Example No. 92)
  • Figure imgb0448
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 7.59 (s, 1H), 7.55 (d, 2H), 7.46 (m, 4H), 7.34-7.21 (m, 3H), 7.12 (m, 2H), 7.03 (d, 2H), 6.78 (s, 1H), 4.70 (s, 2H); LC/MS: m/z= 459 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 101 1-(2-carboxy-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridine-4-yl)-1H-indole-3-carboxylic acid (Compound Example No. 93)
  • Figure imgb0449
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.61 (bs, 1H), 8.31 (s, 1H), 8.11 (bs, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 7.9-7.8 (m, 3H), 7.2 (m, 2H), 7.12-7.0 (m, 6H); LC/MS: m/z= 469 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 102a 6-((2-cyanoethyl)phenyl)amino)-4-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinic acid (Compound Example No. 94)
  • Figure imgb0450
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.19 (d, 2H), 7.60 (t, 2H), 7.46 (m, 4H), 7.30 (t, 2H), 7.19 (m, 2H), 7.11 (d, 2H), 7.06 (s, 1H), 4.30 (t, 2H), 2.85 (t, 2H); LC/MS: m/z= 454 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 102b 6-((2-amino-2-oxoethyl)(phenyl)amino)-4-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 98)
  • Figure imgb0451
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.15 (bs, 1H, NH), 8.10 (m, 2H), 7.66-7.30 (m, 7H), 7.25 (m, 3H0, 7.17-7.0 (m, 6H), 4.4 (m, 2H); LC/MS: m/z= 457 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 103 4-(4-cyano-1H-indol-1-yl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 99)
  • Figure imgb0452
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.68 (d, 1H), 8.65 (s, 1H), 8.21 (s, 2H), 8.12 (bs, 1H, NH), 8.07 (d, 2H), 7.90 (bs, 1H, NH), 7.75 (d, 1H), 7.48 (t, 1H), 7.30 (t, 2H), 7.20 (m, 2H), 7.15 (d, 2H), 6.98 (s, 1H); LC/MS: m/z= 449 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 104 6-(4-cyano-1H-indol-1-yl)-4-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 100)
  • Figure imgb0453
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.50 (m, 3H), 8.47 (d, 2H), 8.12 (m, 2H), 7.90 (bs, 1H, NH), 7.78 (m, 1H), 7.49 (m, 1H), 7.29 (m, 2H), 7.2-7.1 (m, 4H), 7.0 (s, 1H); LC/MS: m/z= 449 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 105 4-(4-cyano-1H-indol-1-yl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinic acid (Compound Example No. 101)
  • Figure imgb0454
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 9.01 (d, 1H), 8.55 (s, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.97 (m, 3H), 7.70 (d, 1H), 7.40 (t, 1H), 7.29 (t, 2H), 7.19 (m, 2H), 7.12 (d, 2H), 6.90 (s, 1H); LC/MS: m/z= 450 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 106 4-((2-amino-2-oxoethyl)(phenyl)amino)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 102)
  • Figure imgb0455
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 7.83 (bs, 1H), 7.73 (bs, 1H), 7.58 (m, 2H), 7.58-7.45 (m, 6H), 7.34-7.21 (m, 3H), 7.13 (m, 3H), 7.02 (d, 2H), 6.75 (s, 1H), 4.42 (s, 2H); LC/MS: m/z= 457 (M+1).
    • EXAMPLE 107 6-(4-cyano-1H-indol-1-yl)-4-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinic acid (Compound Example No. 126)
  • Figure imgb0456
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.26 (m, 3H), 8.10 (d, 1H), 8.0 (d, 2H), 7.75 (d, 1H), 7.46 (t, 1H), 7.30 (t, 2H), 7.17 (m, 2H), 7.09 (d, 2H), 6.95 (s, 1H); LC/MS: m/z= 449 (M).
    • EXAMPLE 108 1-(2-carboxy-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridine-4-yl)-1H-indole-6-carboxylic acid (Compound Example No. 130)
  • Figure imgb0457
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 9.25 (bs, 0.7H, CO2H), 8.24 (d, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.96 (m, 3H), 7.79 (d, 1H), 7.50 (d, 1H), 7.29 (t, 2H), 7.20 (m, 2H), 7.13 (d, 2H), 6.7 (d, 1H); LC/MS: m/z= 468 (M).
    • EXAMPLE 109 (S)-6-(4-(3-cyano-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-N-(2,3-dihydroxypropyl) picolinamide (Compound Example No. 90)
  • Figure imgb0458
  • 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.22 (d, 2H, J=8.8Hz), 8.02-7.93 (m, 3H), 7.80 (d, 1H, J=8.8Hz), 7.53 (d, 1H, J=2.4Hz), 7.33 (dd, 1H, J1=2.8, J2=9.2Hz), 7.18 (d, 2H, J=8Hz), 3.77 (m, 1H), 3.59 (dd, 1H, J1=4.8, J2=14Hz), 3.50 (d, 2H, J=5.6Hz), 3.40 (dd, 1H, J1=6.8, J2=14Hz); LC/MS: m/z= 458 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 110 (S)-4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)-N-(4-fluorophenyl)benzenesulfonamide (Compound Example No. 104)
  • Figure imgb0459
  • 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.17 (d, 2H, J=8.8Hz), 7.91 (t, 1H, J=8Hz), 7.82 (d, 2H, J=8.4Hz), 7.57 (d, 1H, J=7.6Hz), 7.12 (m, 2H), 6.98 (m, 2H), 4.84 (m, 1H), 3.94 (dd, 1H, J1=4.4, J2=12Hz), 3.78 (dd, 1H, J1=6.4, J2=12Hz); LC/MS: m/z= 389 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 111 (S)-6-(4-(4-chloro-2-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 140)
  • Figure imgb0460
  • 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.21 (d, 2H, J=8.8Hz), 8.09 (m, 2H), 7.42 (dd, 1H, J1=2.4, J2=10Hz), 7.27 (m, 1H), 7.22 (t, 1H, J=8.8Hz), 7.10 (d, 2H, J=8.8Hz), 4.86 (m, 1H), 3.74(m, 2H); LC/MS: m/z= 403 [M+H].
    • EXAMPLE 112 (R)-6-(4-(4-chloro-2-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 141)
  • Figure imgb0461
  • 1H NMR(CD3OD): 8.11 (d, 2H, J=8.8Hz), 7.98 (m, 2H), 7.31 (dd, 1H, J1=2.4, J2=10Hz), 7.17 (m, 1H), 7.11 (t, 1H, J=8.8Hz), 6.99 (d, 2H, J=8.8Hz), 4.755 (m, 1H), 3.64(m, 2H); LC/MS: m/z= 403 [M+H].
    • EXAMPLE 113 Synthesis of 4-((R)-1,2-dihydroxy-ethyl)-6-[3-(4-fluoro-phenoxy)-phenyl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide (Compound Example No. 142)
  • Figure imgb0462
    • 2-[3-(4-fluoro-phenoxy)-phenyl]-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolane
  • Figure imgb0463
  • A 250 ml round bottom flask was charged with 4-fluoro-3'-iodophenyl ether (5 g, Synquest), 4,4,5,5,4',4',5',5'-octamethyl-[2,2']bi[[1,3,2]dioxaborolanyl] (4 g, 15.9 mmol), potassium acetate (4.68 g, 47.7 mmol), and 0 PdCl2dppf∗CH2Cl2 (0.649 g, 0.8 mmol) in 15 ml dioxane. The flask was purged with nitrogen and heated to 100°C for 20 h. When the reaction was complete, the mixture was diluted with 500 ml brine and extracted with diethyl ether (2 x 250 ml). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The boronate was chromatographed by combiflash using a 120 gram silica column and a gradient of EtOAc (40% max) in hexane. The concentrated residue was taken up in a minimum of IPA and heated in a water bath until the suspension dissolved and was then allowed to cool to room temperature. The cooled solution was sonicated to give a precipitate. The solid was collected by vacuum filtration to provide 1.9 g of 2-[3-(4-fluoro-phenoxy)-phenyl]-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolane as an off-white solid (30% yield) in very high purity. 1H NMR (CHCl3): 7.57-7.51 (m, 1 H), 7.44-7.39 (m, 1 H), 7.37-7.31 (m, 1 H), 7.09-6.92 (m, 5 H), 1.35-1.31 (s, 12 H). LC/MS: m/z= 314 [M]+.
  • 4-Chloro-6-[3-(4-fluoro-phenoxy)-phenyl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
    Figure imgb0464
  • In a 50-ml vial with a screw-top septum, 2-[3-(4-fluoro-phenoxy)-phenyl]-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolane (0.500 g, 1.59 mmol) was dissolved in 6 ml DME, 3 ml EtOH, and 6 ml water. The boronate was then treated with one equivalent of 4,6-dichloro-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (Anichem), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (0.078 g, 0.11 mmol), and cesium carbonate(1.04 g, 3.18 mmol). The vial was purged with argon and heated to 90°C for 10 hours, at which time the reaction was complete. The reaction mixture was diluted with 50 ml water and the aqueous layer acidified with about 10 ml 4N aq. HCl. The desired material was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 ml). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by combiflash using a 40-gram silica column and a gradient of EtOAc (100% max) in hexane to provide 0.445 g of 4-chloro-6-[3-(4-fluoro-phenoxy)-phenyl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester.
    • 4-chloro-6-[3-(4-fluoro-phenoxy)-phenyl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide
  • Figure imgb0465
  • In a 50-ml vial with a screw-top septum, 4-chloro-6-[3-(4-fluoro-phenoxy)-phenyl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (0.445 g) was dissolved in 3 ml methanol. 7N NH3/MeOH (6 ml) was added to the solution and stirred for 3 hours, at which time the reaction was complete. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was suspended in about 3 ml methanol. The suspension was collected by vacuum filtration and washed with cold methanol to provide 0.267 g of 4-chloro-6-[3-(4-fluoro-phenoxy)-phenyl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide as a very pure yellow solid (65% yield).
    • 6-[3-(4-Fluoro-phenoxy)-phenyl] -4-vinyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide
  • Figure imgb0466
  • A 5 ml sealed microwave tube was charged with 4-chloro-6-[3-(4-fluoro-phenoxy)-phenyl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide (0.267 g, 0.78 mmol), vinyl boronic acid pinacol ester (0.180 g, 1.17 mmol, Aldrich) in three equivalents of TBAF/THF. The mixture was heated to 120°C by microwave for 45 minutes. The mixture was chromatographed without workup by combiflash using a 40-gram silica column with a gradient of methanol (30% max) in chloroform to provide 0.130 g of 6-[3-(4-fluoro-phenoxy)-phenyl]-4-vinyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide as a clear oil in good purity (50% yield).
    • 4-((R)-1,2-Dihydroxy-ethyl)-6-[3-(4-fluoro-phenoxy)-phenyl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide
  • Figure imgb0467
  • To a scintillation vial was added 6-[3-(4-fluoro-phenoxy)-phenyl]-4-vinyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide (0.066 g), 5 ml IPA, 5 ml water, and 0.270 g AD Mix beta. After the oxidation reaction was complete, the mixture was partitioned between 50 ml water and 50 ml EtOAc. The organic layer was separated, concentrated under reduced vacuum, and chromatographed by combiflash using a 12-gram silica column using a gradient of MeOH (0-40%) in chloroform as the eluent. The compound was purified further by prep TLC (100% EtOAc) followed by crystallization from chloroform and hexane to provide 0.019 g of 4-((R)-1,2-dihydroxy-ethyl)-6-[3-(4-fluoro-phenoxy)-phenyl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide as a white solid (26% yield) in very high purity. 1H NMR (CHCl3) 8.80-8.73 (m, 1 H), 8.22-8.14 (m, 1 H), 7.79-7.74 (m, 1 H), 7.71-7.64 (m, 1 H), 7.56-7.47 (s, 1 H), 7.31-7.03 (m, 7 H), 5.55-5.47 (m, 1 H), 4.86-4.80 (m, 1 H), 4.77-4.69 (m, 1 H), 3.55-3.44 (m, 1 H). LC/MS: m/z = 368[M]+.
    • EXAMPLE 114 Synthesis of 4-((S)-1,2-Dihydroxy-ethyl)-6-(4'-fluoro-biphenyl-4-yl)pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (Compound Example No. 154)
  • Figure imgb0468
    • Step 1: Synthesis of 4-bromo-4'-fluoro-1,1'-biphenyl
  • To THF (90 mL) degassed by purging argon was added 4-flouroiodobenzene (4.5g, 20.2 mmol), 4-bromophenylboronic acid (4g, 20.2 mmol), and tetrabutylammonium flouride (1M in THF, 40.5 mL, 40.5 mmol), and the mixture was degassed again. Pd(dppf)Cl2 (732 mg, 1 mmol) was added and the mixture was degassed again for 15 minutes. The reaction mixture was heated at 65°C in an oil bath overnight. TLC (heptane eluent) showed the reaction was complete. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and extracted with brine. The organic layer was dried (sodium sulfate) and concentrated to yield the crude product. Purification by column chromatography (60-120 mesh silica, heptane eluent) yielded 3.2 g of 4-bromo-4'-fluoro-1,1'-biphenyl.
    • Step 2: Synthesis of 2-(4'-fluoro-[1,1'-biphenyl]-4-yl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane
  • To DMF (32 mL) degassed by purging with argon was added 4-bromo-4'-fluoro-1,1'-biphenyl (3.2 g, 12.7 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diboron (3.56 g, 14.0 mmol) and potassium acetate (3.76 g, 30.0 mmol), and the mixture was degassed again. Pd(dppf)Cl2 (276 mg, 0.38 mmol) was added and the mixture was degassed again for 15 minutes. The reaction mixture was heated at 53°C in an oil bath overnight. The reaction was checked by TLC (heptane eluent), shown to be incomplete, and heated to 65°C for an additional 4 h. TLC showed some starting material remaining. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and extracted with brine. The organic layer was dried (sodium sulfate) and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the crude product. Purification by column chromatography (60-120 mesh silica gel, 0 to 5% ethyl acetate / heptane eluent) yielded 3.1 g of 2-(4'-fluoro-[1,1'-biphenyl]-4-yl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane.
    • Step 3: Synthesis of methyl 6-chloro-4-(4'-fluoro-[1,1'-biphenyl]-4-yl)picolinate (compound I) and methyl 4-chloro-6-(4'-fluoro-[1,1'-biphenyl]-4-yl)picolinate (compound II)
  • To THF (62 mL) degassed by purging argon was added 2-(4'-fluoro-[1,1'-biphenyl]-4-yl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (3.1 g, 10.3 mmol), methyl 4,6-dichloropicolinate (2.132 g, 10.3 mmol) and tetrabutylammonium fluoride (1M in THF, 20.7 mL, 20.7 mmol), and the mixture was degassed again. Pd(dppf)Cl2 (372 mg, 0.51 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was degassed again for 15 minutes. The reaction mixture was heated at 50°C in an oil bath overnight. TLC (silica gel, 4/1 heptane / ethyl acetate) showed the reaction had not gone to completion. After heating at 55°C for an additional four hours, TLC showed almost complete reaction. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate and extracted with brine. The organic layer was dried (sodium sulfate) and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the crude product which was purified by column chromatography (230-400 mesh silica gel) to give compound I (1.0 g) which eluted with 0- 6% ethyl acetate in heptane and compound II (0.80 g) which eleuted with 8-12% ethyl acetate in heptane.
    • Step 4: Synthesis of methyl 6-(4'-fluoro-[1,1'-biphenyl]-4-yl)-4-vinylpicolinate
  • To THF (16 mL) degassed by purging argon was added methyl 4-chloro-6-(4'-fluoro-[1,1'-biphenyl]-4-yl)picolinate (compound II, 800 mg, 0.83 mmol), vinyl boronic acid pinacol ester (360 mg, 2.9 mmol), and tetrabutylammonium fluoride (1M in THF, 4.68 mL), and the reaction mixture was degassed. Pd(dppf)Cl2 (85.6 mg, 0.04 mmol) was added and the reaction was degassed for an additional 15 minutes. The reaction mixture was heated at 60°C in an oil bath for overnight. TLC (silica gel, 4/1 heptane / ethyl acetate) showed the reaction had not gone to completion. Additional reaction time had no effect, so the reaction was cooled, diluted with ethyl acetate, and extracted with brine. The organic layer was dried (sodium sulfate) and concentrated under vacuum to obtain the crude product which was purified by column chromatography (230-400 mesh silica gel, 0-8% ethyl acetate in heptane as eluent) to yield 600 mg of methyl 6-(4'-fluoro-[1,1'-biphenyl]-4-yl)-4-vinylpicolinate.
    • Step 5: Synthesis of 6-(4'-fluoro-[1,1'-biphenyl]-4-yl)-4-vinylpicolinamide
  • Methyl 6-(4'-fluoro-[1,1'-biphenyl]-4-yl)-4-vinylpicolinate (600 mg, 1.8 mmol) was dissolved in 10 mL of methanol in a pressure tube. Into the tube was condensed about 10 mL ammonia at -20°C to -30°C. The pressure tube was tightly closed and the resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for overnight. TLC (silica gel, 10% methanol in chloroform) showed the reaction had gone to completion. The ammonia was removed by nitrogen purge and the methanol was removed under reduced pressure to obtain 300 mg of 6-(4'-fluoro-[1,1'-biphenyl]-4-yl)-4-vinylpicofinamide which was pure enough to take to next step without purification.
    • Step 6: Synthesis of (S)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4'-fluoro-[1,1'-biphenyl]-4-yl)picolinamide
  • 6-(4'-fluoro-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-vinylpicolinamide (0.2 g, 0.78 mmol) was added to the clear solution of AD-mix alpha (0.8 g) in 1:1 mixture of IPA (10 mL) and water (10 mL). The resulting slurry was stirred at room temperature overnight. TLC (20% methanol in chloroform) showed the reaction had not gone to completion. The reaction mixture was quenched by adding 10 mL of 10% aqueous NaHSO3 solution and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layers were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the crude compound. Purification by column chromatography (230-400 mesh silica gel, 0-5% methanol in CHCl3 yielded 130 mg of (S)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4'-fluoro-[1,1'-biphenyl]-4-yl)picolinamide. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.35 (bs, 1 H), 8.22 (bs, 1 H), 7.98-7.89 (bm 3 H), 7.89-7.78 (m, 4 H), 7.70 (bs, 1 H), 7.25 (bm, 2 H), 5.62 (m, 1 H), 4.72 (m 2 H), 3.75 (m, 2 H). LC/MS: m/z = 453[M+1]+.
    • EXAMPLE 115
  • The following compounds were prepared using the synthetic methodology described above:
    • ({6-Carbamoyl-4-[4-(4-fluoro-phenoxy)-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl}phenyl-amino)-acetic acid (Compound Example No. 143)
  • Figure imgb0469
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.05 (bs, 1 H), 7.95 (m, 2 H), 7.45 (m, 1 H), 7.27-7.12 (bm, 3 H), 7.08-6.92 (bm, 6 H), 4.0 (s, 2 H). LC/MS: m/z = 458 [M+1]+.
    • 3-({6-Carbamoyl-4-[4-(4-fluoro-phenoxy)-phenyl]-pyridin-2-yl}phenyl-amino)-propionic acid (Compound Example No. 144)
  • Figure imgb0470
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 12.4 (bs, 1 H), 9.36 (bs, 1 H), 8.42 (m, 2 H), 7.80- (m, 2 H), 7.68- (m, 2 H), 7.40-7.05 (bm, 9 H), 7.36-7.20 (bm, 4 H), 6.95 (bm, 1 H), 3.45 (s, 2 H), 2.55 (s, 2 H). LC/MS: m/z = 472[M+1]+.
    • 3-({2-Carbamoyl-6-[4-(4-fluoro-phenoxy)-phenyl]-pyridin-4-yl}phenyl-amino)-propionic acid (Compound Example No. 145)
  • Figure imgb0471
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 12.4 (bs, 1 H), 9.16 (bs, 1 H), 8.12 (m, 2 H), 7.55 (m, 1 H), 7.50-7.38 (bm, 3 H), 7.36-7.20 (bm, 4 H), 7.20-7.02 (bm, 5 H), 3.45 (s, 2 H), 2.55 (s, 2 H). LC/MS: m/z = 472[M+1]+.
    • 4-[4-(4-Cyano-phenoxy)-phenyl]-6-(methyl-phenyl-amino)-pyridine2-carboxylic acid amide (Compound Example No. 146)
  • Figure imgb0472
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.38-8.22 (bm, 3 H), 7.70 (m, 2 H), 7.65-7.52 (bm, 3 H), 7.45-7.30 (bm, 4 H), 7.30-7.18 (bm, 5 H), 3.60 (s, 3 H). LC/MS: m/z = 421[M+1]+.
    • 6-[4-(4-Cyano-phenoxy)-phenyl]-4-(methyl-phenyl-amino)-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide (Compound Example No. 147)
  • Figure imgb0473
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 7.95 (bs 1 H), 7.84 (bm 2 H), 7.70-7.58 (bm, 4 H), 7.48 (m, 2 H), -7.40 (m, 2 H), 7.30 (bm, 1 H), 7.23 (m, 2 H), 7.19 (m, 2 H), 6.82 (s, 1H). LC/MS: m/z = 421[M+1]+
    • 6-(Methyl-phenyl-amino)-4-[4-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenoxy)phenyl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide (Compound Example No. 148)
  • Figure imgb0474
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.38-8.18 (bm, 3 H), 7.78 (bm, 2 H), 7.63-7.48 (bm, 3 H), 7.42-7.27 (bm, 4 H), 7.27-7.12 (bm, 5 H), 3.60 (s, 3 H). LC/MS: m/z =464[M+1]+.
    • 4-(Methyl-phenyl-amino)-6-[4-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenoxy)phenyl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide (Compound Example No. 149)
  • Figure imgb0475
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 7.97 (bs, 1 H), 7.75 (bm, 2 H), 7.50-7.45 (bm, 2 H), 7.30 (bm 1 H), 7.23-7.18 (bm, 4 H), 6.82 (s, 1 H), 3.60 (s, 3 H). LC/MS: m/z = 464[M+1]+.
    • 6-[4-(4-Fluoro-phenoxy)-phenyl]-4-{phenyl-[2-(2H-tetrazol-5-yl)-ethyl]-amino}-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide (Compound Example No. 150)
  • Figure imgb0476
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.15 (bs, 1 H), 7.72 (bs, 1 H), 7.58-7.45 (bm, 5 H), 7.30-7.20 (bm 3 H), 7.25 (bm, 2 H), 7.12 (bm, 2 H), 7.03 (bm, 2 H), 6.62 (s, 1 H), 4.32 (m, 2 H), 3.15 (m, 2 H). LC/MS: m/z = 496[M+1]+.
    • 4-[4-(4-Fluoro-phenoxy)-phenyl]-6-{phenyl-[2-(2H-tetrazol-5-yl)-ethyl]-amino}-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide (Compound Example No. 151)
  • Figure imgb0477
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.15 (m, 3 H), 7.58-7.50 (bm, 3 H), 7.42-7.38 (bm 1 H), 7.35-7.20 (bm, 5 H), 7.15 (bm, 2 H), 7.05 (bm, 3 H), 4.23 (m, 2 H), 3.15 (m, 2 H). LC/MS: m/z = 496[M+1]+.
    • 6-[4-(4-Fluoro-phenoxy)-phenyl]-4-{phenyl-[2-(2H-tetrazol-5-yl)ethyl]-amino}-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (Compound Example No. 152)
  • Figure imgb0478
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 7.60 (s, 1 H), 7.58-7.48 (bm, 4 H), 7.38-7.20 (bm 5 H), 7.15 (bm, 2 H), 7.02 (bm, 2 H), 4.23 (m, 2 H), 3.15 (m, 2 H). LC/MS: m/z = 497[M+1]+.
    • 4-[4-(4-Fluoro-phenoxy)-phenyl]-6-{phenyl-[2-(2H-tetrazol-5-yl)ethyl]-amino}-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (Compound Example No. 153)
  • Figure imgb0479
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.08 (m, 2 H), 7.55 (m, 2 H), 7.41 (bm 1 H), 7.32-7.22 (bm, 5 H), 7.14 (bm, 2 H), 7.18 (bm, 2 H), 7.0 (bs 1 H), 4.33 (m, 2 H), 3.35 (m, 2 H). LC/MS: m/z = 497[M+1]+.
    • 4-((R)-1,2-Dihydroxy-ethyl)-6-(4'-fluoro-biphenyl-4-yl)pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide (Compound Example No. 155)
  • Figure imgb0480
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.35 (bs, 1 H), 8.22 (bs, 1 H), 7.98-7.89 (bm 3 H), 7.89-7.78 (m, 4 H), 7.35 (bm, 2 H), 5.62 (m, 1 H), 4.72 (m 2 H), 3.75 (m, 2 H). LC/MS: m/z = 353[M+1]+.
    • 6-((S)-1,2-Dihydroxy-ethyl)-4-[4-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenoxy)phenyl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide (Compound Example No. 156)
  • Figure imgb0481
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.38-8.28 (bm, 3 H), 8.05 (bs, 1 H), 8.00 (bs, 1 H), 7.42 (bs, 2 H), 7.18 (m, 4 H), 5.62 (m, 1 H), 4.87 (m 1 H), 4.72 (m 1 H), 3.75 (m, 2 H). LC/MS: m/z =435[M+1]+.
    • 6-((R)-1,2-Dihydroxy-ethyl)-4-[4-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenoxy)phenyl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide (Compound Example No. 157)
  • Figure imgb0482
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.38-8.28 (bm, 3 H), 8.05 (bs, 1 H), 8.00 (bs, 1 H), 7.42 (bs, 2 H), 7.18 (m, 4 H), 5.62 (m, 1 H), 4.87 (m 1 H), 4.72 (m 1 H), 3.75 (m, 2 H). LC/MS: m/z =435[M+1]+.
    • 6-((S)-1,2-Dihydroxy-ethyl)-4-[4-(3-trifluoromethoxy-phenoxy)phenyl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide (Compound Example No. 158)
  • Figure imgb0483
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.38-8.28 (bm, 3 H), 8.05 (bs, 1 H), 8.00 (bs, 1 H), 7.68 (bs, 1 H), 7.55 (bm, 1 H), 7.23-7.16 (bm 3 H), 7.15-7.08 (m, 2 H), 5.62 (m, 1 H), 4.87 (m 1 H), 4.72 (m 1 H), 3.75 (m, 2 H). LC/MS: m/z = 435[M+1]+.
    • 4-((S)-1,2-Dihydroxy-ethyl)-6-[4-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenoxy)phenyl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide (Compound Example No. 159)
  • Figure imgb0484
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.35 (bs, 1 H), 8.16 (bs, 1 H), 7.95-7.85 (bm, 3 H), 7.68 (bm, 1 H), 7.48-7.42 (bm 2 H), 7.27-7.18 (m, 4 H), 5.62 (m, 1 H), 4.87 (m 2 H), 3.75 (m, 2 H). LC/MS: m/z = 435[M+1]+.
    • 6-((S)-1,2-Dihydroxy-ethyl)-4-(4'-fluoro-biphenyl-4-yl)pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide (Compound Example No. 160)
  • Figure imgb0485
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.42-8.38 (bm, 3 H), 8.14 (bs, 1 H), 8.03 (bs, 1 H), 7.87-7.78 (bm, 4 H), 7.72 (bs, 1 H), 7.38-7.30 (bm 2 H), 5.62 (m, 1 H), 4.87 (m 1 H), 4.72 (m 1 H), 3.75 (m, 2 H). LC/MS: m/z = 453[M+1]+.
    • 4-((R)-1,2-Dihydroxy-ethyl)-6-[4-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenoxy)phenyl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide (Compound Example No. 161)
  • Figure imgb0486
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.35 (bs, 1 H), 8.16 (bs, 1 H), 7.95-7.85 (bm, 3 H), 7.68 (bm, 1 H), 7.48-7.42 (bm 2 H), 7.27-7.18 (m, 4 H), 5.62 (m, 1 H), 4.87 (m 2 H), 3.75 (m, 2 H). LC/MS: m/z = 435[M+1]+.
    • 6-((R)-1,2-Dihydroxy-ethyl)-4-(4'-fluoro-biphenyl-4-yl)pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide (Compound Example No. 162)
  • Figure imgb0487
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.42-8.38 (bm, 3 H), 8.14 (bs, 1 H), 8.03 (bs, 1 H), 7.87-7.78 (bm, 4 H), 7.72 (bs, 1 H), 7.38-7.30 (bm 2 H), 5.62 (m, 1 H), 4.87 (m 1 H), 4.72 (m 1 H), 3.75 (m, 2 H). LC/MS: m/z =453[M+1]+.
    • 4-((S)-1,2-Dihydroxy-ethyl)-6-[4-(3-trifluoromethoxy-phenoxy)phenyl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide (Compound Example No. 163)
  • Figure imgb0488
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.40 (bs, 1 H), 8.22 (bs, 1 H), 7.98-7.92 (bm, 3 H), 7.75 (bs, 1 H), 7.62 (bm, 1 H), 7.32-7.22 (bm 3 H), 7.22-7.18 (m, 2 H), 5.62 (m, 1 H), 4.87 (m 2 H), 3.75 (m, 2 H). LC/MS: m/z = 435[M+1]+.
    • 4-((R)-1,2-Dihydroxy-ethyl)-6-[4-(3-trifluoromethoxy-phenoxy)phenyl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide (Compound Example No. 164)
  • Figure imgb0489
  • 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.35 (bs, 1 H), 8.17 (bs, 1 H), 7.92-7.88 (bm, 3 H), 7.68 (bs, 1 H), 7.55 (bm, 1 H), 7.26-7.18 (bm 3 H), 7.18-7.10 (m, 2 H), 5.62 (m, 1 H), 4.87 (m 2 H), 3.75 (m, 2 H). LC/MS: m/z =435[M+1]+.
    • (S)-2-((2-cyano-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-4-yl)amino)propanamide (Compound Example No. 165)
  • Figure imgb0490
  • LC/MS: m/z= 377.2 [M+H]+, 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 7.94 (2 H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.60 (1 H, s), 7.36 (1 H, d, J = 7.5 Hz), 7.31-7.24 (2 H, m), 7.22-7.12 (4 H, m), 7.07 (2 H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 6.99 (1 H, br s), 4.16-4.06 (1 H, m), 1.35 (3 H, d, J = 7.0 Hz).
    • (S)-2-((4-cyano-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)amino)propanamide (Compound Example No. 166)
  • Figure imgb0491
  • LC/MS: m/z= 377.1 [M+H]+, 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.12 (2 H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.47 (1 H, s), 7.42 (1 H, s), 7.34 (1 H, d, J = 6.6 Hz), 7.31-7.24 (2 H, m), 7.18-7.12 (2 H, m), 7.01 (2 H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 6.97 (1 H, s), 6.84 (1 H, s), 4.46-4.36 (1 H, m), 1.34 (3 H, d, J = 7.0 Hz).
    • (S)-4-((1-amino-1-oxopropan-2-yl)amino)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound Example No. 167)
  • Figure imgb0492
  • LC/MS: m/z= 395.1 [M+H]+, 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.16-8.09 (3 H, m), 7.57 (1 H, s), 7.52 (1 H, d, J = 2.6 Hz), 7.31-7.22 (2 H, m), 7.21-7.08 (5 H, m), 7.05 (2 H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.01 (1 H, d, J = 7.0 Hz), 4.10-4.01 (1 H, m), 1.35 (3 H, d, J = 7.0 Hz).
    • (S)-2-((2-((S)-1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-4-yl)amino)propanamide (Compound Example No. 168)
  • Figure imgb0493
  • LC/MS: m/z= 412.2 [M+H]+, 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 7.92 (2 H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.51 (1 H, s), 7.29-7.22 (2 H, m), 7.15-7.10 (2 H, m), 7.09 (1 H, s), 7.05 (2 H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 6.83 (1 H, s), 6.71 (1 H, d, J = 7.0 Hz), 6.64 (1 H, s), 5.29-5.25 (1 H, m), 4.81-4.73 (1 H, m), 4.49-4.44 (1 H, m), 3.99 (1 H, p, J = 7.0 Hz), 3.74-3.64 (1 H, m), 3.48-3.39 (1 H, m), 1.33 (3 H, d, J = 7.0 Hz).
    • EXAMPLE 116
  • Representative compounds of the invention have been tested in the FLIPR® or FLIPRTETRA® sodium dye assay with KCl assay for sodium channel blocking activity, which is described in detail above. Representative values are presented in TABLE 3.
    • TABLE 3
  • Evaluation of compounds as sodium channel (Nav) blockers
    Compound Ex. No. Nav1.7
    IC50 (µM) ± SEM
    3 0.07 ± 0.01
    4 0.12 ± 0.02
    5 0.16 ± 0.07
    6 0.27 ± 0.05
    7 0.32 ± 0.02
    8 0.47 ± 0.09
    9 0.50 ± 0.18
    10 0.52 ± 0.11
    11 0.82 ± 0.09
    12 0.89 ± 0.02
    13 0.89 ± 0.08
    14 1.30 ± 0.30
    15 1.42 ± 0.24
    16 1.71 ± 0.24
    17 2.77 ± 0.41
    18 2.80 ± 0.12
    20 2.95 ± 0.76
    21 2.97 ± 0.91
    22 3.33 ± 0.2
    23 4.89 ± 2.48
    24 6.49 ± 2.94
    27 >20
    29 2.65 ± 0.37
    30 0.24 ± 0.07
    31 0.61 ± 0.10
    32 >20
    33 0.50 ± 0.07
    34 0.38 ± 0.08
    35 0.40 ± 0.07
    36 0.22 ± 0.04
    37 0.44 ± 0.10
    38 0.35 ± 0.07
    39 0.13 ± 0.03
    41 0.24 ± 0.04
    42 1.25 ± 0.15
    43 0.93 ± 0.17
    44 3.29 ± 1.17
    45 0.15 ± 0.01
    46 0.48 ± 0.07
    47 0.22 ± 0.06
    48 0.09 ± 0.06
    49 0.10 ± 0.03
    50 0.14 ± 0.03
    51 0.18 ± 0.3
    52 0.20 ± 0.08
    53 0.22 ± 0.06
    54 0.22 ± 0.06
    55 0.23 ± 0.06
    56 0.31 ± 0.05
    57 0.83 ± 0.02
    58 1.57 ± 0.33
    59 2.28 ± 0.20
    60 0.16 ± 0.03
    61 0.03 ± 0.01
    62 0.07 ± 0.02
    63 0.09 ± 0.03
    64 0.10 ± 0.3
    65 0.12 ± 0.02
    66 0.13 ± 0.03
    67 0.17 ± 0.01
    68 0.18 ± 0.09
    69 0.19 ± 0.05
    70 0.23 ± 0.08
    71 0.35 ± 0.05
    72 0.76 ± 0.03
    73 0.09 ± 0.03
    74 0.09 ± 0.01
    76 0.53 ± 0.07
    77 4.27 ± 0.69
    78 10-20
    79 0.41 ± 0.03
    80 1.30 ± 0.17
    81 1.46 ± 0.43
    82 1.94 ± 0.21
    83 1.95 ± 0.52
    84 4.11 ± 0.93
    85 6.59 ± 2.17
    86 9.21 ± 1.15
    87 >20
    88 0.23 ± 0.09
    89 7.13 ± 0.50
    91 >20
    92 3.83 ± 0.64
    93 >20 µM
    94 2.17 ± 0.66
    95 0.17 ± 0.08
    96 0.12 ± 0.03
    98 0.22 ± 0.07
    99 0.10 ± 0.03
    100 0.27 ± 0.03
    101 0.27 ± 0.08
    104 2.70 ± 0.26
    105 0.53 ± 0.08
    106 2.01 ± 0.44
    107 0.40 ± 0.12
    108 0.13 ± 0.01
    109 3.77 ± 0.56
    110 0.62 ± 0.08
    111 0.71 ± 0.13
    112 2.12 ± 0.54
    113 0.36 ± 0.8
    114 0.68 ± 0.6
    115 0.08 ± 0.03
    116 2.71 ± 0.73
    117 >20
    118 2.5 ± 0.30
    119 2.46 ± 0.80
    120 9.3 ± 0.54
    121 6.24 ± 0.81
    122 0.14 ± 0.03
    123 0.17 ± 0.03
    124 2.50 ± 0.34
    125 0.77 ± 0.13
    126 1.05 ± 0.13
    127 1.13 ± 0.11
    128 1.29 ±0.17
    129 1.74 ± 0.35
    130 2.47 ± 0.73
    131 2.78 ± 0.46
    132 2.78 ± 0.75
    133 3.08 ± 0.59
    134 3.90 ± 0.34
    135 7.26 ± 0.34
    136 >20
    137 >20
    140 0.07 ± 0.01
    141 0.07 ± 0.01
    142 5.30 ± 1.6
    143 >20
    144 >20
    145 1.25 ± 0.03
    146 0.09 ± 0.004
    147 1.60 ± 0.26
    148 0.25 ± 0.08
    149 10-20
    150 0.46 ± 0.04
    151 0.16 ± 0.03
    152 1.87 ± 0.68
    153 2.13 ± 0.55
    154 1.12 ± 0.07
    155 2.78 ± 0.61
    156 0.13 ± 0.02
    157 0.12 ± 0.008
    158 0.16 ± 0.01
    159 0.30 ± 0.02
    160 0.49 ± 0.12
    161 1.38 ± 0.20
    163 0.63 ± 0.07
    164 0.49 ± 0.10
    165 1.97 ± 0.49
    166 4.32 ± 1.0
    167 0.73 ± 0.10

Claims (12)

  1. A compound having Formula XXIV:
    Figure imgb0494
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof, wherein:
    A1 is selected from the group consisting of:
    a) optionally substituted cycloalkyl;
    b) optionally substituted heterocyclo;
    c) optionally substituted aryl; and
    d) optionally substituted heteroaryl;
    R5a and R5b, which are identical or different, are selected from the group consisting of:
    a) hydrogen;
    b) optionally substituted alkyl;
    c) optionally substituted cycloalkyl;
    d) optionally substituted heterocyclo;
    e) optionally substituted aryl;
    f) optionally substituted heteroaryl;
    g) aralkyl;
    h) hydroxyalkyl;
    i) (cyano)alkyl;
    j) (heterocyclo)alkyl;
    k) (heteroaryl)alkyl;
    l) (amino)alkyl;
    m) (alkylamino)alkyl;
    n) (dialkylamino)alkyl, and
    o) -(CH2CH2O)m-R15a; or
    R15a is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted alkyl;
    m is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or 11;
    wherein the term "optionally substituted alkyl" as used by itself or as part of another group means that the alkyl is either unsubstituted or substituted with one, two, or three substituents independently chosen from nitro, haloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, alkylthio, sulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ureido, guanidino, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, cycloalkyl; and
    wherein the term "optionally substituted aryl" as used herein by itself or as part of another group means that the aryl is either unsubstituted or substituted with one to five substituents independently chosen from halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, alkylthio, carboxamido, sulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ureido, guanidino, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclo, alkoxyalkyl, (amino)alkyl, hydroxyalkylamino, (alkylamino)alkyl, (dialkylamino)alkyl, (cyano)alkyl, (carboxamido)alkyl, mercaptoalkyl, (heterocyclo)alkyl, or (heteroaryl)alkyl; wherein the term "optionally substituted heteroaryl" as used by itself or as part of another group means that the heteroaryl is either unsubstituted or substituted with one to four substituents independently chosen from halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, alkylthio, carboxamido, sulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ureido, guanidino, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclo, alkoxyalkyl, (amino)alkyl, hydroxyalkylamino, (alkylamino)alkyl, (dialkylamino)alkyl, (cyano)alkyl, (carboxamido)alkyl, mercaptoalkyl, (heterocyclo)alkyl, and (heteroaryl)alkyl;
    wherein the term "optionally substituted heterocyclo" as used by itself or part of another group means the heterocyclo is either unsubstituted or substituted with one to four substituents independently selected from halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, alkylthio, carboxamido, sulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ureido, guanidino, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclo, alkoxyalkyl, (amino)alkyl, hydroxyalkylamino, (alkylamino)alkyl, (dialkylamino)alkyl, (cyano)alkyl, (carboxamido)alkyl, mercaptoalkyl, (heterocyclo)alkyl, (heteroaryl)alkyl, and the like; and
    wherein the term "optionally substituted cycloalkyl" as used by itself or as part of another group means that the cycloalkyl is either unsubstituted or substituted with one, two, or three substituents independently chosen from halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, alkylthio, carboxamido, sulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ureido, guanidino, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclo, alkoxyalkyl, (amino)alkyl, hydroxyalkylamino, (alkylamino)alkyl, (dialkylamino)alkyl, (cyano)alkyl, (carboxamido)alkyl, mercaptoalkyl, (heterocyclo)alkyl, and (heteroaryl)alkyl.
  2. The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof, wherein A1 selected from the group consisting of:
    a) optionally substituted phenyl;
    b) optionally substituted pyridin-2-yl;
    c) optionally substituted pyridin-3-yl; and
    d) optionally substituted pyridin-4-yl.
  3. The compound of claims 1 or 2 having
    (a) Formula XXV:
    Figure imgb0495
     or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof; or
    (b) Formula XXVI:
    Figure imgb0496
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  4. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein R5a and R5b are hydrogen.
  5. The compound of any one of claims 1-4, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof, wherein A1 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted heteroaryl, and
    wherein preferably A1 is selected from the group consisting of:
    a) optionally substituted phenyl;
    b) optionally substituted pyridin-2-yl;
    c) optionally substituted pyridin-3-yl; and
    d) optionally substituted pyridin-4-yl.
  6. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
    (S)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide;
    (S)-6-(4-(4-cyano-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl) picolinamide;
    (S)-6-(4-(4-carbamoyl-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl) picolinamide;
    (S)-6-(4-(3-cyano-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl) picolinamide;
    (R)-6-(4-(3-cyano-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl) picolinamide;
    (S)-6-(4-(4-cyano-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl) picolinamide;
    (R)-6-(4-(4-cyano-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl) picolinamide;
    (S)-6-(4-(4-cyanophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)picolinamide;
    (R)-6-(4-(4-cyanophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)picolinamide; (S)-6-(4-(5-chloro-2-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)picolinamide;
    (R)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide;
    (S)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide;
    (S)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy) phenyl)-N-(2-(piperidin-1-yl)ethyl) picolinamide;
    (R)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide;
    (R)-6-(4-(5-chloro-2-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)picolinamide;
    (R)-6-(4-(4-cyano-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl) Picolinamide;
    (R)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-((5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy) phenyl)picolinamide;
    (S)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)phenyl) picolinamide;
    (S)-6-(4-(4-chloro-2-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)picolinamide; or
    (R)-6-(4-(4-chloro-2-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)picolinamide;
    4-((R)-1,2-dihydroxy-ethyl)-6-[3-(4-fluoro-phenoxy)-phenyl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide;
    4-((S)-1,2-dihydroxy-ethyl)-6-[4-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenoxy)phenyl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide;
    4-((R)-1,2-dihydroxy-ethyl)-6-[4-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenoxy)phenyl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide;
    4-((S)-1,2-dihydroxy-ethyl)-6-[4-(3-trifluoromethoxy-phenoxy)phenyl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide; and
    4-((R)-1,2-dihydroxy-ethyl)-6-[4-(3-trifluoromethoxy-phenoxy)phenyl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide;
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  7. A pharmaceutical composition, comprising the compound of any one of claims 1-6, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  8. Use of a compound of any one of claims 1 to 6 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for the preemptive or palliative treatment of stroke, neuronal damage resulting from head trauma, epilepsy, seizures, neuronal loss following global and focal ischemia, pain, migraine, primary erythromelalgia, paroxysmal extreme pain disorder, cerebellar atrophy, ataxia, mental retardation, a neurodegenerative disorder, manic depression, tinnitus, myotonia, a movement disorder, or cardiac arrhythmia, or providing local anesthesia in a mammal, and
    wherein preferably the Condition is pain, and
    wherein even more preferably the pain is selected from the group consisting of chronic pain, inflammatory pain, neuropathic pain, acute pain, and surgical pain.
  9. Compound of any one of claims 1 to 6 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof for use in the preemptive or palliative treatment of stroke, neuronal damage resulting from head trauma, epilepsy, seizures, neuronal loss following global and focal ischemia, pain, migraine, primary erythromelalgia, paroxysmal extreme pain disorder, cerebellar atrophy, ataxia, mental retardation, a neurodegenerative disorder, manic depression, tinnitus, myotonia, a movement disorder, or cardiac arrhythmia, or providing local anesthesia in a mammal, and
    wherein preferably the Condition is pain, and
    wherein even more preferably the pain is selected from the group consisting of chronic pain, inflammatory pain, neuropathic pain, acute pain, and surgical pain.
  10. The compound as claimed in any one of claims 1-7, wherein said compound is 3H, 11C, or 14C radiolabeled, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  11. A method of screening a candidate compound for the ability to bind to a binding site on a protein using a radiolabeled compound of claim 10, comprising a) introducing a fixed concentration of said radiolabeled compound to an in vitro preparation comprising a soluble or membrane-associated sodium channel, subunit or fragment under conditions that permit said radiolabeled compound to bind to said channel, subunit or fragment, respectively, to form a conjugate; b) titrating said conjugate with said candidate compound; and c) determining the ability of said candidate compound to displace said radiolabeled compound from said channel, subunit or fragment.
  12. A method of preparing a pharmaceutical composition, comprising admixing a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any one of claims 1-6, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof, with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
EP11776851.5A 2010-09-17 2011-09-16 Pyridine compounds and the uses thereof Active EP2616441B1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP19189601.8A EP3590925B1 (en) 2010-09-17 2011-09-16 Pyridine compounds and the uses thereof

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US38413610P 2010-09-17 2010-09-17
PCT/IB2011/002172 WO2012035421A2 (en) 2010-09-17 2011-09-16 Pyridine compounds and the uses thereof

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP19189601.8A Division EP3590925B1 (en) 2010-09-17 2011-09-16 Pyridine compounds and the uses thereof

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
EP2616441A2 EP2616441A2 (en) 2013-07-24
EP2616441B1 true EP2616441B1 (en) 2019-08-07

Family

ID=44903282

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP19189601.8A Active EP3590925B1 (en) 2010-09-17 2011-09-16 Pyridine compounds and the uses thereof
EP11776851.5A Active EP2616441B1 (en) 2010-09-17 2011-09-16 Pyridine compounds and the uses thereof

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP19189601.8A Active EP3590925B1 (en) 2010-09-17 2011-09-16 Pyridine compounds and the uses thereof

Country Status (12)

Country Link
US (2) US9056832B2 (en)
EP (2) EP3590925B1 (en)
JP (1) JP2013538227A (en)
KR (1) KR20130056345A (en)
CN (1) CN103153955A (en)
AR (1) AR083023A1 (en)
AU (1) AU2011303597A1 (en)
BR (1) BR112013006272A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2811479A1 (en)
IL (1) IL225185A0 (en)
MX (1) MX2013003101A (en)
WO (1) WO2012035421A2 (en)

Families Citing this family (41)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
RU2523448C2 (en) 2008-08-04 2014-07-20 СиЭйчДиАй ФАУНДЕЙШН, Инк, Kynurenine-3-monooxygenase inhibitors
EP2528441A4 (en) 2010-01-25 2013-07-10 Chdi Foundation Inc Certain kynurenine-3-monooxygenase inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions, and methods of use thereof
EP2582666B1 (en) 2010-06-16 2014-08-13 Purdue Pharma L.P. Aryl substituted indoles and their use as blockers of sodium channels
US9120752B2 (en) 2010-07-16 2015-09-01 Purdue Pharma, L.P. Pyridine compounds as sodium channel blockers
AR083023A1 (en) 2010-09-17 2013-01-23 Purdue Pharma Lp PIRIDINE COMPOUNDS AND A PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION THAT UNDERSTANDS THEM
US9045435B2 (en) 2010-10-05 2015-06-02 Purdue Pharma, L.P. Quinazoline compounds as sodium channel blockers
KR20130119964A (en) * 2010-12-22 2013-11-01 퍼듀 퍼머 엘피 Substituted pyridines as sodium channel blockers
KR20140072037A (en) 2011-08-30 2014-06-12 씨에이치디아이 파운데이션, 인코포레이티드 Kynurenine-3-monooxygenase inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions, and methods of use thereof
PH12017502049A1 (en) 2011-08-30 2018-08-29 Chdi Foundation Inc Kynurenine-3-monooxygenase inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions, and methods of use thereof
SI2753606T1 (en) 2011-09-02 2017-10-30 Purdue Pharma Lp Pyrimidines as sodium channel blockers
AU2012321111A1 (en) 2011-10-31 2013-05-16 Purdue Pharma L.P. Quaternized amines as sodium channel blockers
US9181185B2 (en) 2011-10-31 2015-11-10 Purdue Pharma L.P. Heteroaryl compounds as sodium channel blockers
US9133131B2 (en) 2011-11-15 2015-09-15 Purdue Pharma L.P. Pyrimidine diol amides as sodium channel blockers
US9206127B2 (en) 2012-03-16 2015-12-08 Purdue Pharm, L.P. Substituted pyridines as sodium channel blockers
US10138207B2 (en) 2012-11-09 2018-11-27 Purdue Pharma, L.P. Benzomorphan analogs and the use thereof
US9714252B2 (en) 2012-12-20 2017-07-25 Purdue Pharma L.P. Cyclic sulfonamides as sodium channel blockers
US9120786B2 (en) 2013-03-04 2015-09-01 Purdue Pharma, L.P. Triazine carboxamides as sodium channel blockers
AU2014224310B2 (en) * 2013-03-04 2017-02-09 Purdue Pharma L.P. Pyrimidine carboxamides as sodium channel blockers
WO2014151393A2 (en) * 2013-03-15 2014-09-25 Purdue Pharma L.P. Carboxamide derivatives and use thereof
MX2020013099A (en) 2013-06-27 2022-07-26 Pfizer Heteroaromatic compounds and their use as dopamine d1 ligands.
US9359330B2 (en) 2013-08-26 2016-06-07 Purdue Pharma L.P. Substituted piperidines as sodium channel blockers
WO2015031036A1 (en) 2013-08-26 2015-03-05 Purdue Pharma L.P. Azaspiro[4.5] decane derivatives and use thereof
PL3052476T3 (en) * 2013-09-30 2021-01-11 Guangzhou Innocare Pharma Tech Co., Ltd. Substituted nicotinimide inhibitors of btk and their preparation and use in the treatment of cancer, inflammation and autoimmune disease
US9828348B2 (en) 2013-11-08 2017-11-28 Purdue Pharma L.P. Benzimidazole derivatives and use thereof
US9340504B2 (en) 2013-11-21 2016-05-17 Purdue Pharma L.P. Pyridine and piperidine derivatives as novel sodium channel blockers
US9745287B2 (en) 2013-12-20 2017-08-29 Purdue Pharma L.P. Pyrimidines and use thereof
US9695144B2 (en) 2013-12-23 2017-07-04 Purdue Pharma L.P. Dibenzazepine derivatives and use thereof
JP6337124B2 (en) * 2013-12-23 2018-06-06 パーデュー、ファーマ、リミテッド、パートナーシップ Indazole and its use
WO2015102682A1 (en) 2013-12-30 2015-07-09 Purdue Pharma L.P. Pyridone-sulfone morphinan analogs as opioid receptor ligands
US10047075B2 (en) 2014-01-24 2018-08-14 Purdue Pharma L.P. Pyridines and pyrimidines and use thereof
CA2939501C (en) 2014-02-12 2020-07-07 Purdue Pharma L.P. Isoquinoline derivatives and use thereof
US10730866B2 (en) 2014-04-07 2020-08-04 Purdue Pharma L.P. Indole derivatives and use thereof
CA2948144A1 (en) 2014-05-06 2015-11-12 Purdue Pharma L.P. Benzomorphan analogs and use thereof
CA2951697A1 (en) 2014-06-13 2015-12-17 Purdue Pharma L.P. Azamophinan derivatives and use thereof
WO2015192039A1 (en) 2014-06-13 2015-12-17 Purdue Pharma L.P. Heterocyclic morphinan derivatives and use thereof
EP3169684B1 (en) 2014-07-17 2019-06-26 CHDI Foundation, Inc. Combination of kmo inhibitor 6-(3-chloro-4-cyclopropoxyphenyl)pyrimidine-4-carboxylic acid with antiviral agent for treating hiv related neurological disorders
US9763955B2 (en) 2015-02-19 2017-09-19 Purdue Pharma L.P. Methods and compositions for decreasing gastric emptying
WO2018125716A1 (en) 2017-01-02 2018-07-05 Purdue Pharma L.P. Morphinan derivatives and use thereof
CN108358966B (en) * 2018-03-05 2020-04-28 南京工业大学 Targeting-mitochondrial function enhancing drug Mito-VB3 and preparation method and application thereof
MA52244A (en) * 2018-04-04 2021-02-17 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv PYRIDINE AND SUBSTITUTED PYRIMIDINES AND THEIR USE AS MODULATORS OF THE GLUN2B RECEPTOR
KR102625641B1 (en) * 2019-02-07 2024-01-15 누리온 케미칼즈 인터내셔널 비.브이. Method for producing alkyleneamine compounds

Family Cites Families (100)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4697012A (en) * 1984-07-25 1987-09-29 Merck & Co., Inc. Morpholino pyridyl thiazole compound
DE3922735A1 (en) * 1989-07-11 1991-01-24 Hoechst Ag AMINOPYRIMIDINE DERIVATIVES, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF, THE AGENTS CONTAINING THEY AND THEIR USE AS FUNGICIDES
EP0600092A4 (en) * 1992-05-29 1994-09-21 Otsuka Pharma Co Ltd Thiazole derivative.
US5639770A (en) * 1992-05-29 1997-06-17 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Thiazole derivatives
JP3385387B2 (en) * 1992-05-29 2003-03-10 大塚製薬株式会社 Thiazole derivatives
EP0672042B1 (en) * 1993-10-01 2006-05-03 Novartis AG Pharmacologically active pyrimidineamine derivatives and processes for the preparation thereof
AU693475B2 (en) * 1993-10-01 1998-07-02 Novartis Ag Pyrimidineamine derivatives and processes for the preparation thereof
DE4337322A1 (en) * 1993-11-02 1995-05-04 Basf Ag Pyride-N-oxide substituted salicylaldehyde or salicylic acid derivatives, processes for their preparation and their use as herbicides
AT400845B (en) 1993-12-06 1996-03-25 Chem Pharm Forsch Gmbh NEW THIENOTHIAZINE DERIVATIVES, A METHOD FOR THEIR PRODUCTION AND THEIR USE
DE4430638A1 (en) * 1994-08-29 1996-03-07 Bayer Ag Use of substituted 4-phenyl-6-amino-nicotinic acid derivatives as a medicament
AU6111796A (en) 1995-06-12 1997-01-09 G.D. Searle & Co. Compositions comprising a cyclooxygenase-2 inhibitor and a 5 -lipoxygenase inhibitor
JP2001526648A (en) 1997-04-22 2001-12-18 コセンシス・インコーポレイテッド Semicarbazones and thiosemicarbazones substituted with carbocycles and heterocycles, and uses thereof
KR100446363B1 (en) 1997-11-11 2004-09-01 화이자 프로덕츠 인코포레이티드 Thienopyrimidine and thienopyridine derivatives useful as anticancer agents
IL136044A (en) 1997-11-21 2005-08-31 Euro Celtique Sa 2-aminoacetamide derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions containing the same
US6281211B1 (en) 1999-02-04 2001-08-28 Euro-Celtique S.A. Substituted semicarbazides and the use thereof
CA2368631A1 (en) 1999-03-26 2000-10-05 Euro-Celtique S.A. Aryl substituted pyrazoles, imidazoles, oxazoles, thiazoles and pyrroles, and the use thereof
ATE303162T1 (en) 1999-04-09 2005-09-15 Euro Celtique Sa SODIUM CHANNEL BLOCKING COMPOSITIONS AND USE THEREOF
AR029489A1 (en) 2000-03-10 2003-07-02 Euro Celtique Sa PIRIDINES, PYRIMIDINES, PIRAZINAS, TRIAZINES REPLACED BY ARILO, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS AND THE USE OF THE SAME FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF A MEDICINAL PRODUCT
KR100776934B1 (en) 2000-03-24 2007-11-27 유로-셀티큐 에스.에이. Aryl substituted pyrazoles, triazoles and tetrazoles as sodium channel blocker
US6335354B2 (en) 2000-03-31 2002-01-01 Cocensys Inc. Aminopyridines and methods of using thereof
BR0111280A (en) * 2000-06-05 2003-06-10 Dong A Pharm Co Ltd New oxazolidinone derivatives and a process for their preparation
CA2415899A1 (en) * 2000-07-18 2003-01-13 Chikashi Saitoh Medicine comprising dicyanopyridine derivative
CA2453633A1 (en) 2001-07-16 2003-01-30 Euro-Celtique S.A. Aryl substituted thiazolidinones and the use thereof
AR036873A1 (en) 2001-09-07 2004-10-13 Euro Celtique Sa PIRIDINAS ARIL REPLACED A, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS AND THE USE OF THE SAME FOR THE PREPARATION OF A MEDICINAL PRODUCT
AR037233A1 (en) 2001-09-07 2004-11-03 Euro Celtique Sa PIRIDINAS ARIL REPLACED, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS AND THE USE OF SUCH COMPOUNDS FOR THE PREPARATION OF A MEDICINAL PRODUCT
CA2468067A1 (en) * 2001-11-30 2003-06-12 Merck & Co., Inc. Metabotropic glutamate receptor-5 modulators
SI1483247T1 (en) 2002-03-13 2009-12-31 Euro Celtique Sa Aryl substituted pyrimidines and the use thereof
US8299108B2 (en) 2002-03-29 2012-10-30 Novartis Ag Substituted benzazoles and methods of their use as inhibitors of raf kinase
PT1499311E (en) 2002-03-29 2010-03-10 Novartis Vaccines & Diagnostic Substituted benzazoles and use thereof as raf kinase inhibitors
GB0217787D0 (en) * 2002-07-31 2002-09-11 Glaxo Group Ltd C ompounds
AU2003259307A1 (en) 2002-07-31 2004-02-16 Euro-Celtique S.A. Aryl substituted hydantoin compounds and their use as sodium channel blockers
CA2492305A1 (en) 2002-07-31 2004-02-05 Euro-Celtique S.A. Aryl substituted benzimidazoles and their use as sodium channel blockers
US20040152696A1 (en) 2002-08-01 2004-08-05 Euro-Celtique S.A. 2-substituted bicyclic benzoheterocyclic compounds and their use as sodium channel blockers
JP2005535710A (en) 2002-08-09 2005-11-24 トランス　テック　ファーマ，インコーポレイテッド Aryl and heteroaryl compounds and methods for modulating coagulation
PA8578101A1 (en) * 2002-08-13 2004-05-07 Warner Lambert Co HETEROBIARILO DERIVATIVES AS METALOPROTEINASE IN MATRIX INHIBITORS
SE0203654D0 (en) * 2002-12-09 2002-12-09 Astrazeneca Ab New compounds
US20040142978A1 (en) * 2002-12-12 2004-07-22 Pharmacia Corporation Aminocyanopyridine inhibitors of mitogen activated protein kinase-activated protein kinase-2
US20040142379A1 (en) 2003-01-16 2004-07-22 Carlsberg Research Laboratory Affinity fishing for ligands and proteins receptors
CA2519677A1 (en) * 2003-03-24 2004-10-07 Merck & Co., Inc. Biaryl substituted 6-membered heterocycles as sodium channel blockers
US7393959B2 (en) 2003-04-04 2008-07-01 Merck & Co. Inc. Di-aryl substituted pyrrole modulators of metabotropic glutamate receptor-5
WO2005014849A2 (en) 2003-07-03 2005-02-17 Euro-Celtique, S.A. Genes associated with responses to neuropathic pain
CA2534678A1 (en) 2003-08-07 2005-02-17 Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corporation Benzofuran derivatives useful for treating hyper-proliferative disorders
BRPI0507668A (en) 2004-02-14 2007-07-17 Irm Llc compounds and compositions as protein kinase inhibitors
EP1724278B1 (en) 2004-03-04 2014-05-07 Kissei Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Nitrogenous fused-ring derivatives, medicinal compositions containing the derivatives, and use thereof as drugs
WO2005107760A1 (en) 2004-04-30 2005-11-17 Irm Llc Compounds and compositions as inducers of keratinocyte differentiation
EP1783116B1 (en) * 2004-08-27 2009-08-26 Astellas Pharma Inc. 2-phenylpyridine derivative
TW200621251A (en) 2004-10-12 2006-07-01 Neurogen Corp Substituted biaryl quinolin-4-ylamine analogues
KR20070097441A (en) 2004-11-18 2007-10-04 인사이트 산 디에고 인코포레이티드 INHIBITORS OF 11-beta; HYDROXYL STEROID DEHYDROGENASE TYPE 1 AND METHODS OF USING THE SAME
US20060281763A1 (en) 2005-03-25 2006-12-14 Axon Jonathan R Carboxamide inhibitors of TGFbeta
WO2006113261A2 (en) 2005-04-14 2006-10-26 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Inhibitors of 11-beta hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type i
WO2007039146A1 (en) 2005-09-23 2007-04-12 Smithkline Beecham Corporation 4-carboxy pyrazole derivatives as anti-viral agents
AR056200A1 (en) 2005-09-27 2007-09-26 Wyeth Corp TIENO [2,3-B] PIRIDIN-5-CARBONITRILS AS INHIBITORS OF PROTEIN KINASE
TW200732313A (en) 2005-12-15 2007-09-01 Astrazeneca Ab Oxazolidinone compounds and their use as metabotropic glutamate receptor potentiators
GB0607196D0 (en) 2006-04-11 2006-05-17 Prosidion Ltd G-protein coupled receptor agonists
CA2672940A1 (en) * 2006-12-20 2008-07-10 Schering Corporation Novel jnk inhibitors
JP5461197B2 (en) * 2007-02-02 2014-04-02 ベイラー カレッジ オブ メディスン Compositions and methods for treating metabolic disorders
WO2009004430A1 (en) 2007-06-29 2009-01-08 Pfizer Inc. N-benzyl oxazolidinones and related heterocycleic compounds as potentiators of glutamate receptors
AR067585A1 (en) 2007-07-19 2009-10-14 Schering Corp AMIDAS HETEROCICLICAL COMPOUNDS AS INHIBITORS OF PROTEINCINASE
JP2010535192A (en) * 2007-08-02 2010-11-18 ファイザー・インク Pyrimidine and pyridine derivatives and their pharmaceutical uses and compositions
US8207178B2 (en) 2007-12-14 2012-06-26 Ardea Biosciences, Inc. Fused pyrimidines as reverse transcriptase inhibitors
TW200940537A (en) * 2008-02-26 2009-10-01 Astrazeneca Ab Heterocyclic urea derivatives and methods of use thereof
MX2010009729A (en) * 2008-03-05 2010-12-21 Methylgene Inc Inhibitors of protein tyrosine kinase activity.
CN101965353B (en) 2008-03-26 2014-12-17 丹诺医药(苏州）有限公司 Bicyclic nitroimidazoles covalently linked to substituted phenyl oxazolidinones
JP2011184298A (en) * 2008-06-02 2011-09-22 Sanwa Kagaku Kenkyusho Co Ltd Novel compound, and pharmaceutical application thereof
GB0813403D0 (en) 2008-07-22 2008-08-27 Lectus Therapeutics Ltd Potassium ion channel modulators & uses thereof
ES2439767T3 (en) * 2008-08-01 2014-01-24 Purdue Pharma Lp Tetrahydropyridinyl and dihydropyrrolyl compounds and use thereof
UY32045A (en) 2008-08-12 2010-03-26 Takeda Pharmaceutical AMIDA COMPOUND
JP5563985B2 (en) * 2008-10-15 2014-07-30 キッセイ薬品工業株式会社 Phenylisonicotinic acid derivative and pharmaceutical use thereof
CN102271682B (en) 2008-10-31 2015-12-16 默沙东公司 Be used for the treatment of the P2X of pain 3receptor antagonist
GB2465405A (en) 2008-11-10 2010-05-19 Univ Basel Triazine, pyrimidine and pyridine analogues and their use in therapy
EP2356102A1 (en) * 2008-11-14 2011-08-17 Bayer CropScience AG Substituted (pyridyl)-azinylamine derivatives as plant protection agents
MY157017A (en) * 2009-01-12 2016-04-15 Pfizer Ltd Sulfonamide derivatives
WO2010100475A1 (en) 2009-03-02 2010-09-10 Astrazeneca Ab Hydroxamic acid derivatives as gram-negative antibacterial agents
FI20095302A0 (en) * 2009-03-24 2009-03-24 Arctic Partners Oy Ab Luminesenssimääritysmenetelmä
EP2435080A2 (en) 2009-05-29 2012-04-04 Abbott Laboratories Pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of pain
KR101401886B1 (en) 2009-06-26 2014-05-29 화이자 인코포레이티드 Heterocyclic sulfonamides, uses and pharmaceutical compositions thereof
US8846673B2 (en) * 2009-08-11 2014-09-30 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Azaindazoles as kinase inhibitors and use thereof
EP2582666B1 (en) 2010-06-16 2014-08-13 Purdue Pharma L.P. Aryl substituted indoles and their use as blockers of sodium channels
US9120752B2 (en) 2010-07-16 2015-09-01 Purdue Pharma, L.P. Pyridine compounds as sodium channel blockers
AR083023A1 (en) 2010-09-17 2013-01-23 Purdue Pharma Lp PIRIDINE COMPOUNDS AND A PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION THAT UNDERSTANDS THEM
US9045435B2 (en) 2010-10-05 2015-06-02 Purdue Pharma, L.P. Quinazoline compounds as sodium channel blockers
KR20130119964A (en) 2010-12-22 2013-11-01 퍼듀 퍼머 엘피 Substituted pyridines as sodium channel blockers
SI2753606T1 (en) * 2011-09-02 2017-10-30 Purdue Pharma Lp Pyrimidines as sodium channel blockers
AU2012321111A1 (en) 2011-10-31 2013-05-16 Purdue Pharma L.P. Quaternized amines as sodium channel blockers
US9181185B2 (en) 2011-10-31 2015-11-10 Purdue Pharma L.P. Heteroaryl compounds as sodium channel blockers
US9133131B2 (en) 2011-11-15 2015-09-15 Purdue Pharma L.P. Pyrimidine diol amides as sodium channel blockers
US9206127B2 (en) * 2012-03-16 2015-12-08 Purdue Pharm, L.P. Substituted pyridines as sodium channel blockers
US9714252B2 (en) 2012-12-20 2017-07-25 Purdue Pharma L.P. Cyclic sulfonamides as sodium channel blockers
AU2014224310B2 (en) 2013-03-04 2017-02-09 Purdue Pharma L.P. Pyrimidine carboxamides as sodium channel blockers
US9120786B2 (en) 2013-03-04 2015-09-01 Purdue Pharma, L.P. Triazine carboxamides as sodium channel blockers
WO2014151393A2 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-25 Purdue Pharma L.P. Carboxamide derivatives and use thereof
US9359330B2 (en) 2013-08-26 2016-06-07 Purdue Pharma L.P. Substituted piperidines as sodium channel blockers
WO2015031036A1 (en) 2013-08-26 2015-03-05 Purdue Pharma L.P. Azaspiro[4.5] decane derivatives and use thereof
US9828348B2 (en) 2013-11-08 2017-11-28 Purdue Pharma L.P. Benzimidazole derivatives and use thereof
US9340504B2 (en) 2013-11-21 2016-05-17 Purdue Pharma L.P. Pyridine and piperidine derivatives as novel sodium channel blockers
US9745287B2 (en) 2013-12-20 2017-08-29 Purdue Pharma L.P. Pyrimidines and use thereof
JP6337124B2 (en) 2013-12-23 2018-06-06 パーデュー、ファーマ、リミテッド、パートナーシップ Indazole and its use
JP6353543B2 (en) 2013-12-26 2018-07-04 パーデュー、ファーマ、リミテッド、パートナーシップ Ring contraction morphinan and use thereof
US10047075B2 (en) 2014-01-24 2018-08-14 Purdue Pharma L.P. Pyridines and pyrimidines and use thereof
US10730866B2 (en) 2014-04-07 2020-08-04 Purdue Pharma L.P. Indole derivatives and use thereof

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
None *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU2011303597A1 (en) 2013-04-11
JP2013538227A (en) 2013-10-10
MX2013003101A (en) 2013-09-26
EP2616441A2 (en) 2013-07-24
US9611222B2 (en) 2017-04-04
CA2811479A1 (en) 2012-03-22
US9056832B2 (en) 2015-06-16
EP3590925A1 (en) 2020-01-08
AR083023A1 (en) 2013-01-23
CN103153955A (en) 2013-06-12
US20150259293A1 (en) 2015-09-17
WO2012035421A3 (en) 2012-09-07
EP3590925B1 (en) 2022-03-30
BR112013006272A2 (en) 2019-09-24
KR20130056345A (en) 2013-05-29
US20130303526A1 (en) 2013-11-14
WO2012035421A2 (en) 2012-03-22
IL225185A0 (en) 2013-06-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP2616441B1 (en) Pyridine compounds and the uses thereof
US10774050B2 (en) Pyrimidines as sodium channel blockers
EP2655330B1 (en) Substituted pyridines as sodium channel blockers
US9539253B2 (en) Pyrimidine diol amides as sodium channel blockers
US9765029B2 (en) Pyridine compounds as sodium channel blockers
WO2013136170A1 (en) Substituted pyridines as sodium channel blockers
AU2012327195B8 (en) Pyrimidine diol amides as sodium channel blockers

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PUAI Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012

17P Request for examination filed

Effective date: 20130412

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO RS SE SI SK SM TR

AX Request for extension of the european patent

Extension state: BA ME

17Q First examination report despatched

Effective date: 20140128

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: HK

Ref legal event code: DE

Ref document number: 1187044

Country of ref document: HK

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: EXAMINATION IS IN PROGRESS

GRAP Despatch of communication of intention to grant a patent

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNIGR1

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: GRANT OF PATENT IS INTENDED

INTG Intention to grant announced

Effective date: 20190228

RAP1 Party data changed (applicant data changed or rights of an application transferred)

Owner name: PURDUE PHARMA L.P.

GRAS Grant fee paid

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNIGR3

GRAA (expected) grant

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009210

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: THE PATENT HAS BEEN GRANTED

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: B1

Designated state(s): AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO RS SE SI SK SM TR

AX Request for extension of the european patent

Extension state: BA ME

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: GB

Ref legal event code: FG4D

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: CH

Ref legal event code: EP

Ref country code: AT

Ref legal event code: REF

Ref document number: 1163640

Country of ref document: AT

Kind code of ref document: T

Effective date: 20190815

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: R096

Ref document number: 602011061067

Country of ref document: DE

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: IE

Ref legal event code: FG4D

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: NL

Ref legal event code: MP

Effective date: 20190807

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: LT

Ref legal event code: MG4D

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: NL

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20190807

Ref country code: BG

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20191107

Ref country code: SE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20190807

Ref country code: LT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20190807

Ref country code: NO

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20191107

Ref country code: FI

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20190807

Ref country code: PT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20191209

Ref country code: HR

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20190807

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: AT

Ref legal event code: MK05

Ref document number: 1163640

Country of ref document: AT

Kind code of ref document: T

Effective date: 20190807

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: LV

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20190807

Ref country code: IS

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20191207

Ref country code: AL

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20190807

Ref country code: RS

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20190807

Ref country code: GR

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20191108

Ref country code: ES

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20190807

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: TR

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20190807

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: HK

Ref legal event code: WD

Ref document number: 1187044

Country of ref document: HK

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: AT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20190807

Ref country code: DK

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20190807

Ref country code: PL

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20190807

Ref country code: IT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20190807

Ref country code: EE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20190807

Ref country code: RO

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20190807

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: IS

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200224

Ref country code: MC

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20190807

Ref country code: CZ

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20190807

Ref country code: SK

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20190807

Ref country code: SM

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20190807

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: CH

Ref legal event code: PL

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: R097

Ref document number: 602011061067

Country of ref document: DE

PLBE No opposition filed within time limit

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009261

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: NO OPPOSITION FILED WITHIN TIME LIMIT

PG2D Information on lapse in contracting state deleted

Ref country code: IS

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: CH

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20190930

Ref country code: LI

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20190930

Ref country code: IE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20190916

Ref country code: LU

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20190916

26N No opposition filed

Effective date: 20200603

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: BE

Ref legal event code: MM

Effective date: 20190930

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: SI

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20190807

Ref country code: BE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20190930

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: CY

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20190807

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: HU

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT; INVALID AB INITIO

Effective date: 20110916

Ref country code: MT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20190807

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: MK

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20190807

P01 Opt-out of the competence of the unified patent court (upc) registered

Effective date: 20230428

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: DE

Payment date: 20240820

Year of fee payment: 14

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: GB

Payment date: 20240820

Year of fee payment: 14

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: FR

Payment date: 20240820

Year of fee payment: 14